Taharat Course (Part‑1)
Taharat Hamare Deen Ka Ek Bahut Hi Aham Hissa Hai. Sarkar ﷺ Ka Farman‑e‑Aalishaan Hai:
“Taharat Nisf‑Ul‑Imaan Hai.”
Yani Taharat Aadha Imaan Hai. Is Se Taharat Ki Fazilat, Ahmiyat Aur Zaroorat Ka Andaza Hota Hai.
🌹Taharat Ki Ahmiyat:
Taharat Ki Ahmiyat Hum Is Liye Bhi Samajh Sakte Hain Kyun Ke Zindagi Ke Takriban Har Maamle Aur Har Ibadat Mein Taharat Ka Bunyaadi Kirdar Hota Hai. Agar Taharat Durust Ho Jaaye To Saikdon Masail Khud‑Ba‑Khud Durust Ho Jaate Hain, Aur Agar Is Mein Kami Reh Jaaye To Bahut Si Pareshaniyon Ka Saamna Karna Padta Hai.
🌹Taharat Aur Namaz:
Taharat Ka Sab Se Bunyaadi Aur Aham Ta’alluq Namaz Se Hai. Namaz Hum Rozana 5 Waqt Farz Ada Karte Hain. Is Ke Ilawa Sunnat Aur Nawafil Bhi Padhe Jaate Hain. Agar Taharat Mein Koi Galti Ho Jaaye Toh.. Padhi Hui Namaze Sahih Nahin Hogi ...Aur Unhein Dohrana Zaroori Ho Jaata Hai..
🌹Taharat Aur Qur’an Ki Tilawat:
Qur’an‑e‑Majeed Ki Tilawat Ke Liye Bhi Taharat Aur Wuzu Zaroori Hai. Is Liye Jo Tilawat Hum Karte Hain, Woh Bhi Taharat Par Depend Karti Hai.
🌹Taharat Aur Roza:
Roze Ke Ahkaam Bhi Taharat Se Muta’alliq Hain, Jaise Ayyam e Haiz Kab Hai Aur Kab Nahin...
Janabat Ka Hukm..
In Tamaam Cheezon Ke Hisaab Se Hi Roze Ke Masail Tay Paaye Jaate Hain...
🌹Taharat Aur Deegar Ibadat:
Isi Tarah Hajj...Umrah
Yeh Dono Ibadaat Bhi Taharat Par Mabni Hain...Yahan Tak Ke Nikah o Talaq Ke .. Wirasat Ke Masail..Bohat Si Sooraton Mein Taharat Se Ta’alluq Rakhte Hain.
Isi Liye Sarkar ﷺ Ne Taharat Ko Nisf‑Ul‑Imaan Qarar Diya, Taake Is Ki Ahmiyat Aur Qadr Hum Par Wazeh Ho Jaaye...
Continue…
Ubaid‑e‑Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-2)
Aur Jaisa Ke Farmaya Gaya Hai, Ye Bhi Hadees-e-Paak Hai. Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya:
طَلَبُ العِلْمِ فَرِيضَةٌ عَلَى كُلِّ مُسْلِمٍ
Yani Har Musalman Par Ilm Hasil Karna Farz Qarar Diya Gaya Hai.
Jo Farz Uloom Hain, Un Mein Teen Cheezen Shamil Hoti Hain, Jin Ka Seekhna Har Musalman Par Zaroori Hai...
(1) Aqaaid Ka Ilm Hasil Karna:
Sab Se Pehle Darje Par Aqaaid Ka Ilm Aata Hai. Ye Maloom Hona Chahiye Ke Kin Cheezon Se Banda Islam Mein Dakhil Hota Hai, Momin Banta Hai Aur Ahle Sunnat Wa Jama’at Mein Shamil Hota Hai. Ye Tamam Cheezen Seekhna Zaroori Hain.
(2) Ibadat Se Muta‘alliq Masail Ka Ilm:
Taharat, Namaz, Roza, Hajj, Zakat... Yeh Sab Is Mein Shamil Hain.
Isi Tarah Nikah, Talaq Wagairah... Jin Logon Ne Shadi Ki Hai Ya Karni Hai, Un Par In Masail Ka Ilm Bhi Lazim Hai.
Is Category Mein Sab Se Pehle Taharat Ka Ilm Aata Hai, Kyunki Ye Baqi Ibadat Ki Bunyaad (Base) Hai....
(3) Batini Gunaahon Ke Bare Mein Ilm Hasil Karna:
Batini Gunaahon Ki Pehchan Aur Un Se Bachne Ka Ilm Hasil Karna Bhi Farz Hai.
Ye Teenon Cheezen Nihayat Aham Hain.
Is Tarah Main Ne Aap Ko Is Course Ki Ahmiyat Mukhtasar Taur Par Bata Dee Hain...Ab Hum Course Ki Ibtida Ki Taraf Aate Hain.
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-3)
Taharat Ke Masail Bayan Karne Se Pehle Main Aap Ko Kuch Zaroori Istilahaat (Words) Ki Definition Bata Dena Chahti Hoon, Jaise: Farz, Wajib, Sunnat-e-Muakkadah Wagairah.
Is Ki Wajah Ye Hai Ke Taharat Ke Masail Mein Ye Alfaaz Khaas Taur Par Bahut Zyaada Aate Hain, Aur Aage Chal Kar Namaz Aur Doosre Ahkaam Mein Bhi Baar-Baar Istemal Honge.
Is Liye In Alfaaz Ke Meaning Ka Maloom Hona Zaroori Hai. Agar Ye Cheezen Aap Ke Zehan Mein Achhi Tarah Baith Jaayengi, To Aane Wale Masail Aap Aasani Se Samajh Bhi Sakenge Aur Yaad Bhi Rakh Sakenge.
Warna Har Jagah Ruk Kar Ye Samjhana Padhega Ke Mustahab Kya Hai, Khilaf-e-Ula Kya Hai, Makrooh-e-Tanzeehi Kya Hai, Kyun Ke Ye Words Baar-Baar Use Hote Rehte Hain....
Is Liye Main Ek Hi Baar, Simple Aur Short Andaaz Mein In Sab Ko Samjha Rahi Hoon....Takriban 10–11 Cheezen Hoti Hain Jo Hamein Ahkaam Samajhne Mein Kaam Aati Hain...
5 Cheezen Wo Hoti Hain Jo Karna Zaroori Hota Hai...
Aur 5 Cheezon Ka Ta’alluq Un Kaamon Se Hota Hai Jo Nahi Karne Chahiye, Ya Jin Se Bachna (Avoid) Zaroori Hota Hai.
إن شاء الله عزوجل
Agle Post Mein Hum Ek-Ek Karke In Sab Ki Wazahat Karenge, Taake Aage Ke Tamam Masail Aasani Ke Saath Samajh Mein Aa Jaayein.
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-4)
(1) Sab Se Pehle Farz Ko Samajhte Hain:
Sawal Ye Hai Ke Farz Kise Kehte Hain?
Jaise Hum Ne Kaha Ke Taharat Farz Hai, Isi Tarah Namaz Farz Hai, Roza Farz Hai, Zakat Farz Hai.
To Aakhir Farz Ka Matlab Kya Hota Hai?
Farz Un Ibadaat Aur Ahkaam Ko Kehte Hain Jo Har Musalman Par Lazim Aur Compulsory Hote Hain.
In Ke Farz Hone Mein Koi Shak Ya Doubt Nahi Hota, Kyun Ke In Ka Hukm Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Wazeh Aur Saaf Aayat Se Sabit Hota Hai.
Yani Allah Ta‘Ala Ne Qur’an-e-Majeed Mein Bilkul Clear Taur Par Hukm Irshad Farmaya Hota Hai Ke Ye Kaam Zaroor Karna Hai.
Misal Ke Taur Par Namaz:
Allah Ta‘ala Ka Irshad Hai:
اَقِیْمُوا الصَّلٰوةَ
Yani “Namaz Qayim Karo”
Jab Qur’an-E-Majeed Mein Kisi Amal Ka Wazeh Hukm Aa Jaye, To Wo Farz Ke Darje Mein Shamil Ho Jaata Hai.
Isi Tarah Allah Ta‘Ala Ka Farman Hai:
اٰتُوا الزَّكٰوةَ
Yani “Zakat Ada Karo”
Namaz Ka Hukm Qur’an-E-Majeed Mein Kai Martaba Aaya Hai, Isi Liye Namaz Ka Farz Hona Bilkul Wazeh Hai.
Isi Tarah Roza Aur Hajj Ka Hukm Bhi Qur’an-e-Majeed Mein Saaf Taur Par Maujood Hai, Is Liye Ye Sab Farz Ke Darje Mein Aate Hain.
Farz Ka Matlab Ye Hai Ke Banda Har Haal Mein Inhein Ada Kare,
Apni Puri Koshish Aur Taqat Is Baat Mein Laga De Ke
“Maine Apna Farz Poora Karna Hai.”
Agar Farz Chhod Diya Jaaye To Kya Hoga?
Agar Koi Shakhs Jaan-Boojh Kar Apna Koi Farz Ek Martaba Bhi Chhod Deta Hai,
To Wo Gunah-e-Kabeera Ka Murtakib Hota Hai.
Yani Us Par Bahut Bada Gunah Aata Hai,
Kyun Ke Farz Ka Chhodna Shari‘at Mein Sakht Gunaah Shumar Hota Hai.
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-5)
Teesra Point:
Is Baat Ko Achhi Tarah Yaad Rakhiye Ke Har Ibadat Mein Mukhtalif Darje Hote Hain:
Kuch Cheezen Farz Hoti Hain...Kuch Wajib Hoti Hain...Aur Kuch Sunnat Hoti Hain...Agar Kisi Ibadat Mein Se Koi Farz Chhoot Jaaye, To Us Ibadat Ka Kya Hukm Hota Hai...
Misaal Ke Taur Par Namaz Ko Hi Le Lijiye:
Namaz Mein Kuch Cheezen Farz Hain, Jaise:
Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Tilawat (Qira’at)..Rukoo Karna....Sajda Karna..
Ye Sab Farz Hain.
Wajib Kya Hain?
Surah Fatiha Padhna...At-Tahiyyat Padhna...Ye Cheezen Wajib Ke Darje Mein Aati Hain...
Phir Sunnatein Hoti Hain, Jaise:
Rukoo Mein Tasbeeh Padhna..Sana Padhna
Yani Ye Sab Mukhtalif Ahkaam Hain Aur Har Ek Ka Apna Darja Hai...
Ab Is Baat Ko Achchi Tarah Zehan Nasheen Kar Lijiye Ki..Agar Kisi Ibadat Ka Koi Farz Ada Na Ho,
Yaani Aap Ne Us Farz Ko Chhod Diya...Toh Woh Ibadat Shari‘At Mein Qabil-e-Qabool Hi Nahin Hoti...Bhale Hi Aap Ne Zahiri Taur Par Poori Ibadat Mukammal Kar Li Ho...Lekin Agar Farz Baqi Reh Gaya...To Ye Samjha Jayega Ke...Goya Aap Ne Woh Ibadat Ki Hi Nahi...
Aisi Ibadat Naam-e-A‘maal Mein Likhi Hi Nahi Jati...
Misal Ke Taur Par:
Agar Koi Shakhs Namaz Padh Raha Tha Lekin Rukoo Hi Nahi Kiya..Jab Ke Rukoo Namaz Ka Farz Hai...To Uski Namaz Shumar Hi Nahin Hogi.
Agar Ye Ghalti Zohar Ki Namaz Mein Hui..Toh Hum Kahenge Ke Us Ne Zohar Ki Namaz Padhi Hi Nahi...Kyun Ke Us Ka Ek Farz Baqi Reh Gaya Tha...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-6)
To Farz Me 3 Point Ho Gaye. ¹Ki Farz Woh Cheez Hoti Hai Ki Jiska Hukm Allah Ta'ala Ne Qur'an E Majeed Me Hame Diya Hai Ya Fir Hadees Ke Jo Bahut Bade Darze Ki Hadees Hoti Hai Unme Kuch Is Tarah Ka Hukum Aa Gaya Hai To Woh Bhi Isme Shamil Ho Jayega Jise Hadeese Mutawatira Kahte Hain. Aap Ke Aasani Ke Liye Kahun To Jo Bahut Aala Darze Ki Hadees Hoti Hai Usme Agar Koi Hukm Aa Jaye, Ya Allah Ta'ala Qura'an E Majeed Me Hukm Irshad Farma De To Fir Woh Farz Ke Darze Me Chali Jati Hai.
Jis ko Chhodne Ka Hamare Paas Koi Option Nahi Hota Jab Tak Ke Koi Waise Sakht Majburi Na Aa Jaye Sakht Mazburi Me Bhi Aasani Aap Ko De Di Jayegi, Mukammal Taur Par Woh Ibadat Moaf Nahi Hoti. Bilkul Akhiri Darje Ki Mazburi Ho To Phir Ja Ke Maaf Hai.
Dusri Baat Aapko Yaad Rakhna Hai Ki Agar Koi Banda Jaanbooj Kar Farz Chhodta Hai To Fir Gunah E Kabeera Ka Murtakib Hoga, Yani Gunah E Kabeera Karne Wala Kehlayega Aur Agar Kisi Ibadat Ka Koi Farz Reh Jaye To Wo Consider Nhi Hoti. Wo Ibadat Aapki Mani Hi Nhi Jati Aur Agar Kisi Ne Kisi Farz Ka Inkar Kiya To Fir Wo Dayre Islam Se Kharij Ho Kar Kafir Ho Jata Hai Murtad Ho Jata Hai.
Khaas Farz Jo Qur'an Majeed Me Wazeh Taur Par Likha Hua Ho Uska Koi Inkar Karta Hai To Wo Kafir O Murtad Ho Jata Hai Yani Muslman Nhi Rehta. Dobara Usko Kalma Wagera Padh Kar Dayre Islam Me Dakhil Hona Padhta Hai, Ab Isme Bahut Sare Ehkam Hai..Mai Short Me Aapko Bta Rahi Hu Ki Kafir O Murtad Ho Jata Hai. Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ne Kaha Mai Nhi Manta Namaz Farz Hai معاذ الله , Ye Jumla Kehte Hi Banda Muslman Nhi Raha Kafir Ho Gaya, Murtad Ho Gaya Iske Jitne Nek Amal The Barbaad Ho Gaye Ab Isko Agar Dobara Se Wapas Islam Me Aana Hai To Fir Usko In Jumlo Se Tauba Karni Padegi, Kalma Dobara Padhna Padhega, Agar Shadi Shuda Tha To Dobara Nikah Karna Padega. Ye Tamam Cheezen Kar Ke Musalman Hoga Aur Fir Usko Apne Nama E Amal Me Nekiyan Karni Padegi Jo Nekiya Thi Wo Khatam Ho Gai Haa Jo Gunah The Wo Baqi Rahe Ge. To Ye Hai Aap Ka Farz. Iska Chhota Sa Thoda Bahut Tafseel Yahan Par Aapko Bata Di.
Yaad Rakhen Ki..!! Is Tarah Agar Kisi Ne Farz Ka Inkar Kar Diya To Fauran Hukme Kufr Nahi Lagana Chahiye, Kyun Ki Kuch Cheezon Me Kuch Gunjaish Vagairah Nikal Bhi Sakti Hai. Bahrhaal Jo Wazeh Taur Par Qur'an Majeed Me Likha Hua Hai Uska Inkar Hai To Fir To Wo Qura'an E Majeed Ka Hi Inkaar Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-7)
(2) Haram : Ab Farz Ke Bilkul Opposite Me Ek Word Aata Hai Wo Hai Haram. Jo Aap Ne Farz Me Padha Uska Bilkul Opposite Kar Dein Wo Haram Hota Hai. Farz Kya Thi ? Woh Ibadat, Woh Cheezen Jo Aap Par Karni 100% Laazmi Thi Ki Aap Inko Karen.
To Haram Kya Hua.? Woh Cheezen Jinka Na Karna Aap Par Compulsory Hai Ki Aap Inko Na Karen. Isme Koi Gunzaish Nahi Hai Ki Aap Thora Bhut Kar Len. Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par Sharab Peena ,Zinah Karna, Sood Khana Ye Sab Haram Hai Thik, To Ye Wo Cheezen Hoti Hain Ye Woh Kaam Hote Hain Jinka Na Karna Aap Par Lazim Hai. Allah Ta'ala Ne Qur'an Majeed Me Clear Taur Par Farmaya Hai Ki In Cheezon Se Aapko Bachna Hai :- Sharab Ho Gaya, Zina Ho Gaya ,Chori Ho Gai, Ye Tamam Cheezen Qur'an Majeed Me Wazeh Taur Par Iski Mazzamat Bayan Ki Gai Hai To Ye Haram Ho Gaya..
Agr Koi Ek Martaba Koi Haram Kaam Kar Leta Hai Tab Bhi Gunah E Kabera Hoga, Isi Tarah Jo Banda Wazeh Taur Par Kisi Haram Kaam Ka Inkar Kare Wo Bhi Kaafir O Murtad Ho Jata Hai. Bahrhaal Farz Ke Opposite Me Haram Aata Hai Farz Me 100% Aapko Kana Hai Aur Haram Me 100% Aapko Bilkul Uski Taraf Nahi Jana. Ye Do Cheezen Ho Gai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-8)
(3) Wajib : Next Aate Hai Wajib. Wajib Bhi Yaad Rakhen Woh Ibadaten Woh Kaam Hote Hai Jo Compulsory Hote Hain Lekin Inka Thoda Sa Level Farz Se Kam Hota Hai, Karna To Aap Ko Wajib Bhi Hai. Isme Koi Shaq Nhi Hai Ki Aap Inko Nhi Krege To Fir Koi Problem Nahi Hoga Aisa Nahi Hai.!!
Karna To Hai 100% Compulsory Hai. Lekin Inka Level Farz Se Thora Km Hai Yani Ye Qur'an Majeed Ki Wazhe Taur Par Kisi Aayat Se Sabit Nahi Honge. Ya Hadees Ke Bhut Bade Darje Se Sabit Nhi Honge Thode Kam Level Se Sabit Honge. Kam Level Se Hame Iska Hukum Diya Gaya Hoga.. Lekin Iska Ye Matlab Nahiii Hai Ki Aap Isko Chhod Sakte Hain. To Wajib Wo Cheez Hai Jo Aapko Karni Hi Hai Jise Witr Ki Namaz Wajib Hai Aap Chhod Sakte Hain.? Nahi.. , To Karni Hai Ada. Lekin Inke Rules Me Difference Aa Jata Hai.
Misal Ke Taur Par : Agar Kisi Ne Janbujhkar Kr Ek Martaba Ya Do Martaba Wajib Ko Chhod Diya To Gunah e Kabera Nahi Hota Gunahe Sagera Hota Hai Kyun Ki Darja Iska Thoda Farz Se Kam Hai Na.. To Ek Do Baar Agar Kisi Ne Jaan-Boojh Kar Chhod Diya To Gunahe Sagera. Lekin.!! Agar Iski Aadat Hi Bana Li Jab Dekho Witr Ki Namaz Hi Nhi Padhta To Fir Ye Gunah e Sagera Nhi Rehta Kabira Ban Jata Hai.
Gunahe Sagera Yani Chote Gunaho Ko Bhi Baar Baar Karne Se, Aur Tauba Wagera Nahi Kiya Hai Bande Ne, Lekin Continuously Baar Baar Kar Raha To Fir Ye Bhi Gunahe Kabeera Ban Jata Hai. To Wajib Wagera Agar Ek Do Baar Chhod Diya To Gunah e Sagera Lekin Baar Baar Karne Se Gunah E Kabera Hoga. To Ye Hai Wajib Ka Rule Ki Karna Zaruri Hai,
Second Ke Aik-Aat Baar Chhot Gaya, Jaanboojh Kar Chhod Diya To Ye Gunahe Sagira Lekin Adat Bana Li To Gunahe Kabeera, Aur Agr Koi Wajib Ka Inkar Karta Hai Ki Mai Wajib Ko Nhi Manta Jaise Witr Ki Namaz Ko Nahi Manta, Isi Tarah Namaz Me Aap Ke Atthiyyat Wajib Hai Kisi Ne Is Tarah Ki Kisi Baat Ka Inkar Kar Liya To Woh Kafir o Murtad Nhi Hota. Ha Us Par Gumrahiyat Ka Huqum Lag Sakta Hai. Yani Ham Ye Kehege Wo Seedhe Raste Se Hat Gaya. Dayre Islam Se Nhi Nikla Hai Muslman To Hai Lekin Jo Correct Rasta Hota Hai Seedhe Raste Se Hat Gaya Ya Jisko Hum Kahte Hain Badmazhab Ho Gaya. Is Tarah Ke Terms Uski Taraf Aa Jate Hain. To Ye Aap Ke Wajib Ka Huqum Hai. Isi Tarah Yaad Rakhen Qurbani Bhi Wajib Ke Darze Me Hai Farz Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-9)
(4) Makrooh E Tahreemi : Ab Wajib Ke Bilkul Opposite Me Jo Cheez Aati Hai Usko Ham Kahte Hain Makrooh E Tahreemi. Makrooh E Tahreemi Yani Ye Bhi Wahi Cheezen Hain Jo Aap Nhi Kar Sakte, Lekin Iska Level Haram Se Thoda Kam Hota Hai. Haram Ke Kareeb Kareeb Hota Hai Lekin Exactly Haram Nahi Hota. Yani Isme Bhi Yahi Hoga Jaise Bande Ne Ek Do Baar Koi Kaam Makhrooh E Tehreemi Wala Kar Liya To Gunah E Sageera Mila, Lekin Agr Baar Baar Kar Raha Hai Aadat Bana Li Hai To Fir Ye Bhi Gunah E Kabeera Ban Jayega.
To Makhrooh E Tehreemi Wo Cheezen Hoti Hain Jo Aap Ko Nahi Karni, Jo Haram Ke Kareeb Kareeb Kareeb Hoti Hai Lekin Exactly Haram Nhi Hoti. Aur Iska Bhi Inkar Karne Wala Gumrah Ke Darje Me Chala Jata Hai Ye Ho Gya Makhrooh E Tehreemi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-10)
(5) Sunnat E Mu'akkadah : Ab Next Aata Hai Sunnate Muakkadah, Sunnat Aap Samajhte Hain Nabi E Kareem ﷺ Ke Jo Amal Mubaraka The, Jo Aap Kaam Kiya Karte The, Jo Aapki Ibadaten Thi Unko Hum Sunnat Kehte Hai Aur Sunnat Ke 2 Types Hote Hai
1: Sunnat e Muakkadah
2: Sunnat e Ghaire Muakkadah
Sunnat E Muakkadah Yani Wo Sunnat Ki Jo Aap Par Lazim Hai Ki Aap Isko Follow Krein. Nabi E Kareem ﷺ Ki Woh Sunnaten Jo Aap Par Lazim Hai Ki Aap Unko Follow Krein Ye Sunnate Muakkadah Ke Darze Me Ho Jate Hain Inko Bhi Banda Nhi Chhod Sakta. To Farz Nhi Chod Sakte, Wajib Nhi Chhod Sakte, Sunnat E Muakkadah Nhi Chhod Sakte. Ye Teen Aapko Yaad Rakhna Hai.
Ab Agar Kisi Ne Sunnat E Muakkadah Ek-Aat Baar Chhod Diya To Bura Kiya Lekin Iski Agar Aadat Bana Leta Hai Yani Continuosly Isko Chhodne Ki Agar Aadat Bana Leta Hai To Usko Ye Gunah Milega Is Par Aur Ye Gunah Hai Jo Uska Gunah E Sageera Shumar Kiya Jayega Aur Jo Sunnat E Muakkadah Ka Inkar Kare Usko Bhi Gumrah Kahte Hain Kafir Nhi Hota.
Sunnat E Muakkadah Ki Misalen : Jaise Namaz E Zohar Me Pehle Ki 4 Sunnaten Hain, Baad Ki 2 Sunnaten Hain Ye Sunnat E Muakkadah Hain Inko Nhi Chhod Sakte, Maghrib Ke Baad Ki 2 Sunnate Hain ,Isha K Baad Ki 2 Sunnate Hain Ye Sunnat E Muakkadah Hai Inko Nhi Chhod Sakte, Fajr Se Pehle Ki Jo 2 Sunnat Hai Wo To Takriban Wajib Ke Darze Me Hai Muakkadah Se Bhi Thoda Zyada Hi Hai Aap Samajh Len. Takriban Takriban Wajib Hai. To Ye Tamam Cheezen Sunnat E Muakkadah Hain Jo Aap Ko Karne Hote Hain. Inme Bhi Gunzaish Nahi Hoti Aik Aat Baar Chhod Diya Bura Kiya Lekin Agar Continuously Isko Chhodne Ki Aadat Bana Le To Fir Ye Gunahe Sageera Hota Rahta Hai. Continuous Gunahe Sageera Hota Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-11)
(6) Sunnat E Muakkdah Ke Opposite Aik World Aata Hai Jisko Kahte Hain Isaa'at. Yani Wo Kaam Jo Aapko Nhi Karna Hai Lekin Kabhi Ek Aad Baar Aap Ne Kar Liya To Bura To Kiya Magar Gunah To Nahin Hoga Lekin Agr Iski Aadat Bana Li To Ye Bhi Gunah Ho Jata Hai To Isko Hum Kahte Hain Isa'at
Misal Ke Taur Par : Jaise Azan Dena Sunnat E Muakkadah Hota Hai, To Kisi Mohalle Me Azan Hi Nhi Di Ja Rahi Hai Ye Isa'aat Hai, Aik Aad Baar Kar Liya To Bura Kiya Lekin Agar Continously Koi Usme Azan Hi Nhi Deta Bus Aise Hi Aa Ke Namaz Padh Lete Hain To Ye Isaa'at Hota Hai.
To Sunnat E Muakkadah Ke Opposite Isaa'at Aata Hai Ye Word Thoda Kam Use Hota Hai Lekin Baqi Cheezen Zyada Use Hoti Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-12)
(7) Next Hai Sunnat E Gaire Muakkadah : Woh Sunnat Ki Jo Sarkar ﷺ Ki Sunnat Hi Hai Lekin Iska Karna Aap Par Lazim Nahi Hai. Kar Le To Bahut Achhi Baat Hai Karna Chahiye Ki Ye Pyare Aaqa ﷺ Ki Sunnate Mubaraka Hai Lekin Agar Banda Janboojh Kar Bhi Koi Sunnat E Gaire Muakkadah Chhod Deta Hai To Fir Woh Gunahgar Nahi Hota.
Shariat Isko Napasand Karti Hai Ki Aap Isko Chhoden Kyun Ki Nabi E Kareem ﷺ Ki Sunnat Hai, To Koshish Yahi Karni Chahiye Ki Banda Is Par Amal Kare. Iska Chhodna Shariat Ko Pasand Nahi Hai Yani Allah Rasool Isko Pasand Nahi Farmate Ki Aap Isko Chhoden. Lekin Iska Matlab Ye Nahi Hai Ke Aap Gunahgar Honge Ya Iske Bare Me Aap Se Sawal Kiya Jayega. Nahii,
To Chhod Sakte Hain Ye Aik Option Hai. Agarche Karna Behtar Hota Hai Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par Namazo Me Hi Aap Le Lein Jaise Asar Se Pehle Ki 4 Sunnat, Isha Ki 4 Sunnat Vagairah Ye Sab Sunnat E Gaire Mukkada Hain. Banda Inko Nhi Bhi Padhta To Koi Gunah Nhi Hai, Sari Zindagi Nhi Padhta Tab Bhi Koi Gunah Nhi Hai, Jaanbooj Kar Nhi Padhta Tab Bhi Koi Gunah Nhi Hai. Lekin Aik Achhe Sawab Se Uski Mahrumi Hai Isme, Uska Sawab Isme Khatm Ho Raha Hai Usko Chahiye Ki Woh Us Par Amal Kre. To Ye Sunnat E Gaire Mukkada Hai.
Isme Aur Bhi Cheezen Aati Hai Jo Sarkar ﷺ Rozana Ke Taur Par Jo Amal E Mubaraka Kiya Karte The Jaise Khane Ki Sunnaten Hain , Miswak Ki Sunnaten, Surma Lgane Ki Sunnat Hai, Kapde Pehnne Ki Sunnat Hai Ye Tamam Cheezein Sunnate Gaire Muakkada Ke Darje Me Aati Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-13)
(8) Sunnat E Gaire Muakkadah Ke Opposite Me Kya Aata Hai.? Makhrooh E Tanzeehi. Yani Woh Cheezein Hain Jinka Karna Shariyat Na-Pasand Rakhti Hai. Passnd Nhi Farmati Hai Ki Aap Ye Kaam Krein Lekin Agr Aap Kar Bhi Lete Hai To Aap Gunahgar Nhi Honge Ye Hota Hai Makhrooh E Tanzeehi.
Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par : Mustamal Pani Ko Pee Lena, Aise Bhut Sari Cheezen Hain Jo Makhrooh E Tanzeehi Ke Darze Me Aati Hain.
To Makhrooh E Tanzeehi Bhi Baar Baar Aayega Aap Isko Yaad Rakhna Hai Ki Woh Kaam Jiska Karna Shariat Pasand Nahi Karti Lekin Agar Banda Habit Bana Bhi Le Kar Bhi Le To Fir Ye Gunah Ki Baat To Nahi Hoti. Albatta ! Inse Bachne Ki Koshish Karte Rahna Chahiye Kyun Ki Yeh Hota Hai Na Aap Ka Nafs Jo Hai Na Agar Aik Baar Makhrooh E Tanzeehi Karne Lag Gaya To Fir Slowly Woh Aap Ko Thoda Aur Aage Push Karega Ki Aap Isa'at Ki Taraf Chale Jaye, Fir Thoda Aur Aage Push Karega Ki Aap Makhrooh E Tahreemi Karne Lag Jaye, Fir Thoda Aur Push Karega Taki Aap Haram Tak Chale Jaye معاذ الله
Isliye Fir Ulama Kiraam Kahte Hain Makhrooh E Tanzeehi Se Jitna Ho Sake Bachne Ki Koshish Karni Chahiye, 10 Me Se Kam Se Kam 4-5 Baar To Ye Koshish Karen Ki Hum Makhrooh E Tanzeehi Se Bach Sake. Bahrhaal Isme Koi Gunaah Vagairah To Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-14)
(9) Iske Baad Next Hai Mustahab. Mustahab Yani Har Woh Amal Har Woh Cheez Jiska Karna Aap Ke Liye Bahut Zyada Sawab Ka Bais Ho Yani Jisko Karne Se Aap Ko Bahut Zyada Sawab Mile, Na Kare Tab Bhi Koi Issue Nahi Hai Yani Aisa Bhi Nahi Hai Ke Shariat Ko Na-Pasandeeda Hai Agar Aap Isko Nahi Karte, To Kar Le To Bahut Achhi Baat Hai Bahut Jyada Sawab, Bahut Jyada Fazeelaten, Bahut Jyada Barkaten Rahmaten Aap Ko Milengi Mustahab Me. Lekin..!! Chhod Diya To Shariat Ki Taraf Se Koi Napasandeedgi Bhi Nahi Hai, Koi Gunah Bhi Nahin Hai To Isko Mustahab Kahte Hain.
Jaise : Kuch Apne Se Fix Kar Ke Zikro Azkaar Karte Hain Na Rozana Ke Taur Par 100 Martaba Kalma Shareef Padhungi To Ye Jo Amal Hai Mustahab Hai, Agar Aap Nahi Bhi Karte To Koi Na-Pasandeedgi Wala Pahlu Nahi Hai To Ye Mustahab Hai.
(10) Aur Mustahab Ke Opposite Me Aata Hai Khilafe Aola : Har Woh Amal Jisko Aap Chhod Dete Hain Jiski Wajah Se Sawab Me Kami Ho Jati Hai To Hum Kahte Hain Ki Ye Khilafe Aula Hai Yani Koi Mustahab Kaam Ko Aap Chhod Den To Hum Kahte Hain Ke Ye Khilafe Aula Hai Aisa Nahi Karna Chahiye Tha, Kar Bhi Liya To Khair Koi Baat Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-15)
(11) Aur Aik Aakhiri Cheez Hai Jise Mubah Kahte Hain. Mubah Yani Jiska Karna Bhi Jaiz Na Karna Bhi Jaiz Agar Koi Banda Karta Hai Tab Bhi Koi Issue Nahin Hai Aur Nahi Karta Tab Bhi Koi Issue Nahi Hai.
Mubah Kaam Me Agar Aap Koi Achhi Niyat Kar Lete Hain To Fir Woh Mustahab Ke Darze Me Chala Jata Hai. Misal Ke Taur Par Aik Banda Hai So Raha Hai To Ab Iska Sona Mubah Hai Yani Jaiz Hai, Chahe To Kare Chahe To Na Kare Isme Koi Pakad Vagairah Uski Nahi Hai Filhaal To Mubah Hai. Lekin..!! Agar Niyyat Achhi Kar Leta Hai Ki Allah Ta'ala Is Need Ke Baad Main Bahut Fresh Ho Jaungi Aur Fir Ja Kar Ibadat Karungi Namazen Thodi Jyada Padh Lungi, Ilm Deen Hasil Kar Lungi To Ye Aap Ka Sona Bhi Ibadat Ban Jayega Mustabab Ho Jayega Aur Aap Ko Sawab Iska ان شاء الله Bharphoor Milega.
To Ye Hai Ke Kuch Kaam Mubah Hote Hain Lekin Achhi Niyyat Ke Sath Mustahab Ke Darje Pe Chale Jate Hain.
Yahan Par Aap Ke 10 -11 Main Key Point They Maine Aap ko Samjha Diye.
Ab Hum Aate Hain Taharat Ki Taraf Sabse Pahle Pani Ka Bayan Lenge Uske Baad Wuzu Gusl Vagairah Ki Taraf Jayenge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-16)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pani Jo Aap Istemal Karte Hain Uske Differents Types Hote Hain Aur Inke Rules Hote Hain To Ab Hum Woh Bayan Karenge. Sab Se Pahle Aap Dekhen 2 Type Ki Category Pani Ki Batai Jati Hai. To Pahle Hum Pahli Category Ke Bare Me Aap Batayenge
❶ Category : Pani Ki 3 Qism Hoti Hai Aur Ye 3 Qisam, Yani Paak Aur Napaak Hone Ke Lihaz Se Hai Hum Pani Ke 3 Types Bana Dete Hain Is Lihaz Se Ki Inme Kab Pani Paak Hoga, Napaak Hoga Yani Najasat Agar Mil Jaye To Ab Hum Kahenge Ki Ye Pani Paak Hai, Napaak Hai. Is Eytebar Se Hum Ne Pani Ko 3 Hisso Me Divide Kar Liya.
①. Sab Se Pahla Hota Jari Pani, Behta Hua Pani (Flowing Water) : Yani Wo Pani Ke Jisme Agar Aap Koi Chhota Sa Koi Tinka, Koi Cheez Vagairah Daal Den To Woh Pani Khud Ba Khud Use Aik Jagah Se Dusre Jagah Baha Kar Le Jaye, Isko Hm Kehte Hai Jari Pani
Iski Misal Kya Ho Sakti Hai.!?
Misal Ho Sakti Hai Jaise Naher Ka Pani, Nal Ka Pani, Pipe Ka Pani, Ye Tamam Cheezen Jari Pani Ke Huqum Me Hain Ye Jari Pani Kahlate Hain. Jisme Pani Khud Ba Khud Move Ho Raha Hai Aur Usme Koi Cheez Wagairah Daal Dem To Woh Ek Jagah Se Dusri Jagah Tak Pani Us Cheez Ko Baha Kar Le Kar Jaye.
Jisme Bahne Ki Puri Salahiyat Hoti Hai Isko Hm Jari Pani Kehte Hain Chand Misal E Maine Aapko Dedi. Naher Ka Pani, Nal Ka Pani, Isi Tarah Bada Sa Waterfall Bhi Jari Pani Ke Huqum Me Ayega Ki Upar Se Niche Khud Ba Khud Aa Raha Hai Na Pani To Ye Jari Pani Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-17)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Jaari Pani Ka Hukm Kya Hota Hai Rule Kya Hota Hai.? Yani Isme Agar Najasat (Napaaki) Gir Jaye To Ye Kab Napaak Hota Hai.?
Yaad Rakhen..!! Jari Pani Jo Hota Hai Is Ke Napaak Hone Ke Liye Najasat Ka Koi Quality Najasat Ka Koi Asar Paani Me Aa Jana Zaroori Hota Hai. Achha Ab Ye Najasat Ka Quality Najasat Ka Asar Kya Hai? Ye Main Samajhti Hoon. Dekhiye Najasat Ki 3 Qualities (Asar) Hoti Hain ¹Colour, ²Smell, ³Taste Yani Rang, Boo, Zaika Ye Najasat Ke Qualities (Asar) Hain.
Agar Jari Paani Me Koi Najasat Gir Jati Hai, Mil Jati Hai Aur Najasat Ka Koi Asar Pani Me Aa Jata Hai To Fir Pani Napaak Hota Hai Warna Woh Jari Pani Paak Hi Rahta Hai. Agar Koi Najasat Pani Me Giri Aur Us Najasat Ka Colour, Test Ya Smell Inme Se Koi Cheez Pani Me Aa Gaya Jahir Ho Gaya To Fir Woh Jari Pani Napaak Ho Gaya Aur Agar Inme Se Koi Aik Bhi Nahi Aaya To Pani Paak Hai.
Misal Ke Taur Par : Naher Me Kisi Bachhe Ne Ja Kar Peshab Kr Diya, Koi Naher Hai, Hota Hai Na Bachhe Khelte Rahte Hain Kisi Bachhe Ne Peshab Kar Diya To Kya Hum Kahenge Puri Naher Napaak Ho Gai.?? Aap Ke Aankho Ke Samne Peshab Kiya Hai Apne Aankho Se Aap Ne Dekha Hai Peshab Ko Pani Me Milte Huwe To Aap Dekhiye Naher Me Agar Najasat Yani Peshab Ka Rang, Kahin Boo Ya Kisi Ko Pata Nahi Tha Zaban Me Test Sa Aa Raha Hai, To Is Tarah Ka Agar Koi Mamla Ho Gaya To Fir Woh Naher Ka Pani Napaak Mana Jayega.
Aur Agr Ye Koi Cheez Nazar Nahi Aa Raha Na Peshab Ka Rang Hai, Na Boo Hai Kuchh Bhi Nahin Hai To Fir Woh Pani Paak Hi Rahega Agarche Aap Ne Apni Aankho Se Dekha Hai Ki Usme Najasat Mili Hai.
To Ye Jari Pani Ka Hukum Hota Hai
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-18)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Isme Ye Nahi Dekha Jata Ki Ek-Aat Karta River Me Najasat Gir Gaya To Ham Pura Pani Napaak Ho Gaya Aisa Karenge To Ye Mamla Bahut Jyada Difficult Ho Jayega Na...?
Aap Imagine Karen Aap Kah Rahe Hain Ke Pura River Napaak Ho Gaya To Kitna Sakht Hukum Hai, River Ka Pani Bah Bah Kar Gharon Par Aa Raha Hai, Dusri Jagah Me Ja Raha Hai To Sab Cheez Ko Kar Dega? To Isme Itna Sakht Hukum To Hum Nahi Rakh Sakte Na... To Ye Allah Ta'ala Ne Hum Par Itna Ahsan Farmaya Hai Ki In Sab Cheez Me Hamare Liye Asani Rakhi Hai.
Agar Koi Nadi Bah Rahi Hai To Woh Napaak Hone Ke Liye Kitna Sari Najasat Hone Ki Zarurat Hogi. Jaise Hota Hai Na Wars Hote Hain To Bahut Sare Logo Ki Lashen Nadiyon Me Daal Di Jati Hain Han Tab Ja Kar Kah Sakte Hain Ki Woh Napaak Ho Jayega Kyunki Usme Rang, Buo, Zaika Vagairah Sab Cheezen Isme Aane Lag Jayengi.
To Ye River Vagairah Me Bahut Jyada Pani Hota Hai Isliye Aap Ko Aasani Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-19)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Aap Ke Nal Ka Pani Hai To Nal Ke Pani Me Agar Koi Napaak Cheez Misal Ke Taur Par Ud Kar Chli Gayi Ya Kuch Bhi Ho Gaya To Jab Tak Us Pani Me Najasat Ka Colour, Smell, Ya Test Na Aa Jaye Tab Tak Woh Pani Paak Hi Rahega Aur Agar Koi Aik Cheez Bhi Aa Jaye, Teeno Aane Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai Agar Rang Aa Jaye, Ya Smell Aa Jaye Ya Fir Test Aa Jaye To Pani Napaak Kahlayega. To Ye Pahla Rule Hai Jari Paani Se Related.
Isme Yaad Rakhen..!! Aisa Ho Jata Hai Hai Ki Jaise Kabhi Kabhar Nadi Me Bachhe Ne Peshab Vagairah Kar Liya To Jis Area Me Bache Ne Peshab Kiya Hai Na To Wahan Najasat Ka Smell Vagairah Aa Raha Hota Hai Nadi Ke Dusre Hisse Me Nahi Aa Raha Hota Yani Aik Side Par Aa Raha Hai Dusre Side Par Aage Chal Kar Woh Smell Vagairah Nahi Aa Raha Hota To Fir Hum Kahenge Ke Jitne Hisse Me Aap Ko Smell Aa Raha Hai Ya Rangat Vagairah Jo Bhi Najar Aa Rahi Hai Utna Hissa Nadi Ka Napaak Hai, Uske Aage Pichhe Ka Jo Hissa Hai Jahan Par Koi Najasat Ka Asar Nazar Nahi Aa Rahi Hai To Fir Woh Hissa Nadi Ka Paak Hi Rahega.
Aur Agar Pani Bah Bah Kar Is Jagah Se Bhi Jahan Par Smell Vagairah Tha Woh Agar Bah - Bah Kar Chala Jata Hai To Fir Woh Hissa Bhi Paak Ho Jayega. Ye Pahli Qism Hai Pani Ki.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-20)
Pani Ka Bayan :
②. Maa e Kaseer (Bahut Zyaada Pani) : Ye Maa e Kaseer Bilkul Jari Pani Ki Tarah Hota Hai Yani Iske Rules Vagairah Same Match Hote Rahte Hain Lekin Thoda Sa Definition Me Farq Hai. To Dusri Qism Hai Maa e Kaseer, Kaseer Kahte Hain Bahut Zyada Bade Ko, Maa e Kaseer Ko Bada Hauj Bhi Kah Dete Hain Aur Bada Paani Ka Jo Tanki Hoti Hai Maa e Kaseer Me Aati Hai.
Maa e Kaseer Kya Hota Hai.?
Isme Flowing Nahi Hota Pani Nahin Bahta, Bahta Hota To Hum Isko Jari Pani Bol Dete.. Balki Isme Pani Kahi Bade Se Container Me, Kahi Box Me, Kahin Tank Me Pani Maujood Hoga, Ya Koi Bahut Bada Gadha Hoga Uske Andar Pani Maujood Hoga, Bahut Bada Kuaan Hai Uske Andar Pani Maujood Hai To Ye Bah To Nahi Raha Flow To Nahi Ho Raha Aik Point Se Dusre Point Par To Isko Hum Maa e Kaseer Kahte Hain.
Bada Sa Container Yani Kitna Bada Hoga.?
Woh Container (Hauz) Jiski Lambai Aur Chaudai Ko Aap Multiply Karen To Fir Answer Aap Ko 225 Square Feet Ya Isse Zyada Aana Chahiye. Agar Itna Ya Ise Zyada Hai To Iske Andar Jo Pani Hai Woh Maa e Kaseer Hoga. Aur Agar Isse Kam Hai To Isko Hum Maa e Qaleel Kahte Hain Jo Pani Ki Teesri Qism Hai jo Aage Hum Bayan Karenge. To Kam Se Kam 225 Square Feet Ya Isse Zyada Hoga To Fir Hum Kahenge Ki Ye Maa e Kaseer Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-21)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Misal Ke Taur Par Ek Bada Sa Tank Hai Jiski Lambai 15 Feet Aur Chaudhai Hai 15 Feet Ab Aap Multiply Karen 15×15 Karen = 225 Square Feet Aayega. To Iske Andar Jo Pani Hai Ye Maa e Kaseer Hai. Aur Isi Tarah Aap Len Lambai 25 Aur Chadaai Aap 9 Feet Le Len To = 225 Aa Raha To Iske Andar Jo Pani Hoga Ye Bhi Maa e Kaseer Hoga. Ya Misal Ke Taur Par Lambai 30 Feet Hai, Chadai Bhi 30 Feet Hai To = 900 Square Feet Ho Gaya Ye Bhi Maa e Kaseer Hai.
Aur Agar 10 Feet Chadai & 10 Feet Lambai Hai To 100 Square Feet Ho Gaya Na To Ye Maa e Kaseer Nahi Raha. To Aap Imagine Kar Sakte Hain Ki Maa e Kaseer Yani Kitna Zyada Pani Hoga Bahut Zyada Paani Jo Hota Hai Ye Maa e Kasser Kahlata Hai.
To Bade Tanks Jinki Lambai Aur Chadai Ko Agar Aap Multiply Karen Aur Answer Aap Ko 225 Square Feet Aa Raha Hai Ya Isse Zyada Aa Raha Hai To Fir Ye Maa e Kaseer Kahlata Hai. Jo Dariya Ka Pani Hai Ye Bhi Maa e Kaseer Hai Kyunki zahir Si Baat Hai Isme Bahut Zyada Pani Hai Na To Dariya Ka Pani Ye Jaari Pani Ke Hukm Me Nahi Hai Ye Maa e Kaseer Hota Hai, Kyun Isme Aise Lahre To Nazar Aa Rahi Hoti Hain Hawa Vagairah Ke Chalne Se Lekin Asal Me Dariya Ka Pani Thahra Hua Hi Hota Hai Isliye Isko Hum Kahte Hain Ki Ye Maa e Kaseer Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-22)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Swimming Pool Maa e Kaseer Hai Ya Nahi.?
To Swimming Pool Ko Bhi Aap Ko Isi Tarah Dekhna Padega Uske Lambai Aur Chaudai Ka Hisab Laga Kar. Agar Lambai Aur Chaudai Ko Multiply Karne Par Answer 225 Square Feet Ya Isse Zyada Aa Raha Hai To Fir Ye Maa e Kaseer Hoga Warna Maa e Qaleel.
Waise Bahut Bade Swimming Pool Ho To Ye Maa e Kaseer Me Aa Sakte Hain Warna Normal Chhote Chhote Pools Vagairah Hote Hain Ye Maa e Qaleel Ke Hukm Me Hain
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-23)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Maaye Kaseer Ka Hukum Kya Hai.?
Maaye Kaseer Rule Same Jaari Paani Ki Tarah Hai. Jaari Paani Me Maine Kya Kaha Tha Ki Jaari Paani Me Agar Koi Najasat Gir Jaati Hai To Jab Tak Uska Rang, Boo, Zaika Ye Nahi Aa Jata Pani Me Paani Paak Hai. Isi Tarah Maaye Kaseer Me Agar Koi Najasat Gir Jati Hai Aur Najasat Ka Koi Rang, Boo, Zaika Kuch Bhi Pani Me Nahi Aa Raha To Woh Paani Paak Hai. Aur Agar Isme Rang, Boo, Zaika Me Se Koi Aik Cheez Bhi Aa Jaye Fir Woh Paani Napaak Kahlayega Ab Aap Ko Us Tank Ko Paak-Saaf Jo Bhi Ho Sab Karna Padega,
Masjidon Me Jo Hauz Rakhe Rahte Hain Ye Maaye Kaseer Ke Hukum Me Hote Hain To Inme Agar Koi Chuha Gir Gaya, Chhipkali Isme Gir Gai To Fir Isme Yahi Hukm Hota Hai Dekhen Ge Ke Woh Napaak Huwa Hai Ya Jo Bhi Hai Yani Isme Najasat Vagairah Gir Gai To Fir Us Hisab Se Iska Hukum Liya Jata Hai. Kuch Jagah Fir Namazi Vagairah Kahte Hain Ki Wuzu Karte Waqt Smell Aa Rahi Hai Paani Me, Khoon Vagairah Ka Smell Aa Raha To Agar Ye Ho Gaya To Fir Woh Paani Napaak Hai Usko Paak Karna Padega. Thoda Sa Difficult Ho Jata Hai Itna Bada Tank Vagairah Paak Karna Lekin Bahrhaal Isko Bhi Aap Paak Kar Sakte Hain. Ye Maine Uske Masail Bata Diye Ki Jo Container Vagairah Square Shape Me Ho Chokor Ho To Is Tarah Dekhenge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-24)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Jo Cheez Gol Ho Uske Masail : Agar Gol Ho To Wahan Par To Lambai Chaudai Wagirah Nahin Kar Sakte Hain Na... Agar Golai Me Ho To Fir Aap Ko Uski Golai Circumference Jise Hum Kahte Hain Woh Major Karna Hoga. Jaise Kuan Hai Ya Circulate Tank Wagairah Hai Agar Uski Golai Total Kam Se Kam 52.5 Feet Hoti Hai Ya Isse Zyada Hoti Hai To Fir Us Container Ke Andar Jo Bhi Pani Hoga Woh Maa e Kaseer Hi Hai. Aur Agar Isse Kam Hai To Maa e Qaleel Hai.
52.5 Feet Yani Bada Kuan Jo Hamare Gharon Me Kuan Hote Hain Abhi Itne Bade To Nahi Hain Hamari Taraf To Bilkul Nahi Hai Kahin Aur Ho To واللہ العالم Kuch Logo Ne Mujhe Kaha Tha Ki Rajasthan Side Abhi Bhi Is Tarah Ke Bade Kuan Hote Hain To Wahan Par Fir Hukum Alag Hoga, Warna Takriban Aaj Kal Jo Kuan Paye Jate Hain Woh Maa e Qaleel Hi Hote Hain, Kaseer Wale To Hote Nahi Hain 52.5 Feet Pura
Circumference Agar Aap Nape To Bahut Bada Banta Hai. Sarkar ﷺ Ke Zamane Me Aise Bade Kuen Vagairah Huwa Karte They To Ye Ho Gaya.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-25)
Pani Ka Bayan :
③ Maa e Qaleel : Yani Jo Pani Kam Quantity Me Ho Qaleel Kahte Hain Bahut Thode Ko To Maa e Qaleel Woh Pain Hai Jisme Bahut Kam Paani Ho. Aur Takriban Jo Hamara Samna Hota Hai Woh Maa e Qaleel Se Hota Hai Jo Hame Khas Khayal Rakhna Hota Hai.
Maa e Qaleel Ki Definition Kya Hai.?
Ki Agar Kisi Container Me Pani Ho Aur Woh Container Ki Lambai Aur Chaudai Ko Aap Multiply Karen To Answer 225 Square Feet Se Kam Hona Chahiye. Aur Agar Gol Hai To Circumference 52.5 Se Kam Hona Chahiye To Ye Maa e Qaleel Ho Gaya.
Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par Bucket Me Rakha Pani, Glass Me Rakha Pani, Matke Vagairah Me Rakha Pani, Bottle Me Bhara Hua Pani, Bartan Me Bhara Hua Pani Ye Sab Cheezen Aap Ke Maa e Qaleel Me Aa Gaya. Zameen Par Agar Kisi Bachhe Ne Glass Se Pani Niche Gira Diya Niche Jo Pani Jama Ho Gaya Ye Bhi Maa e Qaleel, Isi Tarah Chhote Chhote Swimming Pool Ka Pani, Chhote Talab Ka Pani, Tamam Cheezen Aap Ke Maa e Qaleel (Kam Pani) Me Aati Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-26)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Maa e Qaleel Ka Hukm Kya Hai.?
Maa e Qaleel Ka Hukm Jaari Pani Aur Maa e Kaseer Se Different Hota Hai Maa e Qaleel Ka Hukm Ye Hai Ke Agar Maa e Qaleel Me Thodi-Bahut Najasat Bhi Gir Jati Hai To Pura Ka Pura Pani Napaak Ho Jata Hai. Fir Chahe Aap Ko Uska Colour Nazar Aaye Na Naaye, Smell Aaye Na Aaye, Test Vagairah Aaye Na Aaye Bahrhaal Pani Napaak Ho Gaya.
Agar Aap Ne Apni Aankho Se Dekh Liya Ki Usme Najasat Gir Gai To Fir Woh Paani Napaak Hai. Aur Agar Usme Smell Nahi Hai, Test Nahi Hai, Colour Vagairah Kuch Bhi Nahi Tab bhi Woh Paani Napaak Hai. Jaise : Kisi Aurat Ne Khana Vagairah Banate Waqt Sabji Vagairah cut karte Waqt Uski Ungli Cut Gai Aur Usne Glass Ke Pani Me Apni Ungali Is Tarah Rakh Di To Jo Pani Hai Usme Khoon Chala Gaya To Agarche Usme Colour Vagairah Nahi Aaya Thoda Sa Usme Khoon Gaya Tha Usne Hath Nikal Liya Lekin Khoon Thoda Bahut Gaya Na Pani Me To Pura Pani Ye Napaak Ho Gaya. Ab Isko Fekna Hai Aur Glass Vagairah Ko Paak Aap Ko Karna Padega. To Ye Teesri Qism Hai Pani Ki.
To Ye 3 Qisme Hum Ne Paani Ke Padh Liye Ki Agar Najasat Gir Jaye To Kab Paak Rahenge Kab Napaak Rahenge. ¹Jaari Pani, ²Maa e Kaseer Aur ³Maa e Qaleel.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-27)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Jaari Pani, Maa e Qaleel & Maa e Kaseer Ko Paak Kaise Karenge.!? #1
Sab Se Aasan Tareeqa Ye Hai Ke In Sab Ko Bahta Kar Dein Jab Bhi Koi Cheez Aap Ko Paak Karni Hai Na Sabse Easier Cheez Ye Hoti Hai Ki Aap In Par Pani Ko Baha Dein To Ye Cheezen Paak Badi Aasani Se Ho Jayeingi. Sab Se Pahle Dekhiye Agar Pani Vagairah Me Koi Aisi Cheez Padi Hui Hai Ki Jisko Aap Nikal Sakte Hain Koi Solid Cheez Padi Hui Hai Jiski Wajah Se Pani Napaak Ho Raha Hai To Sab Se Pahle Usko Nikal Dein.
Misal Ke Taur Par : Nadi Hai Jisme Bahut Bada Janwar Mara Pada Hai Aur Aap Koshish Kar Rahe Hain Ki Nadi Paak Ho Jaye.. To Nahi Hogi.! Kyun Ki Janwar To Wahi Par Hai Usko Nikalna Padega, Isi Tarah Koi Bada Sa Hauz Hai Jisme Aik 2-3 Bulli Ja Kar Andar Mar Gain Mar Kar Wahi Pade Huwe Hain To Kya Us Hauz Ko Paak Karte Rahenge To Paak Hoga.? Nahi Kyun Ki Woh Billiyan To Andar Hi Mari Padi Hui Hain To Unke Body's Ko Pahle Nikalna Padega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-28)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Jaari Pani, Maa e Qaleel & Maa e Kaseer Ko Paak Kaise Karenge.!? #2
Isi Tarah Ghar Me Maa e Qaleel Hai To Misal Ke Taur Par Usme Koi Chhipkali Vagairah Padi Hui Hai Ya Kuen Me Murgiyan Mar Jati Hain, Dusre Janwar Mar Jate Hain, Aap Ne Paak Karne Ki Koshish Kar Li Aur Woh Andar Pada Hua Hi Hai To Pani Paak Nahi Hoga.
To Yaad Rakhein..!! Hamesha Pani Me Najasat Ko Agar Aap Remove Kar Sakte Hain To Pahle Usko Nikal Lein Yani Koi Janwar Ya Aise Koi Aur Cheez Hai Jo Paani Ko Napak Kar Rahi Hai To Pahle Usko Nikal Den Iske Baad Fir Usko Paak Karen. Aur Paak Karne Ke Liye Aasan Tariqa Jaari Pani Hai To Jaari Pani Me Ye Hota Hai Ki Us Paani Ko Bahne Dein. Jaise Nadi Hai Usme Se Aap Ne Mara Hua Janwar Hata Diya To Ab Uska Pani Bahta Rahega.. Bahta Rahega... Aur Khud Ba Khud Thode Time Ke Baad Najasat Ka Rang, Boo Vagairah Khud Ba Khud Chala Jayega To Fir Woh Paani Paak Ho Jayega.
Isi Tarah Aap Ka Tap Water Agar Usme Koi Najasat Hai To Fir Woh Bahne Dein Bahne Ke Baad Woh Pura Pani Flow Kar Den To Jab Bah Jayega Aur Najasat Vagairah Door Ho Jayegi To Fir Aap Ka Paani Paak Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-29)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Jaari Pani, Maa e Qaleel & Maa e Kaseer Ko Paak Kaise Karenge.!? #3
Maa e Kaseer Kyun Ki Ye Khud Ba Khud Nahi Bahta Aap Ko Isko Bahana Padega To Sab Se Pahle Najasat Vagairah Nikal Sakte Hain To Nikal Lein Aur Agar Najasat Nikal Nahi Sakte Jaise Kisi Ne Peshab Vagairah Kar Diya Hai Ya Khoon Vagairah Mil Gaya Hai Ya Koi Aur Najasat Usme Gir Gai Aur Woh Maa e Kaseer Pura Napak Ho Gaya Hai To Fir Aap Kya Karenge.?
Fir Aap Ko Ye Karna Padega Najasat Vagairah Nikal Sakte Hain To Nikal Liya Ab Kya Karen Ke Aik Taraf Se Tank Me Pani Dalein Aur Dusri Taraf Se Pani Ko Bahne Ke Liye Koi Jagag Rakhen. Aik Side Se Aap Jaari Pani On Karein Ye Pani Tank Me Aata Rahega.. Tank Me Bharte Bharte Thode Time Ke Baad Woh Over Flow Ho Jayega Tank Se Bahar Girne Lag Jayega Na Is Tarah Karen Isko Kahte Hain Pani Ko Jaari Karna. Yani Already Ye Pani Stop Tha Aap Ne Aik Aur Pipe Ko Laga Kar Bahana Shuru Kar Diya Na To Ise Kahte Hain Paani Ko Aap Ne Jaari Kar Diya To Koi Pipe Vagairah Laga Kar Isko Bahane Ke Liye Chhod Dein Ki Pani Bahta Jaye Bahta Jaye,
Kab Tak Bahayein Gein.? Jab Tak Ke Aap Dekh Lein Ke Us Najasat Ki Rang, Boo Vagairah Sab Chala Na Jaye Aur Agar Aisa Hai Ki Rang Boo Vagairah Hai To Aur Bahana Padega Aap Ko.. Jab Tak Ke Ye Na Dekh Lein Pura Najasat Vagairah Nikal Gaya. Jab Usme Itna Pani Baha Lein Ki Finally Usme Rang, Boo, Maza Vagairah Kuch Bhi Nahi Hai Fir Pani Dubara Se Paak Ho Gaya Aap Ke Istemal Ke Qabil Ho Gaya.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-30)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Jaari Pani, Maa e Qaleel & Maa e Kaseer Ko Paak Kaise Karenge.!? #4
Agar Koi Maa e Qaleel Napaak Ho Gaya To Fir Kya Karenge.? Sabe Pahle Agar Najasat Nikal Sakte Hain To Nikal Lein Aur Agar Aap Ko Najasat Ka Koi Color, Koi Smell, Koi Test Vagairah Nazar Aa Raha Hai Aisa Lag Raha Hai Ki Isme Najasat Ka Colour Hai To Fir Isko Bhi Aap Ko Jaari Hi Karna Hai.
Jaise Aik 5 Feet Lama 5 Feet Chauda Wala Swimming Pool Hai Isme Kisi Bachhe Ne Peshab Kar Diye To Isko Paak Karne Ke Liye Aik To Ye Option Hai Ki Pura Pani Hi Fek Dein Swimming Pool Vagairah Paak Karna Hai Dho Le Uske Diwar Vagairah Ye Paak Ho Jayega Ya Fir Aap Isi Pani Ko Use Karna Chah Rahe Hain To Is Swimming Pool Ke Pani Ko Over Flow Kara Dein Taki Najasat Ka Usme Se Smell, Colour, Test Vagairah Chala Jaye. Koi Bhi Maa e Qaleel Hai Usko Paak Karne Ke Liye Jaari Hi Karna Hai Aur Itna Jari Karna Hai Ke Smell, Colour Test Chala Jaye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-31)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Jaari Pani, Maa e Qaleel & Maa e Kaseer Ko Paak Kaise Karenge.!? #5
Aur Bilfarz Agar Smell, Colour, Test Vagairah Nahi Hai Ho Sakta Bai Aik Aat Katra Isme Najasat Gira Ho Aur Pura Pani Napaak Ho Gaya Ab Isme To Smell Bhi Nahi Hai Colour Bhi Nahi Hai Test Bhi Nahi Hai Kuch Bhi Nahi Hai To Fir Kab Tak Pani Bahayenge.? To Isme Aap Ko Us Waqt Tak Paani Bahana Hai Jab Tak Ki Aap Ke Dil Me Aap Ko Ye Confirm Ho Jaye Ki Haan Ab To Paani Ne Najasat Ko Baha Diya Hoga Ab Pani Paak Ho Gaya Yani Jab Tak Dil Me Itminaan Na Aa Jaye. Jab Aap Ke Dil Me Khayal Aa Jaye Itminaan Aa Jaye Ki Ab To Pani Paak Ho Gaya Tab Tak Aap Pani Bahayenge. To Is Tarah Aap Ko Paak Karna Hai Jaari Pani, Maa e Kaseer & Maa e Qaleel Ko.
Agar Rang, Boo Vagairah Hai To Fir To Aap Usko Bahaye Jab Tak Ke Woh Na Chala Jaye. Aur Jaise Maa e Qaleel Me Ho Sakta Hai Ki Isme Rang Nahi Hai, Boo Nohi Hai, Kuch Bhi Nahi Hain Fir Hum Yahi Kahenge Aap Isko Itna Bahaye... Itna Bahaye... Ke Aap Ke Dil Me Itminaan Ho Jaye Ki Paani Paak Hai Jab Aap Ka Dil Itminan Kar Le Pani Paak Ho Gaya Fir Woh Pani Paak Consider Kiya Jayega.
Ab Ye Pani Aap Har Kaam Me Istemal Kar Sakte Hain. Napaak Pani To Aap Kisi Ke Liye Istemal Nahi Kar Sakte, Na Khane Ke Liye, Na Peene Ke Liye To Ye Kisi Kaam me Nahi Aa Sakta, Lekin Aap Paak Kar Leinge Isko Aur Aik Baar Paak Ho Gaya To Fir Aap In Sab Cheezon Me Istemal Kar Sakte Hain. Paani Ke Baab Me First Part Complete Ho Chuka Hai Next Post Se Paani Ke 5 Aqsam Honge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-32)
Pani Ka Bayan :
❷ Category : Ab Next Topic Par Aate Hain Isme Bhi Pani Ke 5 Aksam Hain Lekin Ye Types Isliye Banate Hain Taki Ye Maloom Ho Jaye Ki Pani Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Hai Ya Nahi. Yani Ye Jo 5 Type Aap Padhein Isme Se Ye Maloom Hoga Ki In Pani Me Se Kin Se Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Aur Kin Ke Sath Nahi Kar Sakte To Isme 5 Qism Aati Hain.
①. Maa e Mutlaq
②. Maa e Mustamal
③. Maa e Makrooh
④. Maa e Najas
⑤. Maa e Mashkook
Ab Isko Hum Tafseelan Aik Ke Baad Aik Detail Me Bayan Karenge.
① - Maa e Mutlaq : Maa e Mutlaq Woh Pani Hota Hai Jise Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Istemal Kar Sakte Hain. Aur Deegar Kaamon Ke Liye Bhi Istemal Kar Sakte Hain. Koi Napaki Hai Usko Door Karne Ke Liye Istemaal Kar Sakte Hain, Khana Pakane Ke Liye Istemal Kar Sakte Hain, Peene Vagairah Ke Liye Istemal Kar Sakte Hain. Ye Woh Pani Hai Jisse Aap Tamam Kaam Kar Sakte Hain. Bilkhusoos Wuzu Aur Gusl Bhi Aap Isme Se Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-33)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ye Maa e Mutlaq Kya Hota Hai.?
Dekhiye Allah Ta'ala Ne Quran E Majeed Me Irshad Farmaya Hai Surah Furqaan Ki Aayat Hai :
وَ اَنْزَلْنَا مِنَ السَّمَآءِ مَآءً طَهُوْرًاۙ
Aur Humne Aasman Se Paak Karne Wala Pani Nazil Farmaya Hai.
Aasman Se Barish Ka Pani Nazil Hota Hai Na To Allah Ta'ala Ne Farma Diya Quran E Majeed Me Ke Jo Barish Ka Pani Hota Hai Ye Paak Karne Wala Hota Hai Allah Ta'ala Ne Is Paani Ko Aisa Banaya Hai Ki Ye Cheezon Ko Paak Karta Hai. Woh Paaki Chahe Bande Ke Najasate Hukmiya Ho, Ye Najasate Hukmiya Kya Hai Ye Main Aage Samjhati Hoon. Wuzu Aur Gusl Aik Tariqe Ki Ye Bhi Paaki Hai To Ye Paaki Bhi Aap Hasil Kar Sakte Hain. Aur Jo Bhi Cheezon Ki Paaki Aap Ko Hasil Karni Ho Woh Bhi Aap Kar Sakte Hain.
To Ye Barish Ka Jo Pani Hota Hai Ye Maa e Mutlaq Hota Hai Yani Isko Aap Wuzu, Gusl Ke Liye Bhi Istemal Kar Sakte Hain Deegar Cheezon Ke Liye Bhi Istemal Kar Sakte Hain To Ye To Ho Gaya Barish Ka Pani.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-34)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ab Barish Ke Pani Ke Alawa Jo Bhi Paani Barish Ke Pani Ke Tarah Hoga Usko Istemal Karte Huwe Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain. Allah Ta'ala Ne Chunki Farma Diya Hai Ke Barish Ka Pani Paak Karne Wala Hai Isse Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Istemal Kar Sakte Hain Deegar Cheezon Ki Paki Ke Liye Istemal Kar Sakte Hain.
To Jo Koi Pani Isi Paani Ki Tarah Hoga Jisme Wohi Quality, Wohi Cheezein (Osaf) Pai Jayeingi Jo Barish Ke Pani Me Payi Jati Hai Fir Aap Usse Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Barish Ke Pani Ke Kya Qualities (Osaf) Hote Hain.?
(1) Woh Aisa Hota Hai Ki Dekhne Me Pani Hai Obviously, Usme Koi Colour Vagairah Nahi Hota, Usme Koi Smell Nahi Hota Hai, Aise Koi Khas Test Nahi Hota.
(2&3) Barish Ka Paani Patla Hota Hai. Isme Rikkat Hoti Hai Aur Ye Bah Sakta Hai Aik Jagah Se Dusri Jagah Bilkul Jaldi Bah Kar Chala Jata Hai Yani Isne Saylan Hota Hai. To Ye Main Important Points Hote Hain Barish Ke Pani Me Ki Ye Patla Hota Hai Gadha Nahi Hota Aur Isme Bahne Ki Salahiyat Hoti Hai.
Ye Main Qualities Hai To Ye Wali Qualities Kisi Aur Pani Me Payi Gai Koi Aur Cheez Na Ho, Pani Ho Agar Usme Woh Qualities Maujood Ho Ki Woh Patla Bhi Ho Aik Jagah Se Dusri Jagah Jaldi Bah Kar Jis Tarah Pani Chala Jata Hai Is Tarah Ye Bhi Bah Kar Chala Jaye To Fir Woh Pani Maa e Mutlaq Me Aa Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-35)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Barish Ke Pani Ke Kya Qualities (Osaf) Hote Hain.?
(4) Woh Kisi Cheez Ka Nichoda Hua Juice Na Ho, Koi Fruit Vagairah Ka Juice Na Ho Ya Darakht Vagairah Se Pani Khud Ba Khud Nikalte Rahte Hain Na Kele Vagairah Ka Darakht Hai Inke Sakho Vagairah Ke Side Se Pani Nikalta Hai Ye Cheez Vagairah Collect Kar Ke Wuzu, Gusl Vagairah Nahi Kar Sakte Kyun Ki Ye Maa e Mutlaq Nahi Hai.
To Maa e Mutlaq Woh Pani Hota Hai Jo Patla Ho, Jo Aik Jagah Se Dusri Jagah Bah Sakta Ho, Bilkul Barish Ke Pani Ki Tarah Ho Aur Kisi Cheez Se Nichoda Huwa Na Ho. Ya Kisi Cheez Ka Juice Vagairah Na Ho. To Ye Hota Hai Maa e Mutlaq.
Ab Isme Kaisa Pani Aa Sakta Hai : Samandar Ka Pani Hai Barish Ke Pani Ki Hi Tarah Hai Na Barish Ka Pani Baad Me Ja Kar Samandar Se Mil Jata Hai Nadiyon Me Mil Jata Hai To Samandar Ka Pani Hai, Naher Ka Pani Ye Sab Barish Ke Pani Ki Tarah To Inse Hum Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Isi Tarah Jo Hamare Nalon Me Pani Aa Raha Hai, Kuen Ka Pani Hai Barf Ka Pighla Hua Pani Hai, Shabnam Ka Pani Hai, Jheel Ka Pani Hai Ye Tamaam Cheezen Maa e Mutlaq Hote Hain Inko Istemal Karte Huwe Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-36)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ab Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par Aap Dekh Lein Gulab Ka Pani Woh Dekhne Me Bilkul Pani Ki Hi Tarah Hota Hai Lekin Kya Aap Gulab Ke Pani Se Wuzu Aur Gusul Kar Sakte Hain.?
Nahi Kar Sakte.!! Kyun Ki Ye Kisi Cheez Ka Nichoda Howa Arq Hai. To Fir Ye Pani Ki Tarah Nahi Hai Rose Water Hai. Ye Pani To Hai Nahi.. Water Bol Rahe Lekin Sath Me Rose Bhi Bol Rahe Hain Na Yani Ye Peene Wale Pani Jaisa Nahi Hai To Isse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte.
Isi Tarah Koi Aur Pani Hai Jo Kisi Wajah Se Gadha Ho Gaya Hai Yani Chane Vagairah Daal Diye Kisi Ne Usko Ubal Liya Jos De Diya Jiski Wajah Se Pani Achha Gaadha Ho Gaya, Gadha Matlab Jaise Shahed Hota Hai Na Shahad Kaise Hota Hai Thick Hota Hai Na Ki Usko Aap Bahaye Ge Bhi To Bilkul Slowly Bahta Huwa Jayega To Agar Pani Shahed Ki Tarah Gaadha Ho Gaya Hai Ya Chipchipa Ho Gaya Hai Ye Tamam Pani Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Istemal Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-37)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ye To Maine Aap Ke Zahen Me Woh Points Lane Ke Liye Arqe Gulab Vagairah Ki Misalein Maine De Diya Aap Ko Lekin Ye Masle Kab Aate Hain Ki Pani Me Jab Hum Koi Cheez Mila Dein Aur Fir Us Pani Se Wuzu Gusl Karna Chahen. Jaise Misal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ne Paani Me Thoda Sa Jafraan Mila Diya Ab Kya Isse Hum Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.? Shabe Bara'at Ke Waqt Beri Ke Patte Daal Kar Jos De Kar Gusl Kiya Jata Hai To Kya Ye Kar Sakte Hain.?
To Isme Yaad Rakhein..!! Main Important Point Aap Ko Ye Yaad Rakhna Hai Ke Usme Rikkat Aur Saylan Nahi Badalna Chahiye Koi Paak Cheez Aap Ne Pani Me Milai Aur Usse Aap Ne Wuzu Aur Gusl Kiya To Isme Wuzu Aur Gusl Ho Bhi Jayega Lekin Aap Ke Pani Ka Rikkat Ya Saylan Yani Bahne Ki Jo Salahiyat Hoti Hai Aur Jo Patla Pan Hota Hai Woh Change Nahi Hona Chahiye. Aisa Nahi Hona Chahiye Ki Woh Shahed Ki Tarah Ho Jaye Ya Woh Bahe Hi Na Jaisa Lassi Vagairah Hoti Hai Gaadhi Aisa Na Ho Jaye Agar Aisa Kuch Ho Gaya To Fir Usse Hum Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-38)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ab Pani Me Cheezen Milane Ki Cheez Bhi Main Aap Ko Bata Deti Hoon :
(1) Pani Me Solid Cheez Milane Ka Mas'ala : Agar Koi Aap Ne Thhos (Solid) Cheez Pani Me Milai Jaise Beri Ke Patte Hain, Isi Tarah Agar Aap Ne Jafraan Daal Diya Ya Koi Aur Cheez Pani Me Agar Aap Ne Dal Di Jo Solid Hoti Hai Aur Pani Us Solid Cheez Ka Thoda Sa Smell Aa Gaya, Thodi Colour Aa Gaya, Thoda Sa Test Bhi Aa Raha Hai Pani Me To Theek Hai Chal Jayega Isse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Ye Maa e Mutlaq Hi Rahega Jab Tak Ke Iska Riqqat Aur Saylan Salamat Hai. Yani Ye Bah Raha Hai Pani Ki Tarah, Aur Gaadha Bhi Nahi Huwa Hai To Aap Ise Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Pani Me Thoda Bahut Jafran Daal Diya, Peri Ke Patte Dal Kar Jos De Kar Agar Shabe Bara'at Me Naha Rahe Hain To Dekhiye Woh Pani Patla Hi Hota Hai Na. Haan Beri Ke Patton Ka Rang Usme Aa Jata Hai Kabhi Kabhar Thoda Sa Smell Aa Jata Hai Test Bhi Shayad Aa Jaye To Ye Alag Mamla Hai Aap Kar Sakte Hain Wuzu Aur Gusl. Kyun.? Kyun Ki.. Bas Halka Sa Rang Badla Hai, Smell Thoda Sa Badla Bai Thoda Sa Zaika Badla Hai Lekin Jo Asal Cheez Hai Pani Ki Tarah Patla Hona Aur Bah Kar Jana Ye Salamat Hai Isliye Aap Inse Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Haan..!! Jab Bahut Zyada Ho Jayega Aur Pani Ka Patla Pan Ya Pani Ke Bahne Ki Salahiyat Ye Change Ho Jayegi To Fir Aap Isse Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte. Misal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ne Bahut Zyada Jafran Dal Diya Itna Daal Diya Ke Pura Orange Ho Gaya Ki Aap Baith Ke Isse Koi Taweej Bhi Likh Sakte Hain Itna Daal Diya, Chalen Itna Ho Gaya To Ye Bahut Sara Hai Ye To Ab Jafran Ka Pani Ho Gaya Normal Pani Nahi Raha Na To Fir Isse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte.
To Agar Aap Pani Me Koi Solid Cheez Daal Rahe Hain Aur Us Solid Cheez Ka Koi Colour, Smell Test Pani Me Aa Jaye Lekin Pani Ke Ye 2 Qualities Baqi Rahein To Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Warna Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-39)
Pani Ka Bayan :
(2) Pani Me Liquid Cheez Milane Ka Mas'ala #1 : Ab Aate Hain Liquid Cheez Milane Ki Taraf Ki Pani Me Koi Liquid Cheez Agar Daal Di Jaye To Kya Hukm Hoga.?
Dekhiye Pani Me Jab Aap Koi Liquid Cheez Dalte Hain To Dekha Jata Hai Ke Woh Jo Liquid Cheez Aap Ne Milai Hai Jaise Doodh Mila Diya Hai Usme Kya Colour, Smell, Test Vagairah Hai? Usme 3 Qualities Liquid Ki Hai Ya Nahi.? Kuch Liquid Me Teeno Hota Hai Colour Hota Hai, Smell Hota Hai Test Hota Hai, Kuch Me Sirf Smell Or Test Aap Ko Hoga, Kuch Me Teeno Nahi Honge, Ab Main Misaal Deti Hoon Kisme Teeno Nahi Honge Aik Aik Kar Ke.
Agar Koi Pani Me Aap Ne Aisi Cheez, Aisi Liquid Milai Jisme Us Liquid Ka Ka Colour Bhi Hota Hai, Smell Bhi Hota, Test Bhi Hota Hai Jaise Doodh Aap Le Lein Doodh Aik Aisi Cheez Jisme Rang Hai White Colour Hai Doodh Ka Apna Aik Test Hai Or Doodh Ka Aik Smell Bhi Hoti Hai Umuman Ye Cheezen Hai. Agar Ye Teeno Cheez Jisme Pai Jati Hai Aisa Koi Liquid Pani Me Mila Diya Gaya Aur Pani Me Liquid Ke Koi 2 Cheezen Aa Gayi Smell- Colour Aa Gai, Colour-Test Aa Gaya Ya Test Or Smell Aa Gaya Koi 2 Cheez Agar Pani Me Aa Gayin To Fir Aap Us Pani Se Wuzu Or Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte.
Jaise : Agar Aik Bada Sa Bucket Hai Isme Aap Ne 2 Katre Doodh Daal Diye To Ab Doodh Ka Na Isme Colour Aa Raha Na Smell Aayega Na Test Aayega zahir Si Baat Hai Bade Bucket Me 2 Katre Doodh Dalne Se Kuch Nahi Hota Isse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Lekin Agar Itna Doodh Mila Diya Gaya Pani Me Ki Pura Paani Si Safed Ho Gaya Ya Fir Usme Doodh Ka Test Aane Laga, Smell Aane Laga Koi 2 Cheez Aane Lag Gai Kyun Ki Doodh Me 3 Cheezin Hoti Hain Na ¹Smell, ²Colour ³Test To Inme Se Agar Koi Bhi 2 Aa Gaya To Fir Woh Pani Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Nahi Rahega. Ek Aa Gaya Ya Koi Quality Abhi Doodh Ki Nahi Aayi Hai To Fir Usse Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-40)
Pani Ka Bayan :
⚠️ Upar Bheji Gai 2 Post Ka Khulasa Fir Se Arz Kar Doon : Agar Pani Me Humne Koi Solid Cheez Milai To Usme Agar Teeno Cheezen Bhi Aa Gai Colour, Smell, Test Chal Jayega Jab Tak Ki Pani Ki Riqqat Aur Saylan Baqi Hai. Aur Agar Aap Ne Pani Me Aisi Liquid Milai Jisme 3 Cheez Pai Jati Hai Smell, Colour, Test Aur Us Liquid Ka Koi 2 Qualities Pani Me Aa Gaya Hai To Fir Aap Isko Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Istemal Nahi Kar Sakte Agar 1 Ya Koi Bhi Nahi Aaya Hai To Fir Isko Istemal Kiya Ja Sakta Hai.
(3) Pani Me Liquid Cheez Milane Ka Mas'ala # 2 : Agar Pani Me Aisa Liquid Mila Diya Jaye Ki Jisme 2 Qualities Hoti Hain Koi 2 Cheez Hi Ya Smell-Test Hoga Ya Koi Bhi 2 Jaise Aap Le Lein Sirka Normal Sirke (Vinegar) Me Rang Nahi Hota Ye Sirka Ke Jo Colorless Hota Hai Pani Ki Tarah Dikhta Hai. Ab Sirke Me Kya Hai.? Smell Hai Aur Iska Test Bhi Hai Ab Sirka Kisi Ne Pani Me Liya Diya Sirke Me 2 Qualitie Hai Jab Is Sirke Ke 2 Qualities Me Se 1 Quality Bhi Aa Jaye Jaise Sirke Ka Smell Pani Me Aa Raha Hai Ya Test Pani Me Aa Raha Hai To Aap Isse Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte Kyunki 2 Hi Cheez Hai Na To Koi Aik Cheez Bhi Aa Jaye To Fir Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Isse Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-41)
Pani Ka Bayan :
(4) Pani Me Agar Aap Ne Koi Aisa Liquid Cheez Mila Di Jisme Na Koi Colour Hota Hai, Na Smell Hota Hai Na Test Hota Hai To Fir Is Surat Me Kya Karin.?
Ab Aisi Kon Si Liquid Cheez Ho Sakti Hai Jisme Na Colour Hai, Na Smell Hai, Na Test Hai.? Mustamal Pani.!! Jiski Tafseel Hum Aage Bayan Kareinge. Ye Mustamal Pani Aisa Pani Hota Hai Hai Ke Jisme Na Colour Hai, Na Smell Hai, Na Test Hai Ye Pani Me Mil Gaya.
Isi Tarah Jo Rose Water Hota Hai Bahut Time Tak Rakhne Ke Baad Isme Fir Woh Smell Bhi Chali Jati Hai Bilkul Pani Ki Tarah Lagne Lag Jata Hai Pura Iska Asar Khatam Ho Jata Hai To Ye Isme Bhi Teeno Quality Nahi Payi Jati
Agar Aisa Koi Pani Aisa Koi Liquid Pani Ke Sath Mil Jaye Jisme Teeno Cheez Nahi Hai Na Smell Hai, Na Colour Hai, Na Test Hai To Fir Isme Dekha Jata Hai Ke Kon Sa Pani Zyada Hai Agar Maa e Mutlaq Zyada Hai To Fir Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Aur Agar Woh Dusra Pani Zyada Hai To Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte Ye Aap Ke Maa e Mutlaq Ke Main Point They.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-42)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pani Dettol Wagairah Dalne Ka Mas'ala :
Kabhi Kabhi Kuch Cheezein Hum Pani Me Daalte Hain Taki Isse Jaraseem Wagairah Mar Jaye Jo Jarms (Bacteria) Hain Yeh Khatam Ho Jaye. Jaise Dettol Vagairah Kuch Log Daal Dete Hain To Agar Aisi Cheez Pani Me Daal Di Gai To Ye Bhi Theek Hai Jaise Dettol Vagairah Daal Diya To Jab Tak Pani Ka Rikkat Aur Saylan Baqi Hai Aap Istemal Kar Sakte Hain 2-3 Drop Dettol Dalne Se Kabhi Halka Sa Colour Aa Gaya Umuman Aata Nahi Hai Thoda Sa Woh Whiteness Aa Jata Hai Smell Vagairah Thodi Bahut Aa Jati Hai To Ye Theek Hai.
Isme Yahi Hai Ki Pani Gaadha Nahi Hona Chahiye Ya Pani Me Chipchipahat (Stickiness) Vagairah Nahi Aana Chahiye. Thoda Bahut Dettol Agar Kisi Ne Daal Kar Gusl Kar Liya To Gusl Bahrhaal Ada Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-43)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Kabhi Kabhar Brown Colour Ka Pani Aata Hai Uska Mas'ala :
Kabhi Kabhaar Brown Colour Ka Pani Ho Jata Hai Mitti Mil Kar Aati Hai To Kya Isse Hum Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.??
Dekheiye Agar Pani Me Mitti Mil Kar Aa Rahi Hai To Pani Ko Bilkul Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Istemal Kar Sakte Hain Qabile Istemal Hota Hai. Agar Pani Me Itni Mitti Mil Gayi Ki Woh Bilkul Kichad Ban Gaya Hai Tab Ja Kar Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte. Warna Chahe Pani Me Thoda Bahut Mitti Ho Ya Kafi Mitti Ho Pura Pani Aap Ko Browness Nazar Aa Raha Hai Ye Pani Aap Istemal Kar Sakte Hain Wuzu Aur Gusl Keliye.
Isi Tarah Kabhi Kabhaar Tanki Vagairah Me Jang Lag Jata Hai Aur Pani Bah Kar Aata Hai To Wuzu Aur Gusl Karte Waqt Jang Ka Smell Ya Test Aane Lag Jata Hai Tab Bhi Koi Harj Nahi Hai Aap Isse Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-44)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Talab Ke Pani Me Machhli Ki Smell Aa Raha Ho To Uska Mas'ala :
Isi Tarah Kuch Jagah Talaab Vagairah Hota Hai Ki Wahan Se Ja Kar Log Wuzu Karte Hain To Wahan Par Kuch Machhliyon Ki Smell Aati Hai Pani Me Aik Badbu Si Aati Hai Isse Bhi Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain. Ye Cheezein Aisi Nahi Hain Ki Jinki Wajah Se Kaha Jaye Ki Aap In Pani Se Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte. Chahe Machhli Ki Smell Aa Rahi Ho, Ya Fir Mitti Vagairah Ho Ya Jang Vagairah Laga Hai Thoda Bahut Smell Aa Raha Hai To Fir Problem Nahi Hai Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.
Baaz Log Is Surat Me Tayammum Kar Lete Hain Yaad Rakhein Is Surat Me Tayammum Karna Jaiz Nahi Hota Jab Tak Aap Ke Paas Maa e Mutlaq Maujood Hai Aur Aap Us Maa e Mutlaq Ko Istemaal Kar Bhi Sakte Hain Koi Problem Nahi Hai To Fir Agar Aap Ne Tayammum Kiya To Fir Woh Tayammum Hargiz Jaiz Nahi Hota Aur Is Tayammum Se Padhi Gai Namaz Bhi Nahi Hogi.
Isliye Maa e Mutlaq Ka Janna Zaruri Hai Taki Aisa Koi Situation Aa Jaye To Fir Us Bande Ko Pata Ho Ki Ab Main Tayammum Kar Sakta Hoon Ya Nahi Ye Pani Mere Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Hai Bhi Ya Nahi Ye Farz Uloom Hai Na Aap Ka To Itna Detail Me Isi Liye Padhaya Ja Raha Hai Ki Kahin Aap Ke Sath Ye Situation Pesh Aa Jaye To Aap Ko Understanding Ho Ke Main Is Waqt Pani Istemal Kar Ke Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakti Hoon Ya Nahi Ya Fir Mujhe Tayammum Ki Taraf Jana Hoga. To Ye Ho Gaye Aap Ke Maa e Mutlaq Ke Points.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-45)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ab Aate Hain Dusri Qism Ki Taraf Jo Hai Maa e Mustamal Lekin Maa e Mustamal Se Pahle Main Aap Ko Kuch Cheezein Samjha Dena Chahti Hoon Jo Aap Ke Maa e Mustamal Me Aane Wali Hain. Sab Se Pahle Dekhein Ki Najasat (Napaaki) Jo Hoti Hai Ye 2 Types Ki Hoti Hai ¹ Najasate Haqeeqiya ² Najasate Hukmiya. Ab Najasate Haqeeqiya Ki Majeed 2 Qismeim Ban Jati Hain Galeeza Aur Khafeefa Jo Hum Najasat Ka Chapter Me Padheinge To Usme Padheinge Detail Mein Filhal Ke Liye Main Aap Ko Najasate Hukmiya Samjha Rahi Hoho.
Thoda Sa Farq Bata Doon Ki Najasate Haqeeqiya Aur Najasate Hukmiya Me Farq Kya Hai.
Najasate Haqeeqiya : Woh Najasat Normally Jisko Aap Najasat Bolte Hain Jaise Peshab Hai, Khoon Hai, Ultee Hai To Ye Tamaam Cheezein Najasate Haqeeqiya Hain Yani Ye Woh Najasatein Hoti Hain Jinko Aap Dekh Saktein Hain, Ya Smell Kar Sake, Ya Feel Kar Saktein Hain, Ya Touch Kar Sakte Hain Ye Cheezein Jo Hoti Hain Ye Najasate Haqeeqiya Hoti Hain.
Najasate Hukmiya : Woh Najasat Hoti Hai Ki Jo Aap Ko Nazar Nahi Aati Na Aap Usko Touch Kar Sakte Hain, Na Smell Kar Sakte Hain, Na Feel Kar Sakte Hain, Ye Aisi Type Ki Najasat Hoti Hai.
Ab Aap Bolein Ge Ki Agar Najasate Hukmiya Aisi Hai Ki Jisko Aap Na Touch Kar Sakte Hain, Na Smell Kar Sakte Hain, Na Feel Kar Sakte Hain, To Kaisa Pata Chala Ke Ye Najasat (Napaaki) Hai.!?
To Ye Isliye Pata Chala Ki Allah Ta'ala Aur Uske Rasool ﷺ Ne Hame Bataya Hai Shariat E Mutahhara Ne Bataya Hai Ke Ye Bhi Aik Qism Ki Najasat Hoti Hai Agarche Aap Isko Dekh Nahi Sakte, Smell Nahi Kar Sakte, Touch Nahi Kar Sakte Lekin Ye Bhi Aik Qisam Ki Najasat Hai. Aur Isme 2 Cheezein Aarti Hain : ¹ Be-Wuzu Pan ² Janabat
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-46)
Pani Ka Bayan :
¹Be-Wuzu Pan : Yani Jab Banda Be-Wuzu Hota Hai To Uske Woh Body Parts Jo Woh Wuzu Me Dhota Hai Misal Ke Taur Par Ek Shakhs Hai Be-Wuzu, Ab Wuzu Me Hum Kon Se Body Parts Dhote Hain? Chehra Pura Dhote Hain, Apne Hath Dhote Hain Kohniyo Tak, Paer Takhno Tak Dhote Hain, Sar Ka Masa Karte Hain To Ye Hamare Body Parts Hain Jo Wuzu Me Hum Dhote Hain.To In Par Jab Banda Be-Wuzu Hota Hai To Uske Body Par Aik Najasat Aa Jati Hai Jo Nazar Nahi Aati Jisko Hum Be-Wuzu Pan Kahte Hain Ye Body Me Hoti Hai Jab Banda Be-Wuzu Hota Hai Isi Ko Hum Najasate Hukmiya Kahte Hain.
To Aap Ke Understanding Ke Liye Aap Aisa Soch Lein Ke Agar Koi Banda Be-Wuzu Hai To Uske Hath Par Aur Uske Paer Par Paer Aur Chahre Vagairah Par Najasate Hukmiya Ka Aik Parat (Layer) Ye Bani Hui Hai Jo Nazar Nahi Aa Rahi Hai Lekin Hai Imagine Karein Aap Bas Apne Zahen Me Sochein Ki Ye Cheez Hai Ye Najasate Hukmiya Hai. Aur Jab Banda Wuzu Karta Hai To Fir Najasate Hukmiya Jo Uske Body Parts Me Hai Ye Nikal Jati Hai.
Isiliye Hukm Diya Gaya Hai Ke Namaz Se Pahle Banda Wuzu Kare Kyun Ki Body Parts Par Najasate Hukmiya Hoti Hai To Namaz Se Pahle Aap Ko Kya Karna Hai.? Jis Jagah Par Aap Namaz Padh Rahe Hain Woh Bhi Paak Ho, Jo Kapde Pahne Hain Woh Bhi Paak Ho, Jo Aap Ke Body Parts Hain Us Par Agar Kahi Najasate Haqeeqiya Hai Woh Bhi Paak Ho Aur Agar Najasate Hukmiya Hai Woh Bhi Paak Ho Aur Puri Paaki Ke Sath Fir Allah Ta'ala Ki Bargaah Me Banda Hazir Ho Aur Apni Namaz Poori Kare.
To Ye Bhi Aik Qism Ki Najasat Hoti Hai Lekin Ye Aisi Najasat Hai Ki Jo Shariat Ne Kaha Hai Ki Najasat Hai Jo Aap Ko Nazar Nahi Aayegi, Jo Aap Touch Nahi Kar Sakegein Na Smell Kar Sakegein Lekin Ye Aap Ko Pata Hona Chahiye Ki Be-Wuzu Pan Bhi Aik Tarah Ki Najasat Hoti Hai Jo Banda Be-Wuzu Hota Hai Jo Parts Aap Wuzu Me Dhote Hain In Par Najasate Hukmiya Hota Hai.
To Agar Banda Be-Wuzu Hai To Hath Par Najasat E Hukmiya Hoga Paer Me Hoga Chahre Me Hoga. Lekin Ye Yaad Rakhein..!! Dusre Jo Body Parts Hain Misal Ke Taur Par Ghutna Hai Kisi Ka, Pet Hai, Kamar Hai, Shoulders Hai To Wuzu Me Aap Nahi Dhote Na To Kya In Par Najasate Hukmiya Hoga.? Nahi Hoga..!!
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-47)
Pani Ka Bayan :
²Janabat : Second Point Ye Hai Ki Agar Kisi Bande Par Gusl Farz Ho Jaye Tab Bhi Uske Body Par Najasate Hukmiya Aa Jati Hai Isko Hum Janabat Kahte Hain Jis Par Gusl Farz Ho Jaye Uske Body Par Sar Se Lekar Paer Tak Har Har Body Part Par Najasate Hukmiya Bhi Aa Jati Hai.
Be-Wuzu Pan Me Sirf Jo Aaza Aap Wuzu Me Dhote Hain Un Par Be-Wuzu Pan Aa Jata Hai Lekin Gusl Me Ye Hota Hai Ki Pure Body Par Sar Se Le Kar Paer Tak Janabat Aa Jati Hai Najasate Hukmiya Aa Jati Hai Isi Liye Gusl Me Hum Pure Body Ko Dhote Hain Sar Se Le Kar Paer Tak Dhote Hain Na... To Jitna Aap Wuzu Me Apne Body Ko Dho Rahe Hain. Naak Me Pani Chadha Rahe Hain, Kulli Kar Rahe Hain To Ye Tamam Cheezon Par Najasate Hukmiya Hoti Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-48)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ye Yaad Rakhin Ke Najasat E Haqeeqiya Aisi Cheez Hai Ki Agar Woh Padi Ho Agar Kisi Bande Ne Touch Kar Liya To Bande Ke Hath Napaak Ho Jayenge, Kisi Ke Jism Par Khoon Laga Huwa Hai Aap Ne Ja Kar Uska Hath Pakad Liya Aap Ke Hath Me Khoon Aa Gaya To Aap Ka Hath Bhi Napaak Us Bande Ka Hath Already Napaak Tha Usko Touch Karne Ki Wajah Se Aap Ka Hath Bhi Napaak Ho Gaya
Lekin Najasat E Hukmiya Aisi Cheez Hai Ki Agar Koi Bande Ke Body Par Najasate Hukmiya Hai Aur Aap Ne Ja Kar Usko Touch Kar Liya To Aap Ke Body Me Najasat E Hukmiya Nahi Aayegi. Jahir Si Baat Hai Agar Koi Banda Be-Wuzu Hai Aap Ne Ja Kar Use Chhu Liya To Kya Aap Be-Wuzu Ho Jayenge.? Koi Be-Gusl Hai Usko Aap Ne Touch Kar Liya To Kya Aap Halate Janabat Me Aa Jayenge? Nahi Na..!!
To Ye Najasatein Transfer Bhi Nahi Hoti. To Isme Bahut Sare Sawalat Jo Aate Hain Na Umuman Ye Clear Ho Jate Hain. Jaise Aurat Halate Janabat Me Ho To Kya Bachhe Ko Doodh Pila Sakti Hai.? Khana Bana Sakti Hai? Sab Kuch Kar Sakti Hai. Kyun Ki Uski Janabat Us Tak Hi Rahegi Na.. Aisa To Nahi Hoga Ki Bachhe Ko Doosh Pila Rahi Hai To Woh Janabat Doodh Se Utar Kar Bachhe Me Chali Gai, Ya Khana Paka Rahi Thi To Khane Me Chali Gai Aisa To Nahi Hota. To Ye Tamam Kaam Jaiz Hain Halate Janabat Me. Aap Samajh Gaye Na Najasate Hukmiya Ab Main Aap Ko Samjhati Hoon Ki Maa'e Mustamal Kya Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-49)
Pani Ka Bayan :
② Maa'e Mustamal : (1) Agar Banda Be-Wuzu Hai Ya Jababat Ki Halat Me Hai Hai To Jab Wuzu Karega, Gusl Karega To Fir Jo Pani Niklega Woh Maa'e Mustamal Hai.
To Maa'e Mustamal Woh Pani Hota Hai Ke Jisse Najasate Hukmiya Ko Door Kar Diya Gaya Ho Misal Ke Taur Par Koi Banda Be-Wuzu Hai Uske Hath Par Najasate Hukmiya Hai Jaise Hi Usne Hath Dala Wuzu Ke Liye Pani Me To Woh Pani Uske Hath Ke Najasate Hukmiya Ko Le Lega Ab Ye Pani Jo Uske Body Se Tapke Ga Ye Pani Hota Hai Maa'e Mustamal Kyun Ki Isme Najasate Hukmiya Mil Gai Hai, Ye Nazar Nahi Aa Rahi Hai Aapko Lekin Istemal Kiya Hai Aap Ne Najasate Hukmiya Ko Nikalne Ke Liye Isliye Isko Kahte Hain Maa'e Mustamal.
Mustamal Bana Hai Istemal Se Used Woh Pani Jo Use Ho Chuka Hai Najasate Hukmiya Ko Nikalne Ke Liye To Wuzu Jab Aap Karte Hain, Isi Tarah Jab Aap Par Janabat Ho Aur Aap Gusl Karte Hain To Fir Body Me Jitna Bhi Najasate Hukmiya Hota Hai Woh Pani Me Mix Ho Jata Hai Pani Usko Le Kar Bahta Hai. To Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Dauran Jo Katre Aap Ke Body Se Tapakte Hain Ye Mustamal Hote Hain.
Isi Liye Kaha Jata Hai Ke Wuzu Karte Waqt In Katro Ko Apne Kapde Wagairah Par Nahi Girana Chahiye Kyun Ki Isme Aik Qism Ki Najasat To Hai Na Najasate Hukmiya Agar Kapde Par Lag Jaye To Waise To Kapde Paak Rahte Hain Lekin Kyun Ki Ye Aik Tariqe Ka Najasat Wala Mamla Hai, Waise Bhi Wuzu Wagairah Gunahon Ko Le Kar Nikalta Hai To Isliye Mustamal Ko Kapdo Par Nahi Girana Chahiye Ki Ye Makrooh E Tanzeehi (Na-Pasandeeda) Hai Ki Aap Ke Kapdon Par Lage Lekin Gunah Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-50)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Mustamal Pani Peena Ya Khana Pakate Waqt Mustamal Pani Istemal Karna Ye Bhi Makrooh E Tanzeehi Hai.
Han..!! Mustamal Pani Masjid Me Girana Ye Makrooh E Tahreemi Hai Haram Ke Kareeb Kareeb Hai Kisi Ne Aadat Bana Li To Fir Gunahe Kabira Me Mulawwis Hoga. Ye Kahan Par Hota Hai.? Jab Mard Hazraat Jama'at Ke Liye Jate Hain Jaldi Jaldi Wuzu Kiya Aur Bhage Masjid Me To Fir Woh Masjid Ke Andar Ja Kar Hath Jhatakte Hain To Ye Kya Hua.? Mustamal Pani Tha Jhatka Masjd Ke Fars Par Ye Makrooh E Tahreemi Hai.
Isi Tarah Aurton Ke Liye Ye Masail Kab Aate Hain? Ke Jab Hajj O Umrah Ke Liye Chale Gaye Wahan Par Umuman Masjidon Me Jate Hain Na To Wahan Jab Masjid Ke Andar Jayenge To Aap Ko Khayal Rakhna Hai Ki Ab Hame Mustamal Pani Nahi Girana Hai. To Pahle Hi Pura Pochh Kar Aisa Kar Dena Hai Ki Bas Tari Rah Jaye Hatho Par Chahre Wagairah Par Lekin Katre Wagairah Masjid Ke Floor Me Nahi Girna Chahiye Ye Makrooh E Tahreemi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-51)
Pani Ka Bayan :
(2) Agar Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Rahe Fir Bhi Agar Kisi Ne Pani Vagairah Me Hath Dal Diya To Fir Woh Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Allah Ta'ala Ne Qura'an E Majeed Me Irshad Farmaya Hai Surah Furqaan Me :
وَ اَنْزَلْنَا مِنَ السَّمَآءِ مَآءً طَهُوْرًاۙ
Allah Ta'ala Aasman Se Jo Pani Nazil Farma Raha Hai Woh Paak Karne Wala Hai. Yani Paani Ko Allah Ta'ala Ne Is Quality Ke Sath Paida Farmaya Hai Ki Ye Cheezon Ko Paak Kar Deta Hai Banda Chahe Isme Niyat Kare Ya Na Kare Uska Irada Paki Ka Ho Ya Na Ho Lekin Allah Ne Pani Ko Aisa Paida Farmaya Hai Ki Ye Cheezon Ko Paak Kar Deta Hai. Ye Main Isliye Kah Rahi Hoon Ki Agar Koi Banda Be-Wuzu Hai Aur Uska Irada Nahi Hai Ki Main Ja Kar Wuzu Karun Kuch Irada Nahi Hai Lekin Aik Bucket Pani Ka Rakha Hua Hai Be-Wuzu Hai To Uske Hath Me Najasat Hukmiya Hai Na Ab Ja Kar Is Bnde Ne Ja Kar Bucket Me Hath Daal Diya To Kyun Ki Allah Ta'ala Ne Pani Ko Paak Karne Wala Banaya Hai Iske Hath Me Jitna Bhi Najasate Hukmiya Tha Woh Nikal Kar Jo Bucket Me Pani Hai Usme Chala Gaya Aur Bucket Ka Pura Ka Pura Pani Mustamal Ho Gaya Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Istemal Ke Qabil Nahi Raha.
Bahut Se Log Ye Maslo Se Gafil Hain Aksariyat Mustamal Pani Yani Hamare Deen Ka Most Basic Cheezon Me Se Aik Hai Ye Taharat Ke Jo Masail Most Basic Cheezon Me Se Aik Hai Lekin Fir Bhi Isme Behad Laparwahi Dekhi Jati Hai. Pani Mustamal Hote Rahte Hain Log Usse Wuzu Kar Rahe Hain, Gusl Kar Rahe Hain, Na Wuzu Huwa Na Gusl Huwa Na Isse Padhi Gai Namazein Hui Aur Agar Kisi Ne Lailmi Me Aisa Kiya Hai To Us Par Lazim Hai Ki Woh Tauba Kare Aur Un Namazon Ko Repeat Kare Jo Is Halat Me Usne Padhi Hai Kyun Ki Isme Koi Surat Hi Nahi Hai Rukhsat Ki To Bigair Taharat Ke Aap Ki Namaz Hoti Hi Nahi Hai Na.
Fir Ye Lailmi Bande Ki Taraf Se Thi Shariat Ne To Koi Hukm Difficult Nahi Rakha Tha Agar Seekh Leta To Badi Aasani Se Kar Leta Ab Iski Kotahi Thi To Bharpai Bhi Ye Karega Ab Itne Salon Ki Jo Ye Namazein Hain Woh Dohrani Padegi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-52)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Bahrhaal..!! Lekin Ye Yaad Rakhein Ke Agar Kahi Pani Rakha Hua Hai Aur Bande Ka Irada Bhi Nahi Hai Ab Jaise Koi Banda Gusl Ke Liye Bucket Me Pani Bhar Liya Bucket Se Gusl Kar Raha Hai To Ab Gusl Ke Liye Ja Raha Lekin Socha Pani Check To Kar Lun Garam Hai Ya Thanda Thik Hai Ya Nahi To Usne Aik Apni Chhoti Ungli Duba Kar Dekha Ki Garam Hai Ya Nahi Woh Janabat Ki Halat Me Tha To Jo Chhoti Ungli Par Najasat Thi Woh Pani Me Chali Gai Pura Ka Pura Pani Mustamal Ho Gaya Ab Agar Isse Woh Gusl Kar Bhi Leta Hai Iska Gusl Nahi Hoga.
To Ye Hamesha Yaad Rakhein Ke Paani Paak Karne Wala Hota Hai Isme Aap Ki Niyyat Nahi Dekhi Jati Ki Aap Paak Hona Chah Rahe Hain Nahi Chaah Rahe, Pani Paak Karne Wala Hai Woh Paak Kar Ke Rahega. Jaise Aag Hoti Hai Aag Me Aap Ne Apna Hath Rakh Diya Ab Aap Kah Rahe Hain Meri Niyat To Ye Hai Ki Main Na Jaloon Lekin Aap Hath Rakhenge To Jal To Jayega Na Hath Kyun? Kyun Ki Allah Ta'ala Ne Aag Ko Banaya Hi Aisa Hai Ki Ye Cheezon Ko Jala Deti Hai. Isme Ye Quality Allah Ne Rakhi Hai Ki Aap Chahe Niyat Karen Na Karen Irada Karen Na Karen Ye Cheezon Ko Jalati Hai.
Isi Tarah Pani Ko Bhi Aisa Banaya Gaya Hai Chahe Niyat Ho Ya Na Ho Irada Ho Ya Na Ho Ye Cheezon Ko Paak Kar Deta Hai. To Agar Kahi Par Pani Rakha Hai Aur Kisi Be-Wuzu Shakhs Ne Ya Junbi Shakhs Ne Usme Ungli Hath Ya Koi Body Ka Hissa Daal Diya Junbi Ne Aur Be-Wuzu Shakhs Ka Jo Be-Wuzu Parts Hote Hain Woh Daal Diya To Fir Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega, Mustamal Pani Yaad Rakhein Na Wuzu Ke Qabil Hota Hai Na Gusl Ke Qabil Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-53)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pani Jo Mustamal Hota Hai Ye Sirf Aur Sirf Maye Kaleel Me Hota Hai Maye Kaseer Ya Jari Pani Kabhi Bhi Mustamal Nahi Hota Ye Allah Ta'ala Ka Bahut Bada Ahsan Hai Bando Par Ki Jaari Pani Aur Maye Kaseer Ye Kabhi Bhi Mustamal Nahi Hote.
Kyunki Aap Imagine Karen Aik Bahut Bada Dariya Hai Aur Isme Kisi Aik Be-Wuzu Shakhs Ka Galti Se Bhi Hath Pad Gaya Pura Dariya Agar Humne Kah Diya Ki Mustamal Ho Gaya To Banda Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Jayega To Fir Kahan Jayega Ye Hota Hai Na. To Ye Allah Ka Ahsan Hai Ki Ye Cheezon Me Hamare Liye Badi Aasani Hai Ki Maaye Kaseer Aur Jari Pani Kabhi Mustamal Nahi Hote Sirf Aur Sirf Maaye Kaleel Mustamal Hota Hai.
Aur Hamare Gharon Me Jo Umuman Pani Paye Jate Hain Woh Ya To Maaye Kaleel Hote Hain Ya Fir Jari Pani Hota Hai Agar Tap Wahairah Hai To Koi Masla Nahi Hai Tap Ka Jo Pani Aa Raha Hai Woh To Jaari Pani Hai Lekin Bucket Ka Pani Hai Agar Kahi Par Drum Vagairah Me Pani Bhar Kar Rakha Gaya Hai To Fir Yahan Par Mustamal Ke Chances Zyada Hote Hain Jaisa Hota Hai Na Gharon Me Kabhi Kabhaar Pani Aa Raha Hota To Drum Bhar Kar Rakh Diye Jate Hain Fir Isi Se Wuzu Isi Se Gusl Vagairah Kar Rahe Hote Hain Lekin Yaad Rahe Isme Bhi Khayal Rakhna Chahiye Ki Agar Banda Be-Gusl Hai Be-Wuzu Hai To Pura Hath Na Dubo De Warna Pura Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega Na Wuzu Ke Qabil Rahega Na Gusl Ke Qabil Rahega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-54)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Aur Agar Ghar Me Aise Log Hain Jo In Masail Se Lailm Hain Fir Unko Samjhaye Unko Sikhaye Ki Ye Cheezon Par Ahtiyat Aap Ko Karni Hai Ki Pani Me Direct Hath Na Dalein. Iska Bahut Aasan Sa Solution Hai Ki Agar Aap Ko Temperature Vagairah Check Bhi Karna Hai Pani Ka To Kya Kare Pura Gusl Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai Maine Kya Kaha Ki Pani Agar Aap Body Par Baha Dete Hain To Woh Najasat Hukmiya Nikal Jati Hai To Agar Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Ja Rahe Bucket Ke Pani Ko Check Bhi Karna Hai To Pahle Aap Apne Hatho Ka Utna Hissa Dho Lein Kam Se Kam Apne Hatho Ko Kalaiyo (Wrist) Tak Ya Thoda Niche Tak Dho Lein Pani Se.
Dhone Se Kya Hoga.? Najasate Hukmiya Jo Hath Par Tha Woh To Le Kar Chala Gaya Bhale Aap Ne Abhi Gusl Nahi Kiya Hai Lekin Itna Hissa Dhone Se Aap Ke Hath Me Jitna Najasate Hukmiya Tha Woh To Chala Gaya Na.. Ab Aap Isko Duba Kar Check Kar Sakte Hain. To Ye Aadat Bana Lein Jahan Par Aisa Mustamal Hone Ka Tension Hai To Pahle Hatho Ko Dho Lein Fir Isko Istemal Karen
Aur Bachhon Ko Bachpan Se Aadat Dalein Bachhon Ko Aap Bachpan Se Trend Kar Sakte Hain Unko Ye To Nahi Samajh Me Aayega Ki Mustamal Kya Hai Najasate Hukmiya Kya Hai Ye Nahi Samajh Me Aayega Lekin Ye Aadat To Bana Sakte Hain Ki Kisi Bhi Bucket Ka Pani Ho Usme Hath Dalne Se Woh Pahle Woh Bachha Hath Dho Liya Kare To Isse Ye Hoga Ki Jab Woh Bada Hoga Habit Uski Rahegi Aur Woh Habit Se Hi Kaam Karta Rahega Aur Aainda Uske Liye Aasani Ho Jayegi Jab Tak Ki Woh Masail Seekh Na Le.
To Bachho Ko Bhi Sikhaye Aur Jo Ghar Me Nahi Jante Unko Bhi Sikhaye Aur Khud Bhi Is Par Amal Karen Ki Jab Bhi Aisa Ho Ki Pani Mustamal Hone Ka Dar Tension Ho To Fir Hath Vagairah Dho Kar Hi Usme Dibona Chahiye. Specially Jab Water Shortage Ho Ghar Me Aur Pata Hai Ki Is Pani Se Wuzu Gusl Karna Hai To Khas Khayal Rakhein Ki Pani Mustamal Na Ho Jaye Mustamal Hone Me Niyat Nahi Dekhi Jati.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-55)
Pani Ka Bayan :
(3) Agar Banda Ba-Wuzu Hai Already Wuzu Ki Halat Me Hai Ya Already Gusl Usne Kar Chuka Hai Ki Janabat Vagairah Nahi Hai Aur Ba-Wuzu Bhi Hai To Ab Kya Uske Body Par Najasate Hukmiya Hogi? Nahii Hogi.! To Ab Woh Agar Pani Wagairah Me Hath Dalta Hai To Pani Mustamal Nahi Hoga Ba-Wuzu Shakhs Ne Bucket Me Hath Dal Diya To Pani Mustamal Nahi Hoga.
Lekin..!! Ek Surat Aisi Hai Jisme Ba-Wuzu Hone Par Bhi Pani Mustamal Ho Sakta Hai Aur Woh Ye Hai Ki Jab Aap Koi Sawab Ki Niyat Se Pani Me Hath Dalen Agarche Ba-Wuzu Ho'n Ya Hath Dhoye Ho' Lekin Agar Pani Me Dubara Aap Hath Dal Rahe Hain Niyat Sawab Hasil Karne Ki Ho Misal Ke Taur Par Aik Banda Ba-Wuzu Hai Wuzu Uska Hai Ab Agle Namaz Ka Waqt Aaya To Usne Socha Ki Fresh Wuzu Kar Loon Jise Kahte Hain Wuzu Par Wuzu Karna Ab Ye Dubara Wuzu Kyun Kar Raha Hai? Ki Main Namaz Ke Liye Taharat Fir Se Aik Baar Aur Kar Loon Ki Allah Ka Qurb Hasil Ho Jaye Achhi Niyat Shamil Kar Ke Sawab Ki Niyat Se Banda Kar Leta Hai To Ye Sawab Ki Niyat Thi Na Isme To Ab Kya Hoga Ki Second Time Agarche Ba-Wuzu Tha Lekin Chunki Sawab Ki Niyat Ab Aa Gai To Ab Ye Pani Bhi Mustamal Ho Jayega. Jab Banda Wuzu Par Wuzu Karta Hai To Niyat Sawab Hasil Karne Ki Hoti Hai To Ab Jo Pani Uske Body Se Utrega Woh Mustamal Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-56)
Pani Ka Bayan :
(4) Aik Aur Point Aap Yaad Rakh Lein Ki Mayyit Ko Jab Gusl Diya Jata Hai Na To Maut Bhi Aik Tariqe Se Najasate Hukmiya Hi Hoti Hai To Mayyat Ko Jab Gusl Dete Hain Mayyat Ke Jism Se Jo Pani Tapakta Hai Woh Bhi Maaye Mustamal Hota Hai. Bashrte Ye Hai Ki Mayyat Ke Jism Par Koi Najasat Na Ho, Agar Najasat Ho To Fir To Woh Napaki Hi Hai Woh Aik Alag Masla Hai. To Napaki Nahi Hai Aur Aap Mayyit Par Pani Baha Rahe Hain Jitni Martaba Pani Bahayege Har Baar Jo Pani Niklega Woh Mustamal Hoga. Aik Baar Bahaya To Woh Bhi Mustamal, Second Time Baha Rahe Hain To Kyun Ke Isme Bhi Sawab Ki Niyat Hoti Hai To Ye Bhi Mustamal, Teesri Baar Jab Bahate Hain To Ye Bhi Mustamal Tamam Pani Ye Mustamal Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-57)
Pani Ka Bayan :
To Mustamal Pani Kahan Kahan Aata Hai Ye Tamam Cheezin Maine Aap Ko Zikar Kar Di. Aik Baar Short Me Arz Kar Rahi Hoon ;
1. Jab Aap Bewuzu Ho'n Ya Janabat Ki Halat Me Ho Aur Aap Ne Wuzu Ya Gusl Kiya To Jism Se Jo Pani Tapak Raha Hai Woh Mustamal Pani Hai.
2. Be-Gusl They Junbi They Or Gusl Nahi Kar Rahe Lekin Maaye Kaleel Rakha Hua Usme Koi Aisa Body Part Daal Diya Jisme Najasate Hukmiya Thi To Pani Mustamal Ho Gaya.
3. Ba-Wuzu They Ba-Gusl They Lekin Sawab Ki Niyat Se Ab Koi Amal Kiya Jisme Aap Ko Pani Me Hath Dalna Pada To Fir Is Surat Me Woh Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Jaise Wuzu Par Wuzu Karna, Gusl Par Gusl Karn.
4. Mayyit Ko Jab Hum Gusl Dete Hain To Jo Pani Bahaya Jata Hai Ye Bhi Mustamal Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-58)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Aur Main Point Jo Yaad Rakhna Hai Ki Mustamal Pani Se Na Hum Wuzu Kar Sakte Hain Na Gusl Kar Sakte Hain. Ya Main Kahum Mustamal Pani Se Aap Najasate Hukmiya Door Nahi Kar Sakte. Lekin Isse Aap Najasate Haqeeqiya Door Kar Sakte Hain Yani Mustamal Pani Se Aap Kapde Dho Sakte Hain, Bartan Dho Sakte Hain, Koi Kapde Napaak Hain To Unko Paak Kar Sakte Hain, Kahi Par Najasat Lagi Ho To Usko Paak Kar Sakte Hain, Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Alawa Tamam Kaam Me Aap Istemal Kar Sakte Hain.
Peene Ka Masla Maine Aap Ko Bata Diya Tha Ki Peene Ka Masla Ye Hai Ki Agar Dusra Pani Hai To Ye Pani Peena Makrooh E Tanzeehi Hota Hai. Lekin Iske Alawa Kaam Me La Sakte Hain Kapde Dhona, Bartan Dhona, Pochha Lagana, Ghar Ke Diwaar Ko Saaf Karna Jo Bhi Kaam Hai, Jhhado Ko Pani De Dena (Farsh Ko Dhona), Janwaron Ko Pila Dena Sab Jaiz Hai. Sirf Wuzu Aur Gusl Aap Mustamal Pani Se Nahi Kar Sakte.
Isliye Kaha Jata Hai Ki Mustamal Pani Woh Hai Jo Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil To Nahi Hota Lekin Dusri Cheezon Ko Paak Kar Sakta Hai Aur Mustamal Pani Ko Kapde Vagairah Me Girne Se Bachane Ki Koshish Karte Rahni Hai Aap Ko.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-59)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ab Aik Masla Ye Aata Hai Ke Agar Pani Jaise Drum Vagairah Me Rakha Hua Hai Aur Koi Cheez Aisi Nahi Hai Jisse Aap Pani Ko Nikal Sake Aisa Ho Jata Hai Na Kabhi Kabhar Aisa Sakht Situation Pesh Aa Jata Hai Ki Koi Cheez Nahi Hai Ki Jisse Hum Pani Ko Nikal Sake Ab Hath Dalenge To Pani Mustamal Hoga To Aisi Surat Me Kya Karenge.?
Aisi Surat Me Aap Ko Koshish Ye Karni Hai Ki Us Bucket Ko Ya Drum Ko Jo Bhi Cheez Hai Push Kar Ke Thoda Sa Hath Vagairah Par Baha Sakte Hain To Woh Kar Lein Hath Se Woh Najasate Hukmiya Nikal Gai To Fir Hath Se Dibo Kar Apna Gusl Aur Wuzu Kar Sakte Hain To Ye Mumkin Hai Agar Aap Us Bartan Ko Jhuka Kar Pani Nikal Sakte Hain To Ye Kar Lein.
Aur Agar Koi Cheez Mumkin Nahi Hai To Fir Ab Mazburi Hai Aur Mazburi Me Fir Shariat Aasani Deti Hai. Aasani Kya Hogi.? Ki Ab Aap Apne Left Hath Ki Jo 4 Ungliya Hain Inko Aap Thoda Sa Bent Kar Lein Yani Ye Jo 4 Unliya Hain Aap Ki Angutha Ko Chhod Dein 4 Ungliyan Dibo Kar Thoda Pani In Ungliyon Ke Hisse Me Lein Hatheli Nahi Diboni Kyunki Ki Zarutat Hai To Jitni Zarurat Hai Jisse Zarurat Puri Ho Jaye Utna Hi Shariat Aap Ko Ijazat Deti Hai Puri Hatheli Dubane Ki Ijazat Nahi Hai Sirf 4 Ungkiyan Duba Kar Jitna Pani Nikalta Hai Usko Nikal Kar Aap Apne Dusre Hath Par Thoda Thoda Kar Ke Pani Bahate Jaye Aur Uske Najasate Hukmiya Ko Khatam Karein Jab Ye Hath Ki Najasate Hukmiya Nikal Gayi To Usko Duba Kar Dusre Hath Ko Dho Lein Is Tarah Kar Ke Aap Usko Use Kar Sakte Hain Ye Jab Aap Ko Zarurat Ho Kahi Aisa Situation Pesh Aa Jaye To Fir Ye Tariqa Apnaye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-60)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Mustamal Pani Ko Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Banane Ka Tareeqa :
Ab Main Aap Ko Ye Masla Bata Doon Ki Mustamal Pani Ko Maaye Mutlaq Banane Ka Tariqa Kya Hai, Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Banane Ka To Woh Kaise Karege.? To Woh Is Tarah Kiya Ja Sakta Hai :
(1) Jo Mustamal Pani Hai Usko Jaari Kar Dein. Jari Karne Ka Tareeqa Hum Pahle Bayan Kar Chuke Hain Ki Iske Upar Nal Khol Dein Jaise Bucket Ka Pani Mustamal Ho Gaya To Bucket Ko Nal Ke Niche Rakh Ke Nal On Kare Dein Ya Fir Koi Aur Pipe Wagairah Se Jari Pani Bucket Me Dalte Jaye To Ab Kya Hoga Pani Bucket Me Bharta Rahega Aur Bucket Pura Fill Ho Jayega Aur Thode Time Ke Baad Over Flow Ho Jayega Girne Lag Jayega To Fir Thoda Hi Isko Aap Bahne Dein Iske Baad Ye Paani Dubara Se Maaye Mutlaq Ho Jayega. Yani Maaye Mustamal Ko Aap Jari Kar Dete Hain To Fir Woh Mutlaq Ban Jata Hai Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Ho Jata Hai.
To Khuda Nakhasta Agar Gusl Karte Waqt Kabhi Aisa Ho Bhi Gaya Ki Pani Vagairah Me Hath Daal Diya Aur Pata Chal Gaya Ki Pani Mustamal Ho Gaya. To Pahla Tareeqa Yahi Hai Ki Pani Ka Nal On Kar Ke Usko Jari Kar De Jari Karne Se Woh Pani Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Istemal Ke Qabil Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-61)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Mustamal Pani Ko Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Banane Ka Tareeqa :
(2) Ye Bhi Aap Kar Sakten Hain : Jaise Bucket Me Kabhi Kabhaar Bahut Thoda Pani Hota Hai Jo Mustamal Ho Gaya Hai Ab Isme Aap Pani Ko Jaari Karenge To Bahut Zyada Pani Ho Jayega To Aik Option Ye Hai Ki Aap Bucket Ko Thoda Sa Jhuka Lein Pani Nalka On Kar Lein To Woh Pani Bah Jayega Na.. Said Se Kyun Ki Bucket Tedha Hai To Bah Kar Chala Jayega To Ye Bhi Aap Ne Jari Kar Diya To Ye Tareeqa Bhi Kar Sakte Hain.
(3) Ya Fir Ye Tareeqa Kar Sakte Hain Ki Jitna Bucket Me Mustamal Pani Hai Uska Double Mutlaq Pani Aap Daal Dein To Fir Woh Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Istemal Ke Qabil Ho Jayega. Jaise : Bucket Me 1 Liter Pani Mustamal Hai To Agar Aap Ne 2 Liter Isme Mutlaq Pani Daal Diya To Pura Pani Mutlaq Ho Jayega Ye Kar Sakte Hain. Aur Sab Se Aasan Tareeqa Maine Kaha Na Ke Taharat Ke Baab Me Sab Se Aasan Tareeka Yahi Hota Hai Ki Aap Cheezon Ko Jaari Kar Dein. Bilkul Thoda Sa Aadha Minute Bhi Isko Jaari Karne Se Bahane Se Mutlaq Ho Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-62)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Mustamal Pani Ko Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Banane Ka Tareeqa :
Yahan Par Ye Mas'ala Bata Doon Ki Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Ho Jata Hai Ki Pani Jari Karne Ke Liye Jaise Chhat Wagairah Par Tanki Hai, Hai To Maaye Kaleel Lekin Tanki Me Kafi Pani Hota Hai Khuda Nakhasta Woh Mustamal Ho Gaya To Ab Kya Karenge.? Jari Kar Sakte Hain To Kar Diya, Lekin Kabhi Kabhaar Pani Hi Nahi Hai Jaari Karne Ke Liye Ya Fir Double Pani Aap Nahi Mila Sakte Is Surat Me Kya Karenge.?
Agar Aisi Koi Badi Tanki Hai Jo Maaye Kaleel Me Hi Aati Hai Aur Pani Bhi Kam Hai Aap Isko Jaari Bhi Nahi Kar Sakte Is Tarah Ka Agar Koi Mamla Hai To Fir Ulma Kiraam Ne Farmaya Hai Fatawa Razwiya Shareef Me Ye Masla Likha Hua Hai Ki Is Me Se 20 Balti Pani Nikal De Us Tanki Me Se To Woh Pani Maaye Mutlaq Ban Jayega Mustamal Wala Hukm Finish Ho Jayega. Jo Medium Size Ka Bucket Gharo Me Istemal Hota Hai Aisa 20 Bucket Pani Aap Tanki Se Nikal Lein To Fir Woh Gaire Mustamal Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-63)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Haiza Aurat Aur Mustamal Pani Ka Masla :
Ye Yaad Rakhein Ki Maaye Mustamal Me Haiza Ka Masla Thoda Alag Hota Hai Isme Thode Se Changes Hote Hain: Sab Se Pahle Samjhe Aik Hota Hai Hai Halate Haiz Aur Aik Hota Hai Halate Janabat Ye 2 Different Cheez Hai. Jab Aurat Ko Periods Ho Rahe Ho Uski Bleeding Vagairah Jari Ho To Ye Halate Haiz Hai Aur Jab Aurat Ke Period Bleeding Vagairah Sab Finish Ho Jaye Aur Ab Aurat Par Gusl Farz Ho Jaye Ki Ab Jana Hai Aur Gusl Karna Hai To Ye Jo Gusl Farz Hone Ka Waqt Hai Tab Hum Aurat Halate Janabat Me Hai.
To Ye Halate Haiz Aur Janabat Me Chhota Sa Farq Hai Waise Haiz Ki Halat Ko Bhi Halate Janabat Hi Kahte Hain Lekin Isme Aur Ye Point Me Thoda Sa Farq Hota Hai To Aap Ki Understanding Ke Liye Jab Bhi Aurat Ko Bleeding Ho Rahi Hogi Main Isko Halate Haiz Kah Dungi Aur Halate Janabat Ki Jab Aurat Ki Bleeding Finish Ho Gai Aur Us Par Gusl Farz Ho Gaya To Main Kahungu Ki Aurat Janabat Me Hai. Ye Aap Ke Aasani Ke Liye Warna Masle Aik Dam Mix Ho Jate Hain Na To Aap Ke Aasani Ke Liye Main Aise Bol Dungi Halate Haiz Matlab Aap Samajh Jana Aurat Ko Bleeding Ho Rahi Hai Aur Agar Main Kahun Ki Halate Janabat Me Aurat Hai Matlab Uski Bleeding Finish Hogi Hai Aur Abhi Use Gusl Karna Hai Gusl Abhi Usne Kiya Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-64)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Haiza Aurat Aur Mustamal Pani Ka Masla :
(1) To Ye Yaad Rakhein Aurat Jab Halate Haiz Me Hoti Hai Jab Uski Bleeding Jari Hoti Hai To Woh Aurat Agar Pani Me Hath Daal De Maaye Kaleel Me Hath Daal De To Pani Mustamal Nahi Hota, Pahle Ki Post Me Humne Ye Bayan Kiya Tha Na Ki Agar Koi Banda Hai Jiske Hath Vagairah Dhule Nahi Hain Ya Woh Wuzu Ki Halat Me Nahi Hai Ya Gusl Ki Halat Me Nahi Hai Aur Agar Galti Se Bhi Uske Badan Ka Koi Hissa Agar Wuzu Nahi Hai To Jo Aaza (Body Parts) Aap Wuzu Me Dhote Hain Agar Galti Se Bhi Pani (Maaye Kaleel) Me Touch Ho Gaya To Pura Pani Mustamal Ho Jata Hai. Ki Isme Niyat Nahi Dekhi Jati Agar Bande Ki Niyat Thi Ya Nahi Thi Tab Bhi Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Lekin Haiza Ka Masla Isse Hat Kar Hai Ki Jo Aurat Halate Haiz Me Hoti Hai Jiski Bleeding Jari Hoti Hai Agar Uska Hath Pani Me Galti Se Lag Bhi Jaye Tab Bhi Pani Mustamal Nahi Hota.
(2) Lekin Jaise Hi Bleeding Finish Ho Gai Aur Aurat Par Gusl Farz Ho Gaya Ab Agar Galti Se Uska Hath Pani Me Jo Maaye Kaleel Hai Isme Lag Jata Hai To Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega Ye Farq Aap Ko Yaad Rakhna Hai.
(3) Ye Yaad Rakhein Ki Halate Haiz Me Agar Aurat Sawab Ki Niyat Se Pani Me Hath Dale To Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Yani Jab Haiz Wali Aurat Aise Hi Bigair Kisi Niyat Ke Pani Me Hath Dal Diya To Fir Woh Pani Mustamal Nahi Hoga, Aur Agar Haiza Aurat Ki Niyat Sawab Hasil Karne Ki Hai Jaise Khane Se Pahle Hath Dhone Ki Jo Sunnat Hoti Hai Sunnat Ki Niyat Se Pani Me Hath Dalegi To Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega.
To Ye 3 Point Aapko Haiz Wali Ke Under Yaad Rakhne Hain Aur Agar Halate Haiz Me Hai Galti Se Pani Me Hath Vagairah Jala Gaya To Pani Mustamal Nahi Hota Agar Halate Janabat Me Hai Aur Galti Se Pani Me Hath Chala Gaya To Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Aur Agar Halate Haiz Me Hi Aurat Sawab Ki Niyat Se Pani Me Hath Dalti Hai To Pani Mustamal Ho Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-65)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Haiza Aurat Aur Mustamal Pani Ka Masla :
Ab Aap Kahenge Ki Ye To Samajh Aa Gai Halate Janabat Me Hath Lag Gaya To Pani Mustamal Ho Gaya Kyun Ki Najasate Hukmiya Hoti Hai Woh Nikal Kar Usko Le Kar Chali Jati Hai, Isi Tarah Sawab Ki Niyat Se Jab Pani Istemal Kar Rahe Hain To Tab Bhi Mustamal Ho Gaya Ye Samajh Me Aa Raha Hai. Lekin Aisa Kyun Hai Ki Halate Haiz Me Galti Se Haiza Agar Pani Me Hath Dal De To Pani Muatamal Nahi Hota.?
Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ki Dekhiye Jo Aurat Halate Haiz Me Hoti Hai Uske Upar Jo Najasate Hukmiya Hoti Hai Jo Haiz Ki Halat Hoti Hai Ye Pani Bahane Se Khatam Nahi Hogi Ye Us Waqt Khatam Hogi Ki Jab Aurat Ke Haiz Finish Ho Jaye Jab Uska Woh Duration Finish Ho Jaye Bleeding Vagairah Band Ho Jaye Tab Ja Ke Aurat Paak Ho Sakti Hai. Kya Haiza Aurat Apne Upar 50 Liter Pani Baha Le To Paak Ho Sakti Hai Jab Ki Uski Bleeding Vagairah Jari Hai.? Nahi Hogi Na..!! To Isme Koi Surat Hi Nahi Hai Uske Paak Hone Ki.
To Ye Jo Dusri Sooratein Hain Isme Jaise Janabat Ki Halat Thi, Be-Wuzu Pan Tha In Sooraton Me Pani Ke Jariye Najasate Hukmiya Ko Finish Karna Possible Tha Ki Pani Baha Diya To Najasate Hukmiya Finish Ho Gai Thi. Lekin Haiza Jiski Bleeding Jari Hai Usme Ye Condition Hi Nahi Pai Jati Kitna Bhi Pani Baha Lein Woh Najasate Hukmiya Finish Nahi Hogi Isliye Fir Yahan Par Kaha Gaya Ke Woh Haiza Aurat Jiski Bleeding Jari Hai, Pani Uske Najasate Hukmiya Ko Nahi Nikakta Jab Tak Ki Woh Sawab Ki Niyat Na Kare. Han Sawab Ki Niyat Hai To Fir To Woh Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Samajh Lein Ki Haiza Aurat Ke Liye Aik Aasani Ki Hi Soorat Ban Gai Ki Uska Hath Agar Pani Me Lag Jaye To Pani Mustamal Nahi Hota.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-66)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Chhote Bachhe Aur Mustamal Pani Ka Mas'ala #1 :
Ye Bhi Sawal Aata Hai Bachhe Agar Pani Me Hath Daal Dein Kyunki Unko Samajh Nahi Hoti To Kya Fir Bhi Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega.?
To Dekhein Yahan Par Depend Karta Hai Ki Bachha Balig Hai Ya Nabalig Hai Agar Bachha Balig Hai Bulugat Kab Hoti Hai.? Short Me Main Arz Kar Rahi Hoon :
Ladki Kab Balig Hoti Hai.? 9-15 Saal Me Jab Bhi Kisi Ladki Ko Haiz Aa Jaye To Woh Baliga Ho Jati Hai Ab Woh Badon Me Shumaar Hogi Bhale Hamare Liye Bachhi Rahe 9 Saal Ki 10 Saal Ki Lekin Shariat E Mutah'hara Me Woh Bade Logon Ke Hukm Me Aa Gai Us Ke Upar Namaz, Roze Sab Kuch Farz Ho Gaye. 9-15 Saal Me Jab Bhi Haiz Aa Jaye Woh Ladki Baliga Ho Jati Hai Aur Agar 15 Saal Tak Usko Haiz Nahi Aa Rahe Hain Islamic Calendar Ke Hisab Se To 15 Saal Complete Hone Par Woh Ladki Baliga Maan Li Jayegi Automatically.
Ladke Kab Balig Hote Hain.? 12-15 Saal Ke Darmiyan Jab Bhi Ladkon Ko Ahtelam Wala Mamla Ho Jaye Khwab Vagairah Nazar Aaye Ahtelam Ho Jaye To Fir Woh Ladka Balig Mana Jata Hai Aur Agar 15 Saal Tak Bhi Ahtelam Nahi Hota To 15 Saal Automatically Woh Ladka Balig Mana Jata Hai.
Ye Hain Baligh Aur Jo Baligh Nahi Hain Unko Hum Nabaligh (Chhote) Kahte Hain. To Baligh Ke Liye Wahi Hukm Hai Jo Hum Upar Ki Tahreer Me Bayan Kar Chuke.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-67)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Chhote Bachhe Aur Mustamal Pani Ka Masla #2 :
Nabaligh Jo Bachha Hota Hai Isme Fir Dekha Jata Hai Ki Uski Age Nabalig Hai To Kitni Hai, Agar Koi Bachha 7 Saal Se Kam Ka Hai Jo 7 Saal Se Kam Ke Bachhe Hote Hain Inko Hum Nasamajh Bachhe Kahte Hain Kyun Ki Aap Dekhein 5-6 Saal Ke Bachhon Me Waisi Samajh Nahi Hoti Hai Aur Shariate Mutah'hra Ne 7 Saal Ya Iske Baad Ke Bachhon Ko Samajhdaar Kaha Hai Isi Liye Dekhein Huzoor ﷺ Ne Namaz Ka Hukm Kab Irshad Farmaya Hai Bachhon Ko Namaz Sikhana Hai To Kab Sikhana Hai?
7 Saal Ki Umr Se Bachhon Ko Pyar Se Namaz Ki Talqeen Hame Karni Hai Sikhani Hai Kyun Ki Ye Woh Umr Hai Jisme Bachhe Ko Samajh Aane Lag Jati Hai Fir 10 Ke Baad To Maar Kar Padhwane Ka Hukm Diya Gaya Hai To Ye Hai Ki 7 Years Woh Age Hota Hai Jisme Bachha Samajhdaar Hota Hai. Jo 7 Years Se Kam Age Ke Bachhe Hain Ye Bilkul Nasamajh Bachhe Hain To Inko Aap Ye To Bata Sakte Hain Ki Beta Hath Dho Kar Pani Me Dalte Hain Hath Ye Sab Trend Kar Sakte Hain Lekin Waise Ye Samajh Hote Hain
To Shariate Mutah'hra Kahti Hai Ki Jo Bachhe 7 Years Se Kam Ke Hote Hain Agar Ye Pani Me Hath Daal Dein Chahe Kis Bhi Niyat Se Hath Dalein Galti Se Hath Dalein, Wuzu Ki Niyat Se Hath Dalein, Sawab Ki Niyat Se Hath Dalein Kuch Bhi Inke Touch Karne Se Pani Mustamal Nahi Hargiz Hargiz Nahi Hota. Kyun Ki Ye Chhote Bachhhe Hain In Par Shariat Ke Rules Apply Nahi Hote Jab Tak Ke Ye Balig Na Ho Jayein In Par Shariat Ke Rules Apply Nahi Hote To Isliye Inke Pani Touch Karne Se Ya Wuzu Wagairah Ki Niyat Kar Le Woh Bachha Ki Main Wuzu Kar Raha Hoon Ye Soch Kar Bhi Chala Jaye, Sunnat Ki Samajh Agar Usko Bata Di Ki Sunnat Hai Aur Sunnat Pura Karne Ke Liye Woh Bachha Kar Raha Hai Tab Bhi Woh Pani Mustamal Nahi Hoga.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-68)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Chhote Bachhe Aur Mustamal Pani Ka Masla #3 :
Agar Nabalig Bachha Hai Lekin 7 Years Ya Isse Bada Hai To Ye Bachha Ab Samajhdar Ho Gaya To Samajhdar Bachha Agar Wuzu Samajh Kar Wuzu Kar Raha Hai, Sunnat Par Amal Kar Raha Hai To Ye Consider Kiya Jata Hai Jab Bachha 7 Saal Ka Ho Jaye To Uske Jo Ahkam Hote Hain Jo Cheezin Hoti Hain Consider Ki Jati Hain Iska Wuzu Karna Bhi Consider Kiya Jayega, Sunnat Par Amal Karna Bhi Consider Kiya Jayega To Saal Se Bada Agar Nabalig Bachha Wuzu Kar Leta Hai Ya Sawab Ki Niyat Se Pani Me Hath Dalta Hai To Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Kyun Ki Yahan Par Sawab Ki Uski Niyyat Hai Aur Woh Samajh Kar Is Par Amal Kar Raha Hai.
Han Agar 7 Saal Ka Bachha Ya Isse Zyada Galti Se Hath Dal De To Pani Mustamal Nahi Hota.
Kyun Ki Dekhiye 7 Saal Ke Upar Ka Nabalig Bachhe Par Shariat Ke Rules Nahi Aate Iske Body Me Kabhi Bhi Najasate Hukmiya Vagairah Nahi Aati Jab Tak Ke Bachha Baligh Na Ho Jaye Uske Body Par Najasate Hukmiya Nahi Aata To Bachha Bhale 7 Years Se Kam Ka Ho Ya 7 Years Se Zyada Ka Ho Uske Body Par Najasate Hukmiya Hi Nahi Hai To Agar Woh Pani Me Hath Dalega To Kya Najasat Pani Me Chali Jayegi? Body Par Hai Hi Nahi To Pani Mustamal Hi Nahi Hoga. Haan..!! Lekin Chunke 7 Years Ka Bachha Samajhdar Hota Hai Woh Wuzu Ko Samajhta Hai, Wuzu Ki Niyat Kar Sakta Hai Isi Tarah Woh Sunnaton Ki Niyat Kar Sakta Hai Isliye Jab Woh Ye Niyatein Karega To Pani Mustamal Hoga. Aur Agar Ye Niyatein Nahi Hain Waise Hi Pani Me Hath Dal Diya To Kyun Ki Chhota Bachha Hai Us Par Najasate Hukmiya Hi Nahi Hai Lihaza Woh Pani Bhi Mustamal Nahi Hoga.
Isme Kafi Tafseel Aa Gai Ki 7 Years Se Kam Kam Ka Bachha Hai Jis Bhi Niyat Se Pani Me Hath Dale Pani Mustamal Nahi Hota, 7 Years Se Zyada Ka Jo Nabaligh Hota Hai Agar Wuzu Ki Niyat Hai, Aur Sawab Ki Niyat Hai, Sunnat Ki Niyat Hai Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega Aur Agar Galti Se Hath Dala To Pani Mustamal Nahi Hoga. Wujoohaat Bhi Maine Aap Ko Samjha Di Taki Ye Masail Aap Ko Samajhne Me Aasani Ho Jaye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-69)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Walidain Ki Aham Zimmedari :
Isliye Jise Hi Bachha 7 Saal Ka Ho Jaye Ye Cheezin Sikhana Ye Walidai Ki Zimmedari Hoti Hai Ki Jab Bachhon Ko Hum Wuzu Sikhaye Gein Aur Sunnatein Vagairah Sikhaye Gein To Sath Hi Sath Bachhe Ko Ye Sikkayenge Ki Beta Wuzu Ke Liye Ja Rahe Hain Na To Pahle Hath Dho Liya Karein Fir Wuzu Ko Continue Karein Ye Tamam Cheezin Aap Ko Sikhani Hoti Hain Taharat Ke Masle Paaki, Napaaki 7 Years To Bilkul Accord Age Hai Ki Aap Yahan Se Farz Uloom Ka Aagaz Kar Lein
Agarche Itna Detail Me Na Jaye Samaj Nahi Aayega Bachhe Ko Mustamal Kya Hai Ye Kya Hai Woh Kya Hai Bas Thodi Thodi Baatein Apne Language Me Samjhate Rahna Hai Ye Hamaraza Fareeza Hai Lazim Hai Walidain Ki Zimmedari Banti Hai.
Isi Tarah Yahi Woh Age Hai Ki Jab Bachhe Ke Aqaid Mane Jate Hain 7 Saal Ka Bachha Ya Isse Bada Nabalig Bachha Agar Koi Kufriya Jumla Zuban Se Nikalta Hai To Us Ka Kufr Bhi Mana Jata Hai, Uska Islam Bhi Mana Jata Hai Agar Woh Kahe معاذ الله Ki Main Kafir Hoon To Fir Ye Baat Mani Jayegi Woh Bachha Kafiron Ke Hukm Me Chala Jayega To 7 Saal Ke Bachhe Ka Kufr Bhi Motabar Hota Hai Islam Bhi Motabar Hota Hai.
Yahan Par Aap Ke Mustamal Pani Ka Topic Finish Ho Gaya. ¹Maaye Mutlaq Ho Gaya, ²Mustamal Pani Ab Hum Next Topic Ki Taraf Badhenge ³Rd Type Hai Pani Ka Maaye Makrooh.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-70)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Aur Aik Point Yaad Rakhein Mustamal Pani Me :
Ki Agar Sirf Aur Sirf Mustamal Pani Hai Doosra Koi Pani Hi Nahi Hai To Ab Is Soorat Me Maaye Mashqooq Ki Tarah Mustamal Pani Se Wuzu Bhi Karenge Sath Me Tayammum Bhi Karenge Aur Ye Soorat Pesh Aa Sakti Hai Kahin Par Chale Gaye Pani Ka Shortage Hai Or Sirf Aur Sirf Mustamal Pani Hai To Ab Is Soorat Me Dono Cheezein Karni Hai Wuzu Bhi Karna Hai Tayammum Bhi Karna Hai.
Kon Sa Pahla Karein Kon Sa Baad Me Karein.?
Ye Aap Par Hai Chahe Pahle Tayammum Kar Lein Wuzu Baad Me Kar Le, Ya Wuzu Pahle Kar Le Tayammum Baad Me Kar Le Ye Aap Ka Choose Hai. Behtar Hai Ke Tayammul Pahle Kar Le Uske Baad Wuzu Kare Kyun Ke Mittni Hoti Hai Agar Pahle Wuzu Karenge To Woh Mitti Vagairah Chahre Par Lagi Rah Jayegi. Lekin Bahrhaal Kisi Bhi Order Me Aap Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-71)
Pani Ka Bayan :
③ Maaye Makrooh : Ye Woh Pani Hota Hai Ki Jisse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl To Kar Sakte Hain Lekin Isse Wuzu Aur Gusl Karna Makrooh E Tanzeehi Hota Hai Yani Isme Thodi Si Karahat Hai Shariat Isko Pasand Nahi Karti Lekin Fir Bhi Bahrhaal Agar Aap Isse Wuzu Or Gusl Kar Lein Tab Bhi Wuzu Or Gusl Dono Ho Jayega Aur Isme Banda Gunahgar Bhi Nahi Hota Bachna Isse Behtar Hota Hai.
Woh Pani Ki Jise Kisi Billi Ne Pee Liya Ho, Kisi Chhipkali Ne Ya Fir,,, Pahle Main Aap Ko Aik Word Samjhati Hoon 'Tawwafeen'. Tawwafaat Ye Arabi Ka Lafz Hai Hadeese Mubaraka Me Sarkar ﷺ Ne Inka Zikr Farmaya Hai. To Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Kya Hote Hain.? Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Woh Janwar Hote Hain Jo Ghar Me Aate Jate Rahte Hain Aap Ke Ghar Me Maujood Hote Hain Jaise Ghar Me Billiyan Paal Lete Hain, Choohe Hote Hain, Chhipkaliyan Hoti Hain Yani Zaroori Nahi Hai Ki Aap Ke Pet Animals (Paltu Janwar) Hon Jo Ghar Me Umuman Rahte Hain, Aate Jate Rahte Hain Kabhi Bhi Ghar Me Ghus Kar Aa Gaye Fir Chale Gaye To Ye Janwar Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Kahlate Hain Billi, Chhipkali, Chooha Ye Chand Maine Aap Ko Example De Diye Isi Tarah Gao Side Me Jo Chamgadad Hote Hain Ye Khud Ba Khud Ghar Me Aa Jate Hain To Ye Bhi Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-72)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Maaye Makrooh Ka Mas'ala :
Waise To Dekhein Billi Ka Jhoota Billi Jo Pani Peeti Hai To Chunki Billi Darinda Hai Yani Cheer Phaad Kar Ke Cheezon Ko Khati Hai , Chooha Hai Chhipkali Hai Ye Sab Darindo Me Aate Hain To Inka Jhootha Waise To Napaak Hona Chahiye Tha Lekin Sarkar ﷺ Ne Aasani Ke Taur Par Farmaya Hai Ki Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Ka Jhootta Makrooh Ho Jata Hai Yani Iski Napaaki Ka Hukm Sarkar ﷺ Ne Nahi Diya. To Jo Ye Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Hote Hain Inka Jhoota Pani Jo Hota Hai Isko Hum Maaye Makrooh Kahte Hain Billi Ka Jhootha Pani Ho Isi Tarah Chhipkali Ka Jhootha Pani Ho Ye Tamaam Jhhothe Pani Ko Hum Maaye Makrooh Kahte Hain.
Iski Wajah Maine Aap Ko Samjha Di Kyun Ki Ye Janwar Aksar Ghar Me Andar Aate Jate Rahte Hain Agar Hum Kah Dein Ki Inka Jhootha Napaak Hai To Kitni Shadeed Taqleef Logon Ko Aane Lag Jayegi Misal Ke Taur Par Kisi Ke Ghar Me Billi Paali Hui Hai 1 Nahi Kabhi 3-4 Hoti Hain Aur Aap Ko Pata Hai Billiyon Ki Aadat Kaisi Hoti Hai Kabhi Isme Muh Daal Diya Kabhi Usme Muh Dal Diya Kabhi Kisi Cheez Ko Chaat Diya Aisa Hi Hota Hai Na Billiyan Aisa Karti Hain To Aap Kin Kin Cheezon Ke Napaaki Ka Hukm Dengein? Aise Me To Jo Log Ghar Me Rah Rahe Hain Unki Zindagi Dushwaar Ho Jayegi Koi Cheez Me Muh Dala Usko Paak Karo, Sofe Par Aa Kar Let Gai Wahan Zuban Se Chaat Diya Usko Paak Karo Bistar Par Chadh Gai Wahan Par Agar Muh Laga Diya Zuban Vagairah Laga Di Usko Paak Karo To Bahut Zyada Taqleef Aa Jayegi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-73)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Maaye Makrooh Ka Mas'ala :
Isi Tarah Chhipkaliyan Hain Ghar Me Kahin Bhi Ghus Jati Hain Kabhi Isme Muh Daal Diya Kabhi Usme Gir Yai Aisa Hota Hai Na To Agar Inki Wajah Se Hum Kahein Ki Poori Cheezin Napaak Ho Gai To Bada Preshani Ka Aalam Ho Jayega Isliye Fir Sarkar ﷺ Ne Ummat Ki Aasani Ke Liye Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Ka Zikar Farmaya Aur Inke Jhoothe Ko Napaak Karaar Nahi Diya Hamari Aasani Ke Liye.
To Ab Hum Kahte Hain Ki Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Ka Jhootha Ye Napaak Nahi Hota Han Makrooh Hota Hai Yani Agar Ye Jhootha Pani Hai To Iska Istemaal Karna Jaiz To Hai Lekin Chunke In Janwaron Ka Jhotha Isliye Isme Thoda Sa Karahat Hai Ki Inko Istemal Na Kiya Jaye Specially Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye. Lekin Agar Aisi Soorat Hai Ki Maaye Makrooh Ke Alawa Koi Pani Hi Nahi Hai Sirf Ye Hai Fir To Aap Ko Isi Se Wuzu Aur Gusl Karna Hoga No Option Isme Fir Aap Ke Upar Woh Karahat Wala Point Bhi Nahi Aata Bilkul Aap Ke Liye Jaiz Hai Isi Pani Se Aap Ko Wuzu Aur Gusl Karna Padega.
Han Maaye Makrooh Ke Sath Or Koi Pani Bhi Maujood Hai Mutlaq Pani Wagairah Hai To Fir Aap Usko Istemal Karein Isse Bach Lena Behtar Hai Agar Istemal Karta Hai Banda To Makrooh E Tanzeehi Hai Lekin Gunahgaar Nahi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-74)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Maaye Makrooh Ka Mas'ala :
Isi Tarah Gaay Aur Murgiyan Hoti Hain Gaao Wagairah Saide Zyada Ye Hota Hai Ki Jo Gaay Ghar Me Bandhi Hoti Hain Usme To Ihtiyat Hota Hai Ke Jo Murgi Ghar Me Hai Aur Jo Gaay Wagairah Ghar Me Hote Hain To Inke Food Ka Take Care Ghar Wale Kar Lete Hain Ki Ye Koi Gandi Cheez Na Khaye, Lekin Ye Jo Khuli Ghoom Rahi Hoti Hai Aawara Gaay Hoti Hain Aawara Murgiyan Hoti Hain Unko Aap Ne Dekha Hai Na Ki Gaay Kabhi Najasat Me Bhi Muh Daal Diya, Kachre Me Bhi Muh Daal Diya, Isi Tarah Murgiyon Ne Bhi Najasat Kha Li Aisa Ho Jata Hai Na. To Is Soorat Me Kyun Ke Isme Hame Chhota Sa Shaq Jaisa Aa Jata Hai Ke Ho Sakta Hai Inke Muh Me Najasat Ho Aur Inho Ne Pani Me Muh Daal Diya Ho, Ho Sakta Hai Pani Napaak Ho Gaya Ho Sirf Shaq Hai.
Agar Confirm Aap Ne Dekha Hai Ki Gaay Ke Muh Me Najasat Thi Usne Pani (Maaye Kaleel) Me Muh Daal Diya To Pani Napaak Hai Koi Doubt Nahi Hai. Lekin Jahan Par Aap Ko Confirm Nahi Pata Sirf Aik Shaq O Shubah Hai Aisi Soorat Me Bhi Woh Pani Maaye Makrooh Kahlayega. Aawara Gaay Hain Aawara Murgi Hain Yani Jo Najasate Wagairah Kha Lete Hain Aur Aap Ko Confirm Nahi Pata Ki Najasat Hai Ya Nahi Aur Usne Pani Me Muh Daal Diya To Fir Woh Pani Bhi Maaye Makrooh Me Aa Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-75)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Maaye Makrooh Ka Mas'ala :
Isi Tarah Chhipkali Ki Jo Beet (Toilet) Hota Hai Isko Bhi Ulama Kiram Ne Paak Karar Diya Hai Isi Harj Ko Dekhte Huwe Kyun Ki Ye Chhipkaliyan Yahan Wahan Chadhti Hain Kisi Cheez Par Beet Kar Diya Fir Kya Hoga.? Usko Napaak Karar Dene Me Bahut Zyada Haraj Hai Pani Me Gir Gaya Woh Napaak To Isme Haraj Ho Jayega Aur Ya Fir Kisi Surface Aur Cheez Me Gir Gaya To Fir Us Surface Ko Paak Karo To Ye Sab Haraj Zyada Hota Hai Aur Ye Bahut Zyada Aate Jate Hain Isliye Chhipkali Ki Beet Bhi Paak Karar Di Gai Hai. Isi Tarah Chamgadar Ka Beet Aur Peshab Wagaera Ko Bhi Paak Karar Diya Gaya Hai Sab Ki Wajah Yahi Hai Ki Inme Logo Ke Liye Aasani Thodi Aa Jaye.
Samjha Pai Ki Maaye Makrooh Kya Hai? To Agar Sirf Maaye Makrooh Hai To Usi Se Wuzu Aur Gusl Karna Hai Aur Agar Maaye Makrooh Ke Alawa Pani Hai To Isse Bachna Behtar Hota Hai Kar Lenge Tab Bhi Wuzu Aur Gusl Ho Jayega Banda Gunahgar Nahi Hoga. ⚠️ Han..!! Isko Bhi Aap Jari Kar Sakte Hain Jari Karne Se Ye Maye Makrooh Pani Bhi Maaye Mutlaq Ho Jayega. To Maaye Makrooh Ye Teesra Qisam Ho Gaya.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-76)
Pani Ka Bayan :
④ Maaye Najas : Najas Yani Napaak Aur Maay Arabic Lafz Hai Iska Matlab Hai Pani, To Napaak Pani Ye Cheez Main Aap Ko Samjha Chuki Hoon Jo Aap Ne Padha Hai Na Jaari Pani, Maaye Kaseer, Maaye Kaleel, To Wahan Par Humne Dekha Ki Maaye Kaseer Kab Napaak Hota Hai Ki Jab Najasat Ka Asar Yani Smell, Test, Ya Colour Wagera Agar Pani Me Aa Jaye To Pura Pani Napaak Ho Jata Hai To Ye Jo Napaak Pani Hai Isko Hum Maye Najas Kahte Hain.
Aur Maaye Kaleel Jo Hota Hai Isme Agar Aik Katra Najasat Bhi Gir Jaye Chahe Uska Rang, Boo, Maza Wagera Pani Me Aaye Na Aaye Bahrhaal Pani Napaak Ho Jata Hai Ye Pani Bhi Maye Najas Kahlayega.
Maaye Najas Napaak Pani Hai Isse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte Aur Sirf Aur Sirf Maaye Najas (Napaak Pani) Hai Paak Pani Hi Nahi Hai To Ab Kya Karenge.? To Ab Is Soorat Me Fir Aap Ko Tayammum Karne Ki Ijazat Hogi Kyun Ki Napaak Pani Se Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Kar Sakte To Ab Hukm Aap Ke Liye Yahi Hoga Ki Aap Tayammum Karen. Us Pani Ko Jism Par Bhi Nahi Laga Sakte Kyun Ki Agar Lagaye Ge To Jism Napaak Ho Jayega To Is Soorat Me Fir Tayammum Ki Ijazat Hogi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-77)
Pani Ka Bayan :
⑤ Maaye Mashqooq : Yani Shaq Kiya Hua Pani Mashqooq Shaq Se Bana Hai. Yaad Rakhein Maaye Mashqooq Me Sirf 2 Janwaro Ke Jhoothe Aate Hain ¹Gadha, ²Khachchar Iske Alawa Kisi Janwar Ka Jhootha Mashqooq Ke Category Me Nahi Aata.
2 Janwar...! Maine Zikar Kiya Yaad Rakhein Aik Gadha-Gadhi Aur Dusra Khachchar (Mule) To Inka Jhootha Pani Mashqooq Hota Hai. Yani Isme Baaz Ulama Kiram Ne Kaha Hai Ki Iska Jhootha Paak Hai Aur Baaz Ne Kaha Hai Ki Iska Jhootha Napaak Hai Aur Equal Amount Me Daleel Hai Yani Kuch Dalail Iski Taraf Ishara Kar Rahe Hain Ki Ye Paak Hai Kuch Daleel Is Taraf Ishara Kar Rahe Hain Ki Ye Napaak Hai.
To Ab Fir Ulama Kiram Ne Kaha Hai Ki Ye Mashqooq Mamla Hai To Is Pani Ke Istemal Se Aap Ko Bachna Chahiye Ki Jise Gadhe Ya Khachchar Ne Piya Ho Usse Wuzu Aur Ghusal Nahi Karenge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-78)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Ab Sawal Ye Aata Hai Ki Agar Sirf Maye Mashqooq Hi Hai To Isme Kya Kiya Jaye.?
To Isme Ulama Kiram Ne Kaha Hai Ki Agar Sirf Aur Sirf Maaye Mashqooq Hai Koi Aur Pani Hi Nahi Hai To Fir Isse Aik Martaba Wuzu Kar Le Aur Fi Tayammum Bhi Kar Le Yani Dono Cheezein Karni Padegi Aap Ko. Isme Dono Karne Se Kya Hota Hai Ki Jin Ulama Ne Kaha Hai Ki Ye Pani Paak Hai Unke Hisab Se Wuzu Ho Gaya Aur Jinho Ne Kaha Hai Ki Ye Napaak Hai Unke Hisab Se Tayammum Ho Jayega Isliye Dono Par Amal Kar Liya Gaya To Ye Soorat Hai.
Waise Maaye Mashqooq Umooman Pesh Nahi Aata Kahan Abhi Gadhe Khachchar Vagairah Hain Han Gaao Side Hain Kisi Ke Paas Gadhe Kisi Ne Pale Huwe Hain To Fir Ye Mamla Pesh Aa Sakta Hai To Isliye Ye Maine Aap Ko Bata Di Lekin Isme Sirf Aur Sirf 2 Janwar Aate Hain Gadha Aur Khachchar Inka Jhootha Mashqooq Hai Aur Iske Alawa Kisi Janwar Ko Hum Isme Shamil Nahi Karenge. Na Ghhoda Na Bel, Na Gaay Kuch Bhi Nahi.
To Agar Maye Mashqooq Ke Sath Dusra Pani Bhi Hai To Dusre Pani Se Hi Wuzu Aur Gusl Karna Padega. Aur Agar Sirf Aur Sirf Mashqooq Hai To Phir Wuzu Aur Tayammum Dono Karenge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-79)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pipe Se Aane Waale Paani Me Smell Wagairah Aaye To Uski Mas'ala #01 :
Jo Tanki Wagairah Hoti Hai Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Hota Hai Ki Isse Smell Aa Rahi Hoti Hai Ya Lines Wagairah Ka Pani Aata Hai Ghar Me To Kabhi Kabhaar Lines Ke Pani Me Smell Aati Hai Aur Ye Common Issue Hai Barish Wagairah Me To Zyada Ho Jata Hai, Specially Gutter Lines Ka Jahan Par Problem Hai Ye Ho Jata Hai Ki Gutter Ka Pani Paak Pani Ke Sath Mil Kar Ghar Me Aa Raha Hota Hai To Aisi Soorat Me Fir Bahut Zyada Parshan Ho Jate Hain Ki Karna Kya Hai.?
To Khuda Nakhasta Agar Ghar Me Napaak Pani Aa Raha Hai Yani Aisa Pani Aa Raha Hai Ki Jisko Aap Khol Rahe Hain To Smell Aa Rahi Hai Ya Fir Pura Pani Ka Colour Hi Change Ho Gaya Hai Ya Zaika Bilkul Kharab Ho Gaya Hai Aisa Mamla Ho Raha Hai To Kya Isse Hum Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain.? Ye Sawal Aata Hai.
To Dekhiye Isme Fir Ulama Kiram Ne Kaha Hai Ki Agar Pani Me Bilkul Halki Si Smell Hai Ya Halka Zaika Jaisa Lag Raha Hai Bahut Light Hai To Fir Ye Maaf Hoga Aur Isi Se Aap Wuzu Or Gusl Kar Lein Aur Isi Ko Istemal Karein. Lekin Agar Bahut Zyada Smell Hai Umuman Ho Jata Hai To Fir Isse Hum Wuzu Aur Gusl Wagairah Nahi Kar Sakte Ye Pani Napak Hi Aap Ko Consider Karna Padega Maaye Najis Me Chala Jayega.
Aisi Soorat Me Fir Kya Karen.?
Aisi Soorat Me Fir Foran Aap Tayammum Ki Taraf Nahi Ja Sakte, Isme Aap Ko Har Mumkina Koshish Karni Hai Ki Paak Pani Aap Kisi Bhi Tarah Apne Paas Le Kar Aa Jaye. Paak Pani Kisi Bhi Tarah Hasil Kar Lein Ye Aap Par Lazim Hai. 100% Koshish Karni Hoti Hai Ki Aap Pani Ko Dhoond Kar Le Kar Aa Jaye Pani Ko Hi Istemal Karen. Lekin Agar Lakh Koshish Karne Ke Bawajood Pani Nahi Hai To Fir Kya Kar Sakte Hain.? Fir Tayammum Ki Taraf Hame Jana Hi Padega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-80)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pipe Se Aane Waale Paani Me Smell Wagairah Aaye To Uska Masa'la #2 :
To Jahan Par Gutter Lines Ka Is Tarah Issue Ho Raha Hai To Ab Kya Karenge.?
Is Soorat Me In Par Lazim Hai Ki Agar Aap Ke Ghar Me Sirf Aisa Ho Raha Hai, Kareeb Ke Muhalle Me Ya Kareeb Me Gharon Me Aisa Problem Nahi Hai, Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Hota Hai Ki Aik Hi Apartment Me Ye Mamla Ho Raha Hai, Kareebi Apartment Wagairah Me Aisa Kuch Nahi Ho Raha To Aisi Soorat Me Aap Par Lazim Hai Ki Jo Aap Ke Kareebi Muhalle Wale Hain Ghar Ke Paas Jo Hote Hain In Ghar Ja Kar Pani Puchh Kar Le Kar Aaye Aur Wuzu Aur Gusl Karein Aap Ko Pata Bhi Hai Woh De Bhi Denge To Fir To Darza E Ola Ja Kar Puchh Kar Lana Padega. Yani Woh Thoda Bahut Paisa Le Kar Bhi Pani Dene Me Ready Ho Jaye Aur Aap Financially Capable Hain Paisa De Kar Pani Khareedne Par To Khareed Kar Aap Ko Pani Bilkul Istemal Karna Padega.
Isi Tarah Agar Mang Kar Le Kar Nahi Aa Rahe Hain Lekin Jaise Bisleri Wagairah Ke Can Hote Hain, Ye La Sakte Hain Financially Capable Hain To Isko Ja Kar Le Kar Aayen. To Itna Paisa Bhi Na Kharch Kar Dein Ki Ghar Ka Kharcha Pani Na Chale, Ghar Ke Kharcha Pani Ke Alawa Paisa Maujood Hai To Is Pani Ko Khareed Kar Le Kar Aa Kar Aap Par Wuzu Aur Gusl Karna Lazim Ho Jayega. Aur Isme Bhi Hum Ye Nahi Kahenge Ki Wuzu Ke Liye Aik Pura Can Baha Dein Nahi Thoda Difficulty (Aazmaish) Ka Waqt Hai To Fir Jo Wuzu Ke Faraiz Hain Kam Se Kam Woh Aap Kar Lein Pani Ke Sath Do Katra Pani Bahana Ye Kar Lein Aur Jo Bhi Important Cheez Hai Wuzu Ke Woh Kar Lein Aur Namaz Padh Lein Itna Pani Bhi Mil Jaye To Kafi Hai Tayammum Ki Taraf Aap Nahi Jayenge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-81)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pipe Se Aane Waale Paani Me Smell Wagairah Aaye To Uska Mas'ala #3 :
To Sab Se Pahle Agar Kisi Se Mang Sakte Hain To Mang Kar Layen, Agar Paise De Kar Normal Aisa Bhi Nahi Hai Ke Pura Paisa Hi Luta Dena Hai Ye Bhi Shariat Aap Se Takaza Nahi Karti Ki Sab Kuch Maal Dhan Luta Kar Banda Fir Gusl O Wuzu Kar Ke Namaz Padhe, Jiske Pas Capability Ho To Woh Ja Kar Khareed Kar Laye.
Agar Kahi Par Aisa Ho Raha Hai Ki Sab Ko Pata Hai Ki Abhi Banda Khareedega To Pani Ke Rates Hi Bahut Zydaa Badha Denge Khareed To Sakta Hai Banda Lekin Over Rate Me Bech Rahe Hain 20 Rupay Ki Bottle 200 Me Bech Rahe Hain To Yahan Par Bhi Shariat Ne Aap Se Ye Nahi Kaha Hai Ke 200 Rupay De Kar Aap Khareedein. Yahan Par Bhi Jo Normal Average Rate Hote Hain Market Value Se, Han 10 Rupay 20 Rupay Zyada Hain To Le Lein Is Tarah Khareed Kar Pani Ko Istemal Kare Wuzu Aur Gusl Kare
Ya Fir Kareeb Kabhi Kabhaar Masjid Me Bade Bade Hauz Hote Hain Aur Unke Paas Kafi Pani Hota Hai To Unse Ja Kar Pani Mang Kar Le Kar Aayen Lekin Yaad Rakhein..!! Masjid Se Aap Hargiz Hargiz Free Pani Nahi La Sakte Wahan Committee Wale Agar Aap Ko Free Me De Rahe Hain Aisa Karna To Nahi Chahiye Lekin Kahin Par Lailmi Me Committee Members Ban Jate Hain Aur Aisi Bewakufi Wali Harkat Karte Hain Kyun Ki Ye Masjid Ka Pani Hai Waqtf Ka Pani Hai To Aap Isko Bagair Kisi Amount Ke Nahi Le Sakte Woh Dein Bhi To Aap Par Lazim Hai Ke Paise De Kar Isko Le Kar Aaye. Lekin Agar Wahan Par Bhi Pani Nahi Hai Ya Wahan Woh Pani Denge To Namaziyon Ke Liye Shortage Ho Jayegi To Yahan Se Bhi Pani Lene Ka Option Bhi Nahi Raha.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-82)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pipe Se Aane Waale Paani Me Smell Wagairah Aaye To Uska Mas'ala #4 :
To Ab Is Soorat Me Aap Ne Har Tariqe Ki Koshish Kar Li Aas Pas Puchhna Tha Woh Karne Ki Koshish Ki Woh Nahi Ho Pa Raha Hai Ya Fir Financially Capable Nahi Hain Ya Pani Ke Rates Bahut Zyada Hain Ye Possible Nahi Hai Har Tareeqe Se Aap Ne Koshish Kar Li To Ab Fir Aap Tayammum Kar Ke Namaz Padh Sakte Hain.
Aur Umuman Agar Aap Ke Pipe Me Ganda Pani Aa Raha Hai To Kisi Na Kisi Tarah Log Manage Karte Hain Na.. Pani Peene Ke Liye Manage Kiya Jata Hai, Pakane Ke Liye Manage Kiya Jata Hai To Jab Ye 2 Cheezon Ko Aap Ne Zindagi Me Zaroori Maan Liya Hai Ki Peene Ke Liye Kisi Tarah Hame Saaf Pani Lana Hai, Pakane Ke Liye Saaf Pani Lana Hai, Bartan Dhone Ke Liye Saaf Pani Lana Hai To Fir Isme Kya Difficulty Ho Sakti Hai Ki Thoda Sa Aur Pani Wuzu Ke Liye Le Kar Aaya Jaye. Kam Se Kam Itna Pani Ke Jisse Aap Ke Wuzu Ke Farz Complete Ho Jaye Zyada Pani Isme Istemal Nahi Hoga To Jaise Aap Ne Isko Important Bana Liya Hai Isme Aik Or Cheez Bhi Add Kar Lein Ki Wuzu Or Gusl Bhi Utna Hi Important Hai Jitna Ki Pani Peena Important Hai.
To Iska Bhi Stock Karne Ki Koshish Karein Bande Ki Koshish Ho To Allah Ta'ala Zaroor Zaroor Usko Wahan Tak Pahuncha Deta Hai Koshish Kar Ke Dekhein ان شاء الله Allah Ki Rahmat Se Ummed Hai Pani Mil Jayega. Lekin Fir Agar Nahi Ho Raha Hai Tab Ja Kar Aap Tayammum Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-83)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Sawal : Kabhi Kabhar Tanki Vagairah Ke Pani Se Kuch Logo Ko Smell Aa Rahi Kuch Ko Nahi Aa Rahi Ab Biwi To Kah Rahi Hai Mujhe Bahut Zyada Smell Aa Rahi Hai Pani Se Badboo Ki Aur Shohar Kah Raha Hai Nahi Mujhe To Nahi Aa Rahi To Ab Kya Kiya Jayega.?
Ab Isme Har Banda Apna Apna Dekhe.! Ye Nahi Ki Pass Wale Ko Aa Raha Hai. Jis Bande Ko Smell Aa Rahi Hai To Uske Liye Woh Najasat Ka Rule Complete Ho Gaya Ki Pani Me Agar Najasat Ka Asar Aa Raha Hai To Pani Napaak Ho Jata Hai Na.. Jis Bande Ke Sath Ye Mamla Ho Raha Hai Uske Haq Me To Ye Pani Napaak Ho Gaya. Aur Jiske Sath Ye Mamla Hi Nahi Ho Raha Jisko Smell Wagairah Aa Hi Nahi Rahi Uske Haq Me Woh Pani Paak Hai. Har Bande Ka Apna Apna Opinion Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-84)
Shaq Ka Masla #1 :
Kabhi Kabhar Hamare Andar Aik Shaq Aa Jata Hai Ki Ho Sakta Hai Ye Pani Napaak Ho Aur Ye Shaq Wala Mamla Bahut Sari Cheezon Me Aata Hai Ho Sakta Hai Isme Napaaki Ho, Ho Sakta Hai Aisa Ho Jaise Kabhi Kabhaar Swimming Pool Chale Gaye Nahaye Dhoye Aaye Aur Kisi Ne Namaz Padh Liya To Kahte Hain Na Dant Lagate Hain Ki Kam Se Kam Gusl To Kar Lo Pata Nahi Kitne Logon Ne Wahan Par Urinate Kar Diya Hoga Pani Kitna Napaak Hoga Kaise Namaz Padh Liye.? To Ye Aap Ko Aik Shaq Hai Na Kya Aap Ko Confirm Pata Hai Ki Wahan Par Kisi Ne Urinate Kiya Hai? Nahii..! Shaq Hota Hai
To Aisi Bahut Jagah Par Hota Hai Ki Bande Ko Shaq Hota Hai Ki He Paak Hai Ya Napaak? Aur Isme Fir Confusion Hote Hain Aur Ispe Fir Baaz Bahut Zyada Sakhti Bhi Karte Hain. To Isko Main Samjhane Ke Liye Aap Ko Aik Cheez Samjhati Hoon Ki Shariate Mutahhra Takriban Tamam Cheezon Ke Paki Ka Hi Hukum Deti Hai Jab Tak Ke Confirm Aap Ko Nahi Pata Hai Ki Ye Napaak Hai Tab Tak Woh Cheezein Paak Hi Rahti Hain Specially Khane Peene Ka Jo Mamla Hota Hai Tamam Khane Peene Ki Cheezein Naturally Allah Ta'ala Ne Inko Aisa Banaya Hai Ki Ye Paak Hain Halaal Hoti Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-85)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #2 :
Agar Aap Kah Rahe Hain Ki Ye Napaak Hai Ya Kah Rahe Hain Ki Ye Cheez Haram Hai To Fir Uske Liye Aap Ke Paas Koi Strong Sa Evident Koi Strong Proof Hona Zaroori Hai. Sirf Ye Hawaiyan Baatein Dilon Ke Shaq Isko Shariat Consider Nahi Karti Ye Bahut Important Point Hai Agar Aap Isko Samajh Lein To Bahut Sare Masail Me Aap Ko Aasani Nazar Aayegi. Jo Umuman Logon Me Fitne Fasad Ka Sabab Banta Hai Woh Is Basic Cheez Ko Na Samajhne Ki Wajah Se Banta Hai.
Allah Ta'ala Ne Surah Bakrah Ki Aik Aayate Mubaraka Hai Usme Irshad Farmaya Hai Main Khulasa Arz Kar Rahi Hoon : Ki Allah Ta'ala Ne Jo Kuch Zameen Me Hai Woh Tumhari Nafa Ke Liye Payda Farmayi Hai. Jo Cheezein Allah Ta'ala Ne Paida Farmayi Hain Kis Liye Hai.? Insano Ke Nafa Ke Liye Hai Benefit Ke Liye Banai Hai. To Isse Fir Kya Maloom Hua Ki Jo Bhi Cheezin Hain Woh Hamare Istemal Ke Liye Hain Yani Woh Paak Hain Hum Istemal Kar Sakte Hain Halaal Hai Jaiz Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-86)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #3:
To Qura'an E Majeed Me Allah Ta'ala Ne Farmaya Hai Ki Tamam Cheezein Ye Halal Hain Paak Hain Ab Agar Aap Kisi Cheez Ko Napaak Kah Rahe Hain Ya Haram Kah Rahe Hain To Apne Taur Par Nahi Kah Sakte Kyun Ke Allah Ka Hukum Aa Gaya Hai Ki Tamam Cheezin Paak Hain To Fir Main Aur Aap Kaise Kon Hote Hain Ki Is Hukim Ke Khilaf Kah Dein Ki Ye Nahi Ye Cheez Napak Hai, Mera Dil Bol Raha Hai Isliye Napaak Hai.? Jab Allah Ka Hukum Aa Gaya To Banda Fir Wahan Par Khamosh.
To Agar Aap Kisi Cheez Ko Napaak Bata Rahe Hain To Uske Khilfa Waise Hi Strong Daleel Aap Ke Pas Honi Chahiye. Aur Ye Strong Daleel Aap Jo Late Hain Koi Proof Late Hain Ye Chand Cheezon Se Aap La Sakte Hain : Koi Iske Khilaf Aayte Mubaraka Hi Aa Jaye Ya Hadeese Mubaraka Aa Jaye Waise Strong Darje Ki Hadees Aa Jaye Jisme Sarkar ﷺ Ne Mana Farma Diya Hai To Ye Daleel Hai.
Jaise Ab Ye Aayat Maine Kah Diya Ke Tamam Cheeezein, Tamam Cheezon Me To Har Cheez Bhi Aa Gai Sharab Bhi Aa Gaya, Napaak Gosht Wagairah Bhi Aa Gaya Sab Kuch Aa Gaya Lekin Ye Cheezein Hum Kahte Hain Ki Sharab Haram Hai, Khenzeer Ka Gosht Haram Hai, Khoon Haram Hai To Ye Kahan Se Mila.? Murdaar Janwar Haram Hai To Ye Kahan Se Mila.? To Ye Tamam Cheezein Qura'an E Majeed Me Allah Ta'ala Ne Hi Bayan Farma Di Hai Ki Shrab Bhi Haram Hai, Khinzeer Ka Gosht Bhi Haram Hai, Murdadr Janwar Ye Bhi Haram Hai, Khoon Haram Hai To Ye Tamam Cheezin Allah Ta'ala Ne Hi Bayan Farmayin
To Is Aayte Mubaraka Ke Opposite Me Hamare Paas Aik Aur Aayate Mubarak Hai Jo Ye Cheezon Ko Haram Bata Rahi To Isse Fir Humne Bata Di Ki Kyun Ki Hamare Paas Iske Khilaf Strong Proof Hai Yani Allah Ta'ala Ne Hi Hukum Nazil Farma Diya Hai. Isi Tarah Ya Fir Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farma Diya Hai Ki Ye Cheez Haram Hai To Fir Woh Cheez Haram Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-87)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #4:
Lekin Agar Iske Khilaf Hadees Nahi Hai Koi Qurani Aayat Nahi Hai To Fir Aap Isko Najaiz Haram Wagairah Nahi Kah Sakte Jab Tak Ke Koi Or Sharai Taur Par Aap Ke Paas Proof Na Ho Woh Main Aap Ko Batati Hoon Ki Woh Kya Hai Lekin Yahan Par Aap Ko Aik Achhe Point Ki Taraf Ishara Karna Chahti Hoon Jo Hamesha Aap Ke Life Me Kaam Aayega Yani Tamaam Cheezein Ye Asal Me Jaiz Hi Hoti Hain Agar Koi Kahta Hai Ki Ye Cheez Najaiz Hai To Daleel Najaiz Jo Kahta Hai Usko Deni Hoti Hai.
Hota Hai Na Ki Aap Ye Kaam Kar Rahe Hain Aap Ye Kha Rahe Hain Ye Pee Rahe Hain Iski Kya Daleel Hai.? Wahi Allah Ne Hamare Liye Sab Jaiz Karar Di Hain. Agar Koi Kahta Hai Ki Ye Najaiz Hai To Daleel Hum Nahi Dete Daleel Samne Wale Ko Deni Hoti Hai, Hum Milad Ka Khana Khate Hain, Hum Eesale Sawab Ka Khana Khate Hain, Auliya Allah Ki Niyaaz Khate Hain, Fatiha Durood Karte Hain To Ye Tamaam Cheezein Hamare Liye Jaiz Hai Ki Allah Ta'ala Ne Inko Jaiz Karaar Diya Hai.
Ab Agar Koi Kahta Hai Ki معاذ الله Ye Cheezein Haram Hain Ya Najaiz Hai To Fir Daleel Hamko Nahi Daleel Unko Deni Padegi Ki Bataye Ki Kis Aayat Se Ya Kis Hadees Se Aap Ko Mil Gaya Ki Ye Cheezein Najaiz O Haram Hai.? Aur Ye Puri Zindagi Apni Guzar Sakte Hain Lekin Allah Ki Rahmat Se Hame Puri Ummeed Hai Ki Ye Batil Hain Aur Inko Kafi Aisi Hadees Ya Aayat Mil Hi Nahi Sakti Bahrhaal Wapas Aate Hain Apne Masail Ki Taraf.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-88)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #5:
To Tamam Cheezein Halal Hoti Hain Jaiz Hoti Hain Jab Tak Ki Inke Khilaf Aap Ke Paas Koi Strong Proof Na Ho, Strong Proof Yani Koi Aur Aayte Mubaraka Woh Bhi Aayte Mubaraka Aisi Ki Jisme Kabhi Kabhaar 2-3 Points Sabit Ho Rahe Hote Hain Aisi Nahi Hona Chahiye, Bilkul Clear Us Aayte Mubarak Me Maujood Hona Chahiye Ki Ye Cheez Haram Hai. Isi Tarah Hadees Me Bahut Strong Martabe Ki Jo Hadees Hoti Hain Or Inme Bhi Wazeh Taur Par Sarkar ﷺ Ne Agar Mana Kar Diya Tab Ja Kar Hum Kisi Cheez Ko Haram Proof Karte Hain.
Han Chand Cheezein Aisi Hain Ki Jo By Nature Allah Ta'la Ne Inko Pahle Haram Hi Rakha Hai Jaise : Ajnabi Auratein Hain, Aisa Nahi Hai Ab Koi Mard Kahe Ki Tamam Auratein Mere Liye Halaal Hain Aisa Nahi Hai. Auraton Ka Mamla Hai To Ajnabi Auratein Ajnabi Mard Aik Doosre Par Haram Hote Hain, Aisi Chand Cheezein Hain Jaise Gosht Ka Mamla Hai Gosht Ke Liye Bhi Isme Asal Hurmat Hoti Hai Jab Tak Ki Halal Woh Sabit Na Ho Jaye Ye Chand Cheezine Exception Nahi Hain Warna Takriban Takriban Cheezon Me Yahi Rule Hai Ki Jo Cheez Allah Ta'ala Ne Halal Rakhi Hai Paak Rakhi Hai Woh Paak Hi Hai Jab Tak Ki Aap Ko Opposite Me Koi Aur Daleel Na Mil Jaye Koi Proof Aap Ko Na Mil Jaye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-89)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #6:
To Ye Jo Pani Ka Mamla Hai Jaise Swimming Pool Pani Maine Kaha Isme Ab Shaq Aa Gaya Ki Ye Paak Hai Ya Nahi To Ab Yaad Rakhein Ki Pani By Nature Allah Ta'ala Ne Isko Paak Hi Paida Kiya Hai To Ye Paak Hi Rahega Ye Swimming Pool Ka Pani Paak Hi Rahega Jab Tak Ki Aap Ko Iske Khilaf Strong Daleel Na Laye Ab Is Swimming Pool Ke Khilaf To Aap Ko Koi Aayate Mubarak Nahi Milegi Hadeese Mubaraka Nahi Milegi Ye To Chhod Dein. Khas Is Swimming Pool Ki Baat Kar Rahi Hoon Jo Pani Aap Ke Samne Hai Isko Aap Ko Agar Proof Karna Hai Ki Ye Napaak Hai To Fir 3 Hi Tareeqe Hain Ki Aap Isko Kah Sakte Hain Ki Ye Napaak Hai.
(1) Aap Ne Khud Apni Aankho Se Dekha Ki Swimming Pool Jo Maye Kaleel Hai Isme Najasat Giri Hai Aap Ke Samne Ye Mamla Hua Hai Aap Ne Ye Dekha Ki Koi Chhota Bachha Hai Usne Peshab Kar Diya Swimming Pool Me Ab Aap Kah Sakte Hain Ki Pani Napaak Hai, Aankho Dekha Haal Hai Na..! To Agar Pani Ko Napaak Karar Dena Hai To Apni Aankho Se Agar Aapne Dekha Hai To Fir Woh Pani Napaak Hai.
(2) Aap Ne Nahi Dekha Lekin Koi Aik Nek Shakhs Muttaqi Shakhs Parhezgar Shakhs Musalman Shakhs Aa Kar Aap Ko Kahta Hai Ki Bhai Ye Pani Napaak Tha Woh Kahte Hain Ki Maine Apni Aankho Se Dekha Hai Usme Najasat Giri Thi Tab Bhi Uski Baat Maan Li Jayegi. Uska Dekhna Aap Ka Dekhna Barabar Hai.
Lekin Isme Maine Kya Condition Lagai Sab Se Pahle Woh Musalman Ho Jo Aap Ko Bata Raha Hai, Second Nek Ho Muttaqi Ho Namazi Ho Pabande Shara Ho Dadhi Wala Ho. Joot Bolne Wala Dadhi Munda Aisa Na Ho Inki Baatein Nahi Mani Jayegi Jo Fasik O Fajir Gunahgaar Hote Hain Inki Baatein Nahi Mani Jati Agar Koi Fasiq Aa Kar Kah Bhi De Jo Hamesha Jhoot Bolta Rahta Hai Namazon Ki Pabandi Nahi Hai Aisa Shakhs Aa Kar Bol Bhi De Ki Pani Napaak Hai Maine Dekha Hai Uski Baat Nahi Mani Jayegi Aap Ke Haq Me Woh Pani Fir Bhi Paak Rahega To Aisa Shakhs Aa Kar Bataye Jo Musalman Ho Sabse Pahle.. Kafir Ki Baat Nahi Mani Jati Hai Aur Nek Muttaqi Parhezgaar Wagairah Bhi Ho Shariat Par Amal Karne Wala Ho.
Is Shakhs Ne Kaha Ki Maine Apni Aankho Se Dekha Hai. Ye Bhi Nahi Ki Maine Fulan Se Suna Tha.. Fulan Se Suna Tha.. Suni Sunai Baaton Ka Koi Aitbar Nahi Hota Agar Koi Shakhs Kahe Ki Maine Apni Aankho Se Dekha Hai To Maine Kya Kaha Ki Ye Aisa Hi Hai Ke Jaise Aap Ne Apni Aankho Se Dekha Hai Ab Aap Uski Baat Mange Ye Bhi Aap Ke Liye Aik Daleel Hoti Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-90)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #7:
(3) Aap Ne Apni Ankho Se Nahi Dekha, Kisi Ne Aa Kar Nahi Bataya Lekin Aap Jab Pani Istemal Kar Rahe Hain Na To Aap Ko Usme Najasat Ka Asar Smell, Colour, Test Wagairah Kuch Nazar Aa Raha Hai To Fir Ja Kar Woh Pani Napaak Hoga.
Agar Ye 3 Cheezein Nahi Hain To Swimming Pool Ka Pani Paak Rahega... Paak Rahega... Paak Rahega... Chahe Lakh Aap Ke Dil Me Waswase Aaye, Chahe Lakh Aap Ko Lage Ki Ye Pani Azeeb Sa Lag Raha Hai Mere Dil Me Khayalaat Aa Rahe Hain Ye Sab Aap Ke Dil Ka Khayal Hai Han Aap Apne Dil Ke Ihtiyat Ke Liye Agar Ap Gusl Kar Lete Hain To Ye Aik Alag Mamla Hai Lekin Woh Pani Swimming Pool Ka Paak Hi Rahega.
3 Me Se Koi Ek Cheez Pai Jani Zaroori Hai. Ye To Main Swimming Pool Ka Example Le Kar Bata Rahi Hoon, Koi Bhi Cheez Ho, Khane Peene Ki Koi Bhi Cheez Duniya Me Jo Bhi Hai Agar Khane Peene Ki Cheez, Jism Par Lagane Ki Cheez Jisme Cosmetics Aa Gaye, Fragrance (Khashboo) Aa Gaye, Sabun Shampoo Aa Gaye, Khane Pine Ki Cheez Jaise Chips Chocolates Jo Bhi Hai Jinke Bare Me Umuman Kaha Jata Hai Na Ye Mat Khao Isme Fulan Cheez Mili Hui Hai Isme Khinzeer Ka Gosht Mila Hua Hai Aise Viral Hote Rahte Hain Na.. Whatsapp Par Aur Log Is Par Amal Bhi Karte Hain Or Fatwe Bhi Jari Karte Hain Ki Nahi Ye Nahi Khao Ye Haram Hai. To Sakht Gunahgar Hain Jo Is Tarah Ki Baaten Aage Faylate Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-91)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #8:
Yaad Rakhein Ki Tamam Cheezein Chahe Cosmetics Hon, Khane Pine Ki Cheezein Ho Ya Koi Bhi Cheez Ho Ye Paak Cheezon Se Banai Gai Hain To Paak Hi Hain Agar Aap Ko Inko Napaak Kahna Hai To Fir
1) Ye Ho Ki Aap Ne Apni Aankho Se Usme Najasat Milte Huwe Dekhi Hai Jo Kahte Hain Ki Cadbury Nahi Khaye (Ab Ye Mamla Alag Hai Ki Israeli Product Hai Is Taraf Main Nahi Jati) Paaki Aur Napaki Ke Bare Me Bata Rahi Hoon Ki Hota Hai Na Cadbury Nahi Khaye Isme Khinjeer Ka Gosht Mila Hai Ye Chocolate Nahi Khaye, Fulan Cheez Nahi Khaye Isme Napaaki Hai.. To Aap Ke Samne Jo Chocolate Jo Chips Ka Packet Rakkha Huwa Hai Kya Aap Ne Apni Aankho Se Dekha Hai Isme Najasat Mili Hui Hai Impossible Hai Ye To Ho Hi Nahi Sakta Ki Aap Factory Me Thodi They Wahan Par.
2) Aap Ko Kisi Musalman Muttaqi Parhezgaar Shakhs Ne Kaha Ki Main Ne Apni Aankho Se Dekha Ki Isme Napaaki Milate Hain Koi Factory Me Working Workers Hote Hain Usne Kaha Apni Aankho Se Dekha Hai Tab Napaak Hoga Ye Bhi Mamla Nahi Hota.
3) Teesri Soorat Ki Packet Me Khate Waqt Aap Ko Koi Test, Smell , Napaaki Ka Aa Raha Hai Ye Bhi Nahi Hota. Ya Fir Packet Me Company Ne Hi Likhwa Diya Hai Ki Hum Ne Isme Haram Cheez Milwai Hai Baaz Company Wale Likh Dete Hain Ya Issue Kar Dete Hain Ki Ye Non Halal Hai. To Agar Aisa Khud Packet Me Likha Hai To Han Fir Maan Lein.
Agar Teeno Cheez Nahi Hai To Iska Khana Bhi Halal, Iska Istemal Karna Bhi Halal.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-92)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #9:
Agar Koi Personal Reason Kisi Ka Dil Fir Bhi Kahta Hai Ki Nahi Main Ye Cheez Nahi Khana Chahti Mujhe Aisa Lagta Hai Ho Sakta Hai Ye Baat Sahi Ho To Aap Ka Personal Opinion Hai Aap Amal Karein, Koi Dusre Ko Aap Pyar Se Samjha Dein Nahi Use Karen Ye Bhi Thik Hai Lekin Agar Karta Hai To Usko Aap Force Nahi Kar Sakte Ki Bhai Iski Chhod Dein Ye Haram Hai Ye Najaiz Hai العیاذ باللہ , Jab Shariat Kah Rahi Hai Ki Ye Cheez Halal Hai Paak Hai To Fir Hum Kon Hote Hain Is Cheez Ko Najaiz Karar Dene Wale? Jo Sakhti Ki Taraf Mail Hote Hain Na.. Unke Liye Bilkhusoos Tambeeh Hai Kyun Ki Yaad Rakhein Jis Tarah Allah Ke Haram Ko Halal Batana Kufr Hai Isi Tarah Allah Ke Halal Ko Haram Batana Bhi Kufr Hai Bande Ko Daira E Islam Se Kharij Kar Deta Hai Ye Tamam Cheezon Me Ihtiyat Karni Hai.
To Isme Tamam Cheezein Aap Le Lein Lux Ke Sabun, Shampoo Ke Bare Me Sawal Aata Hai, Cosmetic Ke Bare Me Sawal Aata Hai Ki Isme Ye Dalte Hain Woh Dalte Hain Khanjeer Ka Gosht Charbi Dalte Hain Takriban Takriban Jitne Bhi Lipstick Ke Company's Hain Woh Jante Hain Ki Muslim Iski Taraf Nahi Aate To Unho Ne Apne Tamam Product Se Jo Khinjeer Ki Charbi Hai Eliminate Takriban Kar Diya Hai.
Chemical Vagairah Hi Dalte Hain Yani Halal Cheezin Hi Isme Istemal Hoti Hain.
To Ye Jo Cosmetics Vagairah Hai Jisme Shaq Hota Hai Ki Istemal Karen Ya Nahi To Isme Na Aap Ne Apni Ankho Se Dekha Hai, Na Kisi Ne Bataya Hai Sirf Afwahe Hain To Aap Is Par Amal Nahi Karenge Ye Cheez Istemal Karna Jaiz Hai Agar Company Ne Product Packet Me Bhi Nahi Likha Hai Kuch. Han Agar Likha Hai Ki Hum Isme Ye Ye Cheezein Dalte Hain Ingredients Ya Kahi Par Apne Website Wagairah Par Bata Diya Hai To Fir Aap Usko Istemal Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-93)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #10:
To Ye Jo Cosmetics Vagairah Hai Jisme Shaq Hota Hai Ki Istemal Karen Ya Nahi To Isme Na Aap Ne Apni Ankho Se Dekha Hai, Na Kisi Ne Bataya Hai Sirf Afwahe Hain To Aap Is Par Amal Nahi Karenge Ye Cheez Istemal Karna Jaiz Hai Agar Company Ne Product Packet Me Bhi Nahi Likha Hai Kuch. Han Agar Likha Hai Ki Hum Isme Ye Ye Cheezein Dalte Hain Ingredients Ya Kahi Par Apne Website Wagairah Par Bata Diya Hai To Fir Aap Usko Istemal Nahi Kar Sakte.
To Agar Koi Bahen Cosmetic Wagairah Istemal Kar Bhi Rahi Hai To Bechari Par Baaz Auqaat Itne Bohtan Lagaye Jate Hain معاذ الله Azeeb Azeeb Baatein Thodi Ki Parwah Nahi Hai Makeup Laga Kar Namaz Padh Rahi Namaz Hi Qubool Nahi Hai.. استغفرالله Itni Badi Baat Bolne Wale Hum Kon Hote Hain? Agar Usne Wuzu Kar Ke Paak Cheezon Se Usne Apna Makeup Kiya Hai Ye Tamam Cheezin Laga Kar Namaz Padh Li To Namaz Ho Gai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-94)
Shaq Ka Mas'ala #11:
Code Wala Bhi Aik Mas'ala Hai :
Kuch Log Code Dekhte Hain Ye Code Hai Woh Code Hai To Code Se Aap 100% Confirm Nahi Jaan Sakte Ki Haram Hai Ya Halal Kyun Ki Kuch Cheezein Aisi Hoti Hain Jaise Aap Gelatin Ka Mas'ala Hai Gelatin Aik Aisi Cheez Hai Jisko Haram Tareeqe Se Bhi Nikal Sakte Hain Aur Isko Fish Vagairah, Seafood Se Bhi Nikal Sakte Hain, Plant Wagairah Se Bhi Nikal Sakte Hain To Ab Usne Code Likha Hai Gelatin Ka To Ab Kya Hukm Hoga?
Kya Aap Ko Confirm 100% Pata Hai Ki Ye Product Jo Aap Ke Samne Hai Jo Gelatin Rakhi Hui Hai Ye Napaak Jariye Se Aai Hai? Nahi Pata Hai Na..! To Woh Cheez Paak Rahegi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-95)
Alcohol Wagairah Ka Mas'ala #1 :
Dekhiye Jo Chemical Ke Taur Par Istemal Ho Rahe Hain Abhi To Takriban Har Cheez Me Alcohol Vagairah Aa Gaya Hai Na To Iski Bhi Ijazat Ulama Kiram Ne De Di Hai. Pahle Alcohol Mili Hui Cheezein Jaise Perfume Wagairah Me Mili Hoti Thi To Ye Mana Hi Hota Tha Lekin Abhi Ulama Kiram Ne Iski Ijazat De Di Hai.
Kyun Ki Aap Dekhein Takriban Har Har Cheez Me Alcohol Ki Mixing Ho Chuki Hai Kin Kin Cheezon Me Hum Kah Sakte Hain Ke Bachein Hatta Ki Jo Hum Polish Wagairah Karte Hain Sofe , Chair Vagairah Me Polish Me Bhi Kahi Na Kahi Alcohol Ki Milawat Hoti Hai To Ab Kya Bolenge Ki Banda Chair Par Baith Gaya Pasina Aa Gaya Tari Aa Gai To Kapdd Napaak? Hath Rakh Diya To Tari Se Hath Napaak Kahan Kahan Bachenge?
To Is Daure Jadeed Me Chale Perfume Wagairah Se To Hum Kah Dein Bachen Lekin Dusri Cheezon Me Ihtiyat Bhi Banda Kare To Kitna Kar Sakta Hai.? Yahan Par Ye Kahna Ki Aap Total Alcohol Boycott Kar Dein Mujh Faqeer Ke Nigah Me Ummat Ke Liye Ye Taqleef Ka Bais Hai Aur Sarkar ﷺ Ne Ulama Kiram Se Yahi Farmaya Hai Ke Ummat Ke Liye Aasani Paida Karen Jahan Par Kar Sakte Hain Wahan Paida Karein Yahan Par Aasani Hai To Amal Kar Liya Jaye Agarche Dusri Cheezon Me Bachna Behtar Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-96)
Alcohol Wagairah Ka Mas'ala #2 :
Perfume Ke Bhi Ab Ulma Kiran Ne Ijazat De Diya Agarche Kuch Ulama Ihtiyat Par Hi Amal Karte Hain Main Unke Fatwe Ki Bilkul Respect Karti Hoon Woh Kahte Hain Ki Alcohol Wali Cheezein Na Lagaye Istemal Na Karen Ulama E Hind Me Bilkhusoos Ye Hai Ke Istemal Na Karein Lekin Digar Ulama Kiram Ne Ijazat Di Hai To Is Par Bhi Amal Kiya Ja Sakta Hai Aap Isko Istemal Bilkul Kar Sakte Hain.
Kya Itr Me Bhi Alcohol Hota Hai.?
Nahi Itr Me Alcohol Nahi Hota Woh To Khalis Khushboo Hai.
__ Ye Bahut Bada Hissa Hai Agar Aap Kabhi Seekhein Darse Nizami Me In Tamam Cheezon Ko Usool E Fiqh Me Badi Tafseel Se Padhaya Jata Hai To Waqayi Aisa Hai Ki Ye Ulama Kiram Ka Kaam Hai Kisi Cheez Ko Haram Halaal Karaar Dena Fir Usme Aasaniyan Nikalna Or Unka Ahsan Bhi Hum Par Hai Alcohol Ka Mas'ala Le Lein Ya Digar Cheezein Jaise Cosmetic Ka Mas'ala Hai Agar Isko Sakhti Par Bhi Rakha Jata To Kitni Taqleef Ho Jati Ummat Ke Liye To Ummat Ko Ulama Kiram Ka Ahsan Mand Hona Chahiye Ki Unho Ne Hamare Liye Bahut Sari Cheezein Aasan Kar Ke Di Hain.
Aur Jinho Ne Aasani Nahi Bhi Ata Ki Hai To Hum Unke Khilaf Bhi Nahi Hain Ki Woh Aap Ka Bhala Hi Chah Rahe Hain Aisa Na Ho Ki Aap Koi Haram Cheez Me Mulawwis Ho Jaye, Aap Ki Namazein Barbad Ho Jaye To Jo Cheezein Agar Aap Bach Sakte Hain To Bachen Ye Personal Opinion Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-97)
Alcohol Wagairah Ka Mas'ala #3 :
Wahi Maine Kaha Na Ki Aik Hota Hai Taqwa Aik Hota Hai Fatwa : Aisi Cheez Jab Hum Padhte Hain Ki Isme Alcohol Hai Ye Cheezen Hain Ya Woh Cheezein Hain Dil Nahi Karta Khane Ko Peene Ko Istemal Karne Ko To Thik Hai Ye Aap Ka Taqwa Hai Aap Ka Dil Nahi Bol Raha Hai Ki Isme Thoda Sa Doubt Bhi Hai To Main Isko Na Use Karoon Ye Taqwa Hai Ye Bande Ka. Lekin Fatwa Woh Hota Hai Jo Shariat Ne Hukum Diya Hai To Samne Wale Ke Liye Hamesha Yahi Rakhein Ki Woh Fatwe Par Amal Kare Ki Woh Mera Musalman Bhai Hai Aisa Na Ho Ki Us Par Main Koi Cheez Yani Koi Bada Sa Hukum Bata Doon Ki Jiski Wajah Se Woh Gunahgar Ho Jaye Uski Namazein Barbaad Ho Jaye Aisa Nahi Hona Chahiye Na... To Unke Liye Fatwa Rakhein Taqwa Apne Tak Rakhein.
Iske Liye Behtareen Misal Main Hamesha Se Zikar Karti Aai Hoon Ki Aala Hazrat رحمتہ اللہ علیہ Ne Jaise Jhhinge Ka Mas'ala Aap Ko Pata Hai Na.. Ikhtilafi Mas'ala Hai Ki Iska Khana Jaiz Hai Ya Nahi Ye Machhli Hai Ya Nahi Is Par Ikhtilaf Hai To Baaz Ulama Kiraam Ne Iska Khana Najaiz Likha Hai Gunah Likha Hai Aur Baaz Ne Kaha Hai Ki Jaiz Hai Mere Aaqa Aala Hazrat رحمتہ اللہ علیہ Ki Shaan Dekhein Aap Ne Pura Risala Is Par Likha Hai Bahtareen Tareeqe Se Aap Ne Sabit Kiya Hai Ki Jhhinga Khana Jaiz Hai Machhli Ki Qism Me Se Hi Hai Aur Aala Hazrat Ki Tahqeeq Bhi ما شاء الله Woh Tahqeeq Hi Hoti Hai Aik Aisi Tahqeeq Ki Jin Ulama Kiram Me Najaiz Ka Hukum Bhi Lagaya Hai Agar Woh Is Zamane Me Hote Dekh Lete To Kawi Ummeed Hai Ki Aala Hazrat Ki Baat Maan Lete Aisa Daleel Aap Ne Zikar Farmaya Or Sabit Kar Diya Ki Jhhinga Khana Jaiz Hai Yani Gunah Nahi Hai.
Lekin Aakhir Me Aala Hazrat Kya Likhte Hain Yani Fatwa To Isi Par Hai Ki Jhhinga Khana Jaiz Hai Lekin Unho Ne Zindagi Me Kabhi Jhhinga Nahi Khaya Woh Nahi Khaye Kyun.? Kyun Ki Kuch Ulama Kiraam Ka Isme Ikhtilaf Raha Hai Na.. Bhale Aap Ne Sabit Bhi Kar Diya Lekin Us Ikhtilaf Se Bachne Ke Liye Ye Aap Ka Aala Darze Ka Taqwa Tha Ki Aap Isse Bhi Bachte They Unho Ne Kabhi Nahi Khaya Lekin Itna Bada Fatwa Likha Kyun Fir.? Taki Ummat Ke Liye Aasani Ho Jaye Huzoor ﷺ Ki Ummat Amal Kar Rahi Hai To Aisa Na Ho Jaye Ki Sab Par Gunah Ke Fatwe Lag Jaye Log Kha Rahe Hain To Unko Bachane Ke Liye Aap Ne Fatwa To Jari Kar Diya Lekin Ye Aap Ka Taqwa Tha.. Aur Sath Me Jo Aala Hazrat Ke Manne Wale Hain Unke Liye Ye Dars Bhi Hai Ki Taqwe Ko Apne Tak Rakhna Hai Khud Ki Zaat Par Amal Karna Hai Fatwa Sabhi Ke Liye Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-98)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Kabhi Kabahar Tanki Wagairah Me Koi Janwar Mar Jate Hain To Ab Hame Kya Karna Hoga.? #1
Jaise Kabhi Kabutar Ka Bachcha Ya Kabutar Chala Gaya Gir Gaya Or Mar Gaya, Kabhi Billi Mar Gai, Kabhi Chuha Mar Gaya, Kabhi Chhipkali Mar Gai To Is Soorat Me Fir Kya Karna Hota Hai.? Dekhiye..!! Agar Ye Janwar Jaise Chuha Hai Chhipkali Hai Baar Baar Aate Jate Hain Ye Janwar Kabatar Hai Jo Halal Janwar Hai Agar Ye Tanki Me Gir Gaye Aur Inko Hum Ne Zinda Nikal Diya To Fir Koi Harj Nahi Hai.
Lekin Agar Ye Gir Kar Mar Gaye To Ab Marne Ke Thodi Der Baad Pata Chala Ke Tank Me Fulan Janwar Mara Hua Hai To Ab Kya Karenge.? Aap Dekhein..!! Woh Janwar Agar Foola Ya Fata Nahi Hai Foola Yani Jab Koi Bhi Janwar Ya Insan Marta Hai To Kya Hota Hai Ki Thode Time Agar Woh Pani Me Rahe To Body Me Swelling Aane Lag Jati Hai Uske Baad Pura Jism Fat Jata Hai Aur Uske Andar Ke Jo Bhi Body Parts Hain Woh Pani Me Gulne Milne Lag Jate Hain Yani Body Me Decomposition Start Ho Jata Hai.
To Agar Janwar Foola Ya Fata Nahi Hai Yani Abhi Zyada Time Nahi Hua Hai Janwar Ko Mar Kar Bas Uska Murdar Pani Me Maujood Hai Fir Ihtiyatan Ulama Kiram Ne Hukum Diya Hai Aik Din Aur Aik Raat Ke Pani Ko Napaak Mana Jaye Aur Namazon Wagairah Ka Iyada Kar Liya Jaye Ye Ihtiyatan Hukum Hai Agar Na Bhi Amal Kare Tab Bhi Thik Hai. Lekin Behtar Ye Hota Hai Ki Agar Aasani Ho To Kam Se Kam Ek Din Aur Ek Raat Yani Last 24 Hours Me Aap Ne Jitni Namaz Padhi Hain Utni Repeat Kar Lein, Kapde Wagairah Agar Dhoye Hain Us Pani Se To Unko Paak Kar Lein, Bartan Hai To Unko Paak Kar Lein Is Tarah Ka Hukum Hai Ihtiyatan. Yani Kar Lena Behtar Hota Hai Lekin Agar Koi Nahi Bhi Karta Tab Bhi Koi Harj Nahi Hai. To Ye Hukum Kab Hai.? Jab Foola Fata Na Ho.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-99)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Kabhi Kabahar Tanki Wagairah Me Koi Janwar Mar Jate Hain To Ab Hame Kya Karna Hoga.? #2
Aur Agar Fool Gaya Yani Body Me Swelling Aa Gai Pura Janwar Ka Jism Hi Foot Gaya Hai Pura Decomposition Wala Process Shuru Ho Gaya Hai To Ab Ulama Kiram Ne Ahtiyatan 72 Hours 3 Din Aur 3 Raat Namazon Ko Dohrane Ka Aur Kapde Wagairah Ki Safai Jo Bhi Hai Tamam Cheezon Ko Repeat Karne Ka Hukum Diya Hai Ihtiyati Taur Par Lekin Agar Koi Nahi Bhi Karta To Koi Harj Nahi Hai.
Bahut Se Logon Ko Bechaini Hoti Hai To Fir Woh Taqwa Ikhtiyar Karte Hain Namazon Ko Repeat Kar Lete Hain Lekin Kuch Ghar Wale Aise Hote Hain Ki Woh Namaz Hi Padh Lein To Hum Kahte Hain Ganeemat Hai To Aise Logon Ko Force Na Karen Kyun Ki Ye Ihtiyati Hukum Hai Lazim O Farz O Wajib Ke Darze Me Ulama Kiram Ne Ise Nahi Rakha To Agar Woh Nhi Bhi Repeat Kar Rahe To Unko Unke Haal Par Chhod Diya Jaye.
Bahrhaal Behtar Ye Hota Hai Ki Agar Foola Fata Na Ho To 24 Hours Ki Namazen Wagairah Repeat Karen Aur Paaki Wagairah Ko Dekh Lein, Aur Agar Foola Fata Hai To Previous 72 Hours Ka Aap Ko Khayal Karna Hai Ki Kya Kya Namazen Wagairah Ada Ki Hain Unko Repeat Kar Lein.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-100)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Dhoop Ke Garam Pani Se Wuzu Ka Mas'ala #1 :
Aik Sawal Ye Aata Hai Ke Dhoop Me Garam Kiye Huwe Pani Se Wuzu Or Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.?
Dekhiye Jo Pani Dhoop Se Garam Huwa Hai Aur Kisi Metal Ke Bartan Me Rakha Ho Aur Dhoop Ki Garmi Se Woh Pani Garam Huwa Ho To Fir Usse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl Karne Me Ihtiyat Karen Chunki Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya Hai Isko Istemal Karne Se Kodh Ki Bimari (Bars) Ki Bimari Aati Hai. Yani Jo Jism Par Safed Dhabbe Aate Hain To Ye Bimari Aane Ka Andesa Hota Hai To Aise Pani Ko Istemal Karne Se Bachna Chahiye Lekin Agar Koi Istemal Karta Hai To Gunahgar Bhi Nahi Hoga Aur Na Hi Aisa Hai Ke Uska Wuzu Nahi Hua Aisa Kuch Bhi Nahi Hai Wuzu Bhi Ho Jayega Gunahgar Bhi Nahi Hoga Lekin Chunki Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farma Diya Hai Ki Isme Bimari Aane Ka Andesa Hai Lihaza Isse Bachna Chahiye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-101)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Dhoop Ke Garam Pani Se Wuzu Ka Mas'ala #2 :
Ab Gaur Karen Maine Kya Kaha? Ki Woh Pani Dhoop Se Garam Huwa Ho. Matlab Aap Ne Geyser Se Garam Kar Liya Electricity Se Garam Kar Liya Aur Istemal Kar Liya To Koi Problem Nahi Hai. Second Condition Maine Kaha Ki Woh Metal Ke Bartan Wagairah Me Garm Huwa Ho To Agar Metal Ka Bartan Nahi Hai Plastic Wagairah Ka Bartan Hai Tab Bhi Aap Usse Wuzu Aur Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Koi Issue Nahi Hai.
Agar Koi Metal Ka Bartan Jaise Copper, Aluminium, Steel Jo Bhi Hai Metal Ka Bartan Bahar Rakhe Huwe They Us Par Dhoop Pad Rahi Thi Jiski Wajah Se Woh Pani Garam Huwa To Foran Usko Istemal Na Karen, Balki Kuch Der Ke Liye Thanda Hone Ke Liye Chhod Dein Jab Thanda Ho Jaye Tab Istemal Karen.
Han..!! Agar Plastic Wagairah Me Pani Rakha Tha Jaise Plastic Ke Bucket Me Pani Rakha Tha Aur Dhoop Me Garam Ho Gaya To Fori Taur Par Aap Istemal Kar Sakte Hain, Ya Fir Plastic Ka Nahi Matel Ka Hi Bartan Tha Lekin Usme Chulhe Se Pani Garam Kar Ke Usko La Kar Daal Diya Gaya Tab Bhi Aap Istemal Kar Sakte Hain.
Dono Conditions Pani Jaye Yani Metal Ka Bartan Aur Dhoop Se Woh Garam Huwa Ho Tab Us Pani Ko Istemal Karne Se Sarkar ﷺ Ne Mana Farmaya Hai Isse Bachna Chahiye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-102)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Zam -Zam Ke Pani Se Wuzu Or Gusl Kar Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.?
Dekhiye Zam-Zam Ka Pani To Hai Maaye Mutlaq Hi Hai Isme Shaq Nahi Hai. Jo Aap Ke Barish Ke Pani Ke Qualities Hain Woh Zam - Zam Pai Jati Hain Ye Pani Hi Hai To Isse Aap Wuzu Aur Gusl To Kar Sakte Hain Lekin Isse Wuzu Aur Gusl Nahi Karna Chahiye Kyun Ki Ye Us Mubarak Pani Ki Beadabi Hai.
Islam Me Hame Adab Ka Bahut Bada Dars Diya Gaya Hai Ki Har Cheez Ki Respect (Adab) Karen To Zam - Zam Ke Pani Ke Liye Bhi Bahut Zyada Respect Bayan Ki Gai Hai Isi Liye Isko Khade Ho Kar Peene Ka Hukum Diya Gaya Hai Jabke Baqi Pani Baith Ke Piye Jate Hain.
To Zam Zam Ke Pani Ka Bahut Respect Hai To Isse Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Liye Na Istemal Kiya Jaye Agar Kisi Ne Kar Liya Tab Bhi Wuzu Aur Gusl Ho Jayega Gunahgar Bhi Banda Nahi Hota Lekin Ye Sakht Beadabi Hai Isse Bachna Chahiye Hatta Ke Zam Zam Ke Pani Ko Paer Ke Niche Bhi Nahi Lana Chahiye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-103)
Pani Ka Bayan :
Pipe Line Me Kabhi Thoda Sa Khara Pani Aata Hai Or Isse Banda Wuzu Or Gusl Karta Hai To Kya Ho Jayega.?
Ji Haan Khara Pan Hai Tab Bhi Ho Jayega Jab Tak Ke Uska Riqqat Or Saylan Disturb Nahi Huwa Hai Usme Flowing Hone Ki Bhi Capacity Hai Patla Bhi Hai To Agar Pani Me Khara Pan Hai Tab Bhi Wuzu Or Gusl Ho Jayega. Isi Tarah Dariya Wagairah Me Ja Kar Log Wuzu, Gusl Kar Lete Hain Wuzu Or Gusl Ho Jata Hai Namak Hone Se Koi Aap Ko Issue Nahi Aayega Wuzu Or Gusl Ho Jayega.
Aik Sawal Ye Aaya Tha Ki Western Toilet 🚽 Par Paaki Ka Kya Hukum Hai.?
Western Toilet Istemal Karna Me Harj Nahi Hai Bas Ye Hai Ki Usme Careful Aap Ko Rahna Hai Ki Chhiten Wagairah Kapde Par Ya Jism Par Na Aaye To Isse Bachte Huwe Istemal Karne Me Koi Harj Nahi Hai Baki Ho Jayegi Thoda Ihtiyat Se Isme Aap Ko Kaam Lena Hoga.
Yahan Par Pani Ka Topic Mukammal Taur Par Finish Ho Gaya Ab Hum Next Topic Ki Taraf Aa Rahe Hain Aur Woh Hai Jhooton Ka Bayan.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-104)
Jhoote Ka Bayan :
Jhoota Kise Kahte Hain.? Jaise Pani Ka Glas Hai Kisi Ne Usse Pee Liya To Ab Ye Jhoota Ho Gaya. Isko Jhoota Kis Wajah Se Kahte Hain? Is Wajah Se Ki Ho Sakta Hai Samne Wale Ne Pani Piya Hai To Iska Salayba (Thook) Jo Hota Hai Woh Usme Shamil Ho Jayega To Fir Hum Kahte Hain Ki Ye Cheez Jhooti Ho Gai. Warna Agar Bottle Utha Kar Upar Se Peete Hain To Koi Nahi Kahta Ki Pani Jhoota Ho Gaya. Jab Muh Laga Kar Peete Hain To Fir Kahte Hain Pani Jhoota Ho Gaya Yani Samne Wale Ke Agar Thook Ke Kuch Ajza (Particle) Pani Me Chale Jaye To Fir Woh Pani Jhoota Ho Jata Hai.
To Ab Mukhtalif Cheezon Ke Jhooten Hote Hain To Kya Ye Napaak Hain.? Paak Hain.? Ye Hum Is Chapter Me Padhenge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-105)
Jhoote Ka Bayan :
Sab Se Pahle Yaad Rakhen Ki Duniya Ke Har Insan Ka Jhoota Paak Hota Hai Napaak Nahi Hota Har Insan Me Sab Log Shamil Hain Musalman ,Kafir, Bachha, Budha, Jawan, Mard, Aurat, Ajnabi, Mahram Jo Bhi Aap Le Lein Har Har Bande Ka Jhoota Paak Hai Hatta Ke Kafir Ka Jhoota Bhi Paak Hota Hai Agar Kafir Ne Kisi Glas Se Pani Pee Liya Aur Usko Rakh Diya To Aap Us Pani Ko Pee Sakte Hain.
Agarche Ulama Kiram Kahte Hain Ki Kafir Ke Jhooton Se Bhi Bachna Chahiye Jaise Bahut Sari Cheezen Paak Hoti Hain Lekin Unko Dekh Kar Hum Ghhin Khate Hain Jaise Kisi Ne Thook Hi Diya Ho To Banda Kareeb Jane Se Fir Ghhin Katrata Hai Halanki Thook To Paak Hai Insan Ka To Fir Uske Kareeb Nahi Jate Kyun? Kyun Ki Ghhin Aati Hai. To Cheezen Paak Hona Apne Taur Par Hota Hai Lekin Kafir Ke Bhi Jhoote Se Ghhin Khani Chahiye Aur Bachna Chahiye. Lekin Agar Kisi Ne Pee Liya To Ye Napaak Nahi Kafir Ka Jhoota Bhi Paak Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-106)
Jhoote Ka Bayan :
Kabhi Kabhi Aisa Hota Hai Ki Work Place Me Kisi Ne Koi Cheez Rakh Di Pani Rakh Di Aur Kisi Ne Pee Liya Kafir Ka Jhoota Tha Kha Bhi Liya To Isme Harj Nahi Hai Banda Gunahgar Nahi Hota Hai Agarche Bachna Behtar Hai Lekin Kabhi Kabhar Situation Aisi Aa Jati Hai Ki Aap Usse Bach Nahi Pate To Tab Aap Is Par Amal Kar Sakte Hain. To Kafir Ka Bhi Jhoota Paak Hai Musalman Ka Bhi, Chhote Bade Sab Ka Jhoota Paak Hai.
Agar Kafir Aisa Hai Ki Jisne معاذ الله Sharab Pi Li Hai, Koi Napaak Cheez Usne Kha Li Hai Aisa Koi Mamla Ho Gaya Hai Aur Foran Glas Me Muh Laga Kar Pani Pee Liya To Ab Zahir Si Baat Hai Woh Napaaki Pani Ke Sath Mil Gai Hogi Is Liye Ke Sharab Piya Or Foran Glas Utha Kar Pani Pee Liya Toh Glas Me Napaaki Chali Gai Hogi Sharab Chale Gaye Honge To Ab Woh Pani Napaak Hai Najasat Agar Muh Me Thi Aur Foran Pani Wagairah Pee Liya To Woh Jhoota Napaak Hai. Warna Iske Alawa Soorton Me Jhoota Paak Hota Hai
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-107)
Jhoote Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Kuch Log Sawal Karte Hain Ki Ajnabi Mard Ka Agar Jhoota Hai To Kya Aurat Pee Sakti Hai.?
Pee Sakti Hai Isme Koi Problem Nahi Hai Jab Tak Ke Isme Kuch Galat Khayalaat Wagairah La Kar Na Piye Woh To Aik Alag Mamla Hai Pani Bahrhaal Paak Hai. Isi Tarah Kabhi Aisa Hota Hai Aap Ke Peer Sahab Ne Pani Pee Liya Aur Unka Pani Baqi Rah Gaya Hai Aurat Ke Liye Peer Na Mahram Hi Hain Lekin Fir Bhi Tabarruk (Barkat) Hasil Karne Ke Liye Hum Usse Pani Pee Lete Hain To Ye Jaiz Hai Pee Sakte Hain Isme Koi Harj Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-108)
Jhoote Ka Bayan :
Ab Aate Hain Janwar Ki Taraf : Yaad Rakhen Jitne Bhi Halal Janwar Hote Hain Inka Jhoota Paak Hota Hai. Halal Janwar Kon Se Hote Hain.? Jinko Aap Kha Sakte Hain..! To Is Tamam Janwaron Ka Jhoota Paak Hota Hai Jaise : Gaay, Bhais, Bail, Bakri Ghoda Agarche Ghoda Khane Ka Hamare Yahan Riwaz Nahi Hai Lekin Ghode Ka Gost Halal Hota Hai Kha Sakte Hain To Ghode Ka Jhoota Bhi Paak Hai.. Isi Tarah Medha Hai Jo Bhi Aap Le Lenn Jo Janwar Hum Khate Hain Inka Jhoota Paak Hota Hai.
Iski Wajah Bhi Samajh Lein Kyun Ki Dekhen Halal Janwaron Ka Gost Halal Hota Hai Paak Hota Hai Aap Jante Hain To Zuban Aap Samajh Len Gosht Se Hi Connected Hai Gosht (Body) Ka Aik Hissa Hi Hai Aur Isi Se Thook Ban Raha To Jab Jism Pura Paak Hai To Zuban Bhi Paak Aur Zuban Se Nikalne Wala Jo Thook Hai Woh Bhi Paak To Ye Thook Pani Me Milega To Jis Pani Melega Woh Pani Bhi Paak Rahega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-109)
Jhoote Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Aap Ke Ghar Me Jo Janwar Aate-Jaate Hain Jinke Baare Me Pahle Hum Samjha Diye The Jaise Billi Ka Jhoota, Chohe Ka Jhoota, Chhipkali Ka Jhoota Kyun Ki Ye Ghar Me Baar Baar Aate Jate Rahte Hain Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Me Se Hain Hona To Ye Chahiye Tha Ki Inka Jhoota Napaak Hota. Lekin..!! Hamari Aasani Ke Liye Masle Me Aasani De Di Gai Hai Ki Inka Jhoota Istemal Karna Makrooh E Tanzeehi Hota Hai. To In Janwaron Ka Jhoota Makrooh, Or Halal Janwaron Ka Jhoota Paak Hai.
Jugali Ka Hukm : Isi Tarah Jo Janwar Jugali Karte Hain Jugali Yani Gay Wagairah Ko Aap Ne Dekha Hoga Ki Woh Kaise Khate Hain.? Pahle Kha Lete Hain Foran Nigal Jate Hain Fir Dubara Se Usko Bahar Nikal Kar Fir Chapate Hain Aur Fir Khate Hain To Jo Ye Pet Ke Andar Daal Ka Wapas Bahar Nikal Rahe Hain Ye Jo Khana Hoga Ye Ab Napaak Hai. Agar Jugali Karte Huwe Gaay Ne Muh Pani Me Daal Diya To Fir Woh Pani Napaak Ho Jayega To Janwaron Ki Jo Jugali (Cud) Hoti Hai Ye Napaak Hai, Warna Unka Thook Wagairah Paak Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-110)
Jhoote Ka Bayan :
Halal Janwar Ke Alawa Jo Halal Birds Hote Hain Inka Jhoota Bhi Paak Hai Jaise Murgi Hai, Kabutar, Chidiya Hai, Tota Hai, Batakh Hai Ye Tamam Birds Ke Jhoote Bhi Paak Hote Hain. Hatta Ki Ulama Kiraam Ne Aasani Ke Liye Haram Birds Ke Jhoote Ko Bhi Paak Karar Diya Hai Jaise Kawwa Hai, Cheel Hai, Eagle Hai Ye Haram Birds Hain Lekin Inke Jhoote Ko Ulama Kiram Ne Aasani Ke Tahat Paak Karar Diya Hai.
Iske Alawa Haram Janwar Jinko Aap Nahi Kha Sakte Or Tawwafeen Tawwafaat Me Se Bhi Nahi Aa Rahe Jaise : Sher, Cheeta, Kutta Ye Tamam Janwar Haram Hain To Inka Gosht Haram To Inka Jo Salaiba (Thook) Inke Body Me Ban Raha Hai Ye Bhi Napaak Or Pani Bhi Napaak Ho Jayega Jisme Ye Muh Dalenge To Haram Janwar Jitne Bhi Hain Inka Jhoota Napaak Hota Hai.
Aur Gadhe Or Khachchar Ka Jhoota Mashqooq Hot Hai Kyun Ki Ye Janwar Hi Mashqooq Hai To Inka Jhoota Bhi Mashqooq Ho Jayega.
Short Me Kahun To Tamam Insano Ka Jhoota Paak, Halaal Janwaron Ka Jhoota Paak, Halaal Parindo Ka Jhoota Paak, Tawwafeen Or Tawwafaat Ka Jhoota Makrooh Me Aa Jata Hai Lekin Bahrhaal Isko Aap Paak Hi Maan Sakte Hain, Haram Janwar Jitne Bhi Hain Inka Jhoota Napaak Najasat E Galeeza Hai. To Ye Jhooton Ka Topic Ho Gaya Ab Next Ki Taraf Aate Hain....
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-111)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Najasat 2 Tarah Ki Hoti Hai Najasate Haqeeqiya Aur Najasate Hukmiya.
① Najasate Haqeeqiya : Woh Najasat Jisko Aap Dekh Sakte Hain, Feel Kar Sakte Hain, Touch Kar Sakte Hain, Smell Kar Sakte Hain Aur Isko Touch Karne Se Samne Wale Ke Bhi Hath Napaak Ho Jate Hain Yani Ye Aik Cheez Se Dusre Cheez Par Transfer Ho Sakti Hai.
② Najasate Hukmiya : Woh Najasat Jise Na Aap Dekh Sakte Hain, Na Feel Kar Sakte Hain, Na Touch Kar Sakte Hain, Na Smell Kar Sakte Aur Na Hi Ye Najasat Touch Karne Se Transfer Ho Jati Hai Aisa Kuch Bhi Nahi Hai, Shariat Ne Kaha Hai Ki Ye Najasat Hai To Hum Isko Najasat Mante Hain Jaise Bewuzu Pan, Halate Janabat, Halate Haiz O Nifas Wagairah Ye Najasate Hukmiya Hoti Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-112)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Najasate Haqeeqiya Ke Majeed 2 Type Ban Jate Hain : ¹Najasate Ghaleeza Aur ²Najasate Khafeefa.
Ghaleeza Yani Galeez, Ghaleez Kise Kahte Hain Hum? Bahut Gandi Cheez Ko To Najasate Galeeza Aap Samajh Len Ki Ye Bahut Zyada Gandi Najasat Hoti Hai Jaise Shariat Ne Kaha Hai Ki Ye Bahut Gandi Najasat Hai Aur Iska Thoda Sa Bhi Mikdaar (Quantity) Jism Par Lag Jaye, Kapde Par Lag Jaye To Fir Hame Paki Ka Hukm De Diya Jata Hai Yani Isme Hame Aasani Bahut Kam Di Gai Hai.
Jab Ke Najasate Khafeefa Aap Samajh Len Light Wala Najasat Hai Iska Hukm Thoda Light Hai. Hai To Napaaki Hi Lekin Iska Hukm Thoda Aasan Rakh Diya Gaya Hai Taki Logon Ke Liye Isme Thoda Bahut Aasani Ho.
Ab Main Aap Ko Bataungi Ki Najasate Ghaleeza Kon Se Hote Hain? Najasate Khafeefa Kon Se Hote Hain? Fir Inse Related Ruls Kya Hain Kab Paak Karna Hai, Kab Paak Karna Zaroori Nahi Chal Jayega Agar Inko Chhod Diya Gaya Ye Main Aap Ko Bayan Karungi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-113)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Sab Se Pahle Aap Aik Rule Note Karen : Ye Rule Hai Ke Ooncha Udne Wale Halal Parindon Ki Beet (Toilet) Paak Hoti Hai. Aap Samajh Len Isme 3 Conditions Maine Laga Di Teeno Jab Paye Jayege To Woh Beet Paak Hogi Warna Nahi.
Isme Halal Janwar Nahi Hain, Halal Parinda Hai. Halal Parinde Kon Se Hain.? Jo Aap Kha Sakte Hain Jaise : Kabootar Hai, Maina Hai, Tota Hai Ye Halaal Parinde Hain Or Ye Parinde Ooncha Bhi Udte Hain Ooncha Udna Yani Jo Aasman Tak Lambe Ja Sakte Hain Kabhi Aasman Ke Height Par Ja Sakte Hain To Inko Hum Kahte Hain Ki Ye Ooncha Udne Wale Parinde Hain.
Udne Ke Liye To Badakh Bhi Udte Hain, Murgi Bhi Udti Hai Lekin Kya Ye Bahut Oochai Par Ud Sakti Hai? Nahi..!! Isi Tarah Mor Hai Mor Bhi Zyada Height Par Nahi Ud Sakta Kya Woh Ud Kar Upar Kafi Distance Tak Ja Sakta Hai.? Nahi..!!
To Woh Halaal Parinde Jo Oocha Udte Hain Aur Kabhi Door Tak Bhi Ja Sakte Hain Inki Beet Ye Paak Hoti Hai Isme Napaaki Ka Concept Hi Nahi Hai. To Iska Matlab Ye Huwa Ki Tote Ki Beet Hai To Woh Paak Hai Isi Tarah Kabutar Ki Beet Paak Hai Kyun Ki Kabutar Halal Parinda Bhi Hai Aur Ooncha Udta Bhi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-114)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
To Agar Kisi Kabutar Ne Aap Ke Kapdon Me Beet Kar Diya To Is Kapde Ko Paak Karna Zaroori Nahi Hai Inhi Kapdon Me Aap Namaz Bhi Ada Kar Sakte Hain Balki Aisi Halat Me Isko Aap Ne Washing Machine Me Kapde Daal Kar Dho Bhi Diye Tab Bhi Woh Kapda Paak Rahega.
Agarche Insan Ki Fitrat Aisi Hoti Hai Clearness Ka Mamla Aisa Hota Hai Ki Woh Uako Paak Saf Kar Ke Hi Dalta Hai Lekin Agar Jism Par Lag Jaye Jaise Eid Ke Liye Jate Waqt Hota Hai Kabhi Kabhaar Mardon Ke Kapdon Par Kabutat Beet Kar Dete Hain To Woh Sochte Hain Ki Hum Namaz Nahi Padh Sakte. Galat Hai..! Aap Namaz Bilkul Isme Ada Kar Sakte Hain Bila Karahat Ada Kar Sakte Hain. Isme Koi Karahat Koi Makrooh E Tanzeehi Wala Mamla Bhi Nahi Paya Jata Bilkul Jaiz Hai Kyun Ki Ye Cheez Paak Hai Aisa Hi Hai Jaise Koi Paak Cheez Aap Ke Upar Gir Gai To Halal Parinde Jo Ooncha Udte Hain Inki Beet Paak Hoti Hai.
Isi Tarah Kabutar Wagairah Masjid Me Aate Hain Aur Masjid Ke Farsh Me Kitna Bhi Beet Kar Den Masjid Ka Farsh Paak Hi Rahta Hai, Makka Madina Me Bilkhusoos Aap Dekhen Chhote Chhote Chidiya Dakhil Ho Jate Hain Kabutat Aap Ko Bahut Sare Andar Nazar Aayenge Kabhi Kabhaar To Kafi Sare Andar Aa Jate Hain To Ye Hote Hain Aur Kabhi Inho Ne Beet Bhi Kar Di To Koi Harj Nahi Hai Isme Chunki Inka Beet Paak Hai To Isme Problem Nahi Hai Agar Ye Parinde Andar Bhi Aa Jate Hain
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-115)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
To Halal Parinde Jo Ooncha Udte Hain Inki Beet Paak Hoti Hai. Iska Opposite Aap Le Len Jo Haram Parinde Hain Jo Ooncha Udte Hain Inki Beet Napaak Hoti Hai Jaise Kawwa, Cheel, Eagle To Ye Tamam Ooncha (Height Par) Udte Hain Kawwa Bhi Ooncha Udta Hai Lekin Chunki Haram Hai Isliye Iski Beet Napaak Hai.
Isi Tarah Jo Halal Parinde Hain Jo Ooncha Nahi Udte Jaise Murgi, Batakh Vagairah Inki Beet Bhi Najasat E Ghaleeza Hoti Hai To Gaao Me Murgiyan Wagairah Khuli Rakhte Hain To Murgi Ki Beet Kabhi Yahan Par Padi Hai Wahan Par Padi Hai Kapde Par Lag Gai To Kapde Napak Ho Jayenge Najasate Ghaleeza Wala Rules Apply Hoga.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-116)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Kabhi Kabhaar Ye Murgiyan Kunwe Wagairah Me Chadh Kar Baith Jati Hain Kuwan Khula Rakhte Hain To Fir Murgi Ne Beet Pani Me Kar Diya To Yaad Rakhen Pura Kuwan Napaak Ho Jayega Isme Koi Aasani Nahi Hai. Isme Bande Ke Liye Hukm Tha Ki Kuwan Wagairah Dhaak Kar Rakhta Taki Napaaki Wagairah Na Gire Bahut Se Log Kahte Hain Ki Itna Pani Hai Ab Kya Kar Sakte Hain.? To Ab Kuch Nahi Kar Sakte Pura Kuwan Khali Karna Padega Murgi Ki Beet Se Pura Kuwan Napaak Ho Jata Hai Ye Masle Aap Ko Pata Hone Chahiye The.
Ab Isme 2 Cheezen Hoti Hain Ya To Fir Woh Koi Aur Hal Nikal Rahe Hote Hain Kuch Aur Soch Kar Us Par Amal Kar Rahe Hote Hain Ya Fir Nazar Andaaz Kar Dete Hain Kya Hoga Thodi Bahut Beet Gira Hoga Thoda Bahut Pani Nikala Kuwan Ko Paak Samajhne Lage Isi Me Khana Peena Wuzu , Gusl Sab Kuch Hota Rahta Hai Woh Pura Mamla Hi Bigad Gaya Aap Samajh Len. Isliye Kuwe Ko Cover Kar Ke Rakhen Jahan Par Murgiyan Hon, Batakh Hon Aur Pata Hai Ki Yahan Par Najasat Girne Ka Andesa Hai To Un Cheezon Ko Protect Karne Ki Zimmedari Aap Ki Hai Isme Shariat Ka Hukm Difficult Nahi Aap Ki Kotahi Ki Wajah Se Aik Difficult Hukm Aap Ki Taraf Aa Gaya To Kotahi Nahi Karni Aisi Koi Jagahen Hain To Fir Inko Hum Cover Kar Ke Rakhe Gein.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-117)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Ab Pahle Main Aap Ko Najasate Khafeefa Samjhati Hoon : Agar Aap Ne Najasate Khafeefa Ko Samajh Liya Isme 2 Point Hain Ye Samajh Liye To Iske Baad Samajh Lein Ki In 2 Cheezon Ke Alawa Jo Bhi Najasat Hai Woh Tamam Cheez Najasate Ghaleeza Hi Hongi. Najasate Khafeefa Sirf 2 Hi Cheezen Hoti Hain Inke Alawa Jitni Bhi Najasat Hai Sab Ki Sab Najasate Ghaleeza Hoti Hai.
Ab Dekhen Najasate Khafeefa Kon Se Hain :
(1) Ooncha Udne Wale Haram Parindon Ki Jo Beet Hai Ye Najasate Khafeefa Hai. Misal Ke Taur Par Kawwa, Eagle, Fikra, Baaz Jo Bhi Aap Le Len Ye Tamam Parinde Haram Hain To Inki Beet Najasate Khafeefa Hai.
(2) Iske Alawa Jo Halal Janwaron Ka Peshab Hota Hai Halal Janwar Jaise : Bakra- Bakri, Gaay, Bhais, Ghoda Ye Halal Janwar Hain Na Inke Peshab Najasate Khafeefa Hai.
Iske Alawa Jitni Bhi Cheezein Hain Sab Ke Sab Najasate Ghaleeza Hain Jo Bhi Najasat Bachi Hai To Ab Haram Janwar Jaise Sher Hai Kutta Hai Inka Peshab Najasate Ghaleeza, Inka Toilet Najasate Ghaleeza, Inka Thook Najasate Ghaleeza Maine Aap Ko Last Topic Me Bataya Tha Na Ki Haram Janwaron Ka Jo Salaiba Hota Hai Jo Jhoota Hota Hai Ye Napaak Hai Najasate Ghaleeza Hai. Kyun Ki Khafeefa Me Sirf 2 Cheezen Hi Aati Hain Haram Parinde Jo Ooncha Udte Hain Inki Beet Najasate Khafeefa Aur Jo Halal Janwaron Ka Peshab Hota Hai Ye Najasate Khafeefa Aap Ki Aasani Ke Liye Shariat Ne In 2 Cheezon Ko Khafeefa Rakkha Hai Inke Hukm Me Bahut Zyada Aasani De Di Gai Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-118)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Kyun Ki Dekhen Jo Haram Parinde Ooncha Udte Rahte Hain Jaise Kawwa Hai Agar Ye Beet Kar De To Fir Banda Parshani Me Mubtala Ho Jata Hai Kabhi Bhi Kawwa Vagairah Ye Mamla Kar Sakte Hain To Isme Bahut Zyada Difficulty Aa Jati Agar Kaha Jata Ki Kapde Aap Paak Karen. Bilkul Jahan Par Kauwwe Bahut Zyada Ho To Aisi Logon Ke Liye Difficulty Hoti To Shariat Ne Isme Aasani De Di.
Isi Tarah Jo Farmeing Vagairah Karte Hain Jinke Gharon Me Janwar Hote Hain Woh Samajhte Hain Ye Jo Bakriya Hain Gaay Wagairah Hain Ye Kahi Bhi Peshab Kar Dete Hain To Inhi Ke Beech Me Log Kabhi Doodh Dohte Hote Hain Kabhi Chara Daal Rahe Hain Kabhi Unke Nahla Rahe Hain To Janwar Ne Peshab Kar Diya To Kuch Chheeten Aap Par Aa Gaye Isme Ab Kaha Jaye Ki Thoda Bhi Hai To Pura Jism Napaak Ho Gaya Is Tarah Kahenge To Ye Bahut Zyada Parshani Ka Aalam Ho Jata To Is Liye Ye 2 Category Me Aasani De Di Gai Hai.
Iske Alawa Kitni Bhi Najasatein Aap Le Len Tamam Ki Tamam Ghaleeza Hain. Jitni Bhi Najasatein Yani Jo Bhi Najasat Hamari Body Se Nikle Chahe Muh Bhar Ki Ulti Ho, Dukhti Aankh Ka Pani Ho, Dukhte Kaan Ka Pani Ho, Isi Tarah Peep Hai, Khoon Hai, Peshab Hai Iske Alawa Mazi Hai, Mani Hai, Badi Hai Jo Bhi Hai Jitni Bhi Najasate Hain Sab Ke Sab Galeeza Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-119)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Najasate Ghaleeza Aur Najasate Khafeefa Ka Hukm (Rules) Kya Hota Hai.?
Maine Kaha Jo Najasate Ghaleeza Hoti Hai Iska Hukm Thoda Strict Hota Hai. Ki Agar Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Aur Aap Ke Body Par Lag Gai Hai To Fir Kuch Sooraton Me Ise Namaz Wagairah Se Pahle Paak Karna Sunnat Hota Hai, Kuch Sooraton Me Wajib Hota Hai, Aur Kuch Soorat Me Farz Hota Hai Isko Samajhne Se Pahle Main Aap Ko Dirham Samjha Deti Hoon Ki Dirham Kya Hota Hai.
Dirham Ye Hota Hai.? Ki Agar Aap Apni Hatheli Aage Kar Len Aur Bilkul Thoda Sa Bend Kar Len Pura Cup Jaise Nahi Karna Thosa Sa Karna Hai Aur Ab Aap Ki Hatheli Jo Thoda Sa Bend Hai Isme Aap Ko Pani Daalna Hai To Aap Ye Experiment Kar Ke Dekhen. Kya Karenge.? Hatheli Ko Samne Kar Ke Isko Thoda Sa Bend Kar Lenge Aur Hatheli Me Pani Dalte Rahenge After Some Time Kya Hoga Ki Aap Pani Daal Rahe Hain.. Daal Rahe Hain.. Aik Point Aisa Aa Jayega Ki Iske Baad Agar Aap Aik Katra Bhi Dalen To Pani Side Se Bah Kar Niche Gir Jayega Pani To Ye Jo Maximum Aap Ke Hatheli Me Pani Aa Sakta Hai Isko Hum Kahte Hain Aik Dirham.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-120)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Ye Dirham Aap Ko Samajhna Hai Kyun Ki Isi Se Fir Aap Ko Estimation Lagana Hai. To Hath Aage Rakh Kar Hatheli Ko Thoda Bend Karen Pani Dalen Or Maximum Jitna Aap Ka Hath Pani Jitna Hold Kar Sakta Hai Dekhen Ye Hota Hai Aik Diraham.
Ab Samjhen Najasate Ghaleeza Ka Agar Aik Dirham Se Kam Quantity Aap Ke Kapdon Par Lag Jata Hai Ya Aap Ke Body Me Kisi Jagah Par Lag Jata Hai To Fir Namaz Ke Liye Isko Paak Karna Sunnate Mubaraka Hota Hai. Yani Namaz Se Pahle Aap Isko Aap Paak Kar Len Ye Bahut Achhi Baat Hai Karna Chahiye.
Lekin Agar Banda Paak Nahi Karta Najasate Ghaleeza Jaise 2-4 Katre Khoon Hai Ye To Aik Dirham Se Kam Hi Hain To Kapde Me Lage The Aurat Ne Isi Halat Me Namaz Padh Li To Kya Namaz Ho Jayegi.? Bilkul Ho Jayegi Kyun Ki Aik Dirham Se Jab Kam Najasate Ghaleeza Body Par Kapdon Par Lag Jati Hai To Fir Isko Paak Karna Sunnate Mubaraka Hota Hai Agar Banda Paak Nahi Karta Tab Bhi Gunahgar Nahi Hota Namaz Bhi Ada Ho Jati Hai Han Is Soorat Me Sawab Me Bande Ke Kami Ho Jati Hai. Kyun Ki Sunnat Tariqa Ye Tha Ki Puri Paaki Ke Sath Namaz Ada Kare Lekin Na Bhi Kiya To Namaz Ke Sawab Me Kami Ho Jayegi Lekin Bahrhaal Namaz Bhi Ho Jayegi Aur Banda Gunahgar Bhi Nahi Hota. Ye Kab Hai? Jab Aik Dirham Se Kam Ho Najasat.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-121)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Ab Next Soorat Hai Ki Exactly Aik Dirham Ho Jitna Aik Dirham Hota Hai Bilkul Exactly Utna Hi Tha To Fir Is Soorat Me Kapdon Ko Ya Body Ko Paak Karna Wajib Hota Hai Yani Paak Karna To Aap Ko Padega. Agar Nahi Kiya To.? Namaz To Ho Jayegi Lekin Namaz Makrooh E Tahreemi Hogi Wajibul Ea'ada Hogi. Makrooh E Tahreemi Yani Ye Jo Aap Ne Is Tarah Namaz Padha Puri Paaki Ke Bigair Is Par Aap Ko Gunah Sageera Mila Aur Agar Kisi Ne Aadat Bana Li To Ye Gunahe Kabeera Ban Gaya.
Namaz Uski Maani Jayegi Lekin Zindagi Me Kabhi Bhi Usko Is Namaz Ko Repeat Karna Padega Puri Paaki Ke Sath. Jaise Zohar Ka Waqt Tha Jism Par Aik Dirham Najasate Galeeza Lagi Hui Thi Aurat Ne Isi Halat Me Zohar Ki Namaz Padh Li To Ab Jab Asar Ka Waqt Aa Jayega To Hum Ye Nahi Kahenge Ki Namaz Hi Nahi Hui Uski Namaz Qaza Ho Gai.. Nahii.!! Namaz Qaza Nahi Mani Jayegi Consider To Hogi Lekin Woh Namaz Aap Ki Namae Aamal Me Incomplete Likhi Jayegi Isko Pura Complete Nahi Mana Jayega Kaha Jayega Banda Puri Paki Ke Sath Namaz Nahi Padhi
To Ab Is Incompleteness Ko Hatane Ke Liye Aap Ko Hukm Diya Jata Hai Ki Dubara Padhe Is Liye Nahi Ki Namaz Qaza Hui Hai, Qaza Aik Alag Cheez Hoti Hai Yahan Par Aap Ka Qaza Hone Ka Gunah Wagairah Nahi Likha Jayega Mana To Jayega Ke Aap Ne Namaz Padha Hai Lekin Ye Ye Hoga Ki Namaz Incomplete Rahegi Us Namaz Ko Proper Wuzu Proper Taharat Ke Sath Dubara Padhna Aap Ko Lazim Rahega Zindagi Me Jab Moka Mile Aap Ko Usko Pura Karna Padega. To Ye Aik Dirham Ke Barabar Hoga To Namaz Wajibul Iaada Ho Jayegi Jo Amal Aap Ne Kiya Woh Makrooh E Tahreemi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza OfficialTaharat Course (Part-123)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
To Dirham Se Kam Hai To Namaz Padh Sakte Hain, Dirham Ke Barabar Hai To Namaz Nahi Padhni, Padh Lenge To Wajibul Iaada Ho Jayegi Aur Agar Ek Dirham Se Zyada Hai To Isko Paak Karna Farz Hai Iske Bagair Aap Ki Namaz Hi Consider Nahi Hoti. Aik Dirham Kitna Hota Hai Iske Liye Maine Pani Hatheli Me Rakh Kar Experiment Karne Ko Kaha Na.. To Ye Har Bande Ke Hatheli Par Depend Karta Hai Kisi Ki Hatheli Badi, Kisi Ki Chhoti Hogi To Sab Ko Apne Hisab Se Dekhna Hoga Experiment Kar Ke Dekhen Pani Wagairah Hath Me Daal Kar Aik Kapde Me Woh Hatheli Ka Pani Dal Kar Dekhen Ki Kitni Najasat Dikh Rahi Hai Aap Ko, Yani Kitna Kapda Bheeg Gaya Gai Agar Itna Najasat Lag Gai Hai Matlab Ye Aik Dirham Hai Isse Niche Hi Hona, To Ye Apna Experiment Kar Ke Dekh Len.
Lekin Ye Us Soorat Me Possible Hai Jab Najasate Ghaleeza Bahne Wali Ho Jaise : Khoon Hai, Peshab Hai, Mani Hai Ye Bahne Wali Cheez Hai Isme Aap Aik Dirham Dekh Sakte Hain. Woh Najasat Jo Bahti Nahi Hai Jaise : Pakhana, Kisi Cheez Ki Beet Aisa To Fir Jo Gaadhi Najasat Hoti Hai Isms Hum Kya Karen.? To Fir Isme Wazan Dekhte Hain Ek Dirahm Ka Wazan 4.374 Gram Sadhe 4 Masa Jo Mardon Ke Anguthi Pahenne Ka Wazan Hai Aasani Ke Liye Aap Samajh Len 4 Gram Agar Woh Najasat Hai Jo Bahti Nahi Hai Ye Lag Gai Jaise Gaay Ka Gobar Wagairah Hai To Agar Ye 4 Gram Ya 4 Gram Se Zyada Lag Gaya To Fir Kapda Paak Karna Zaroori Ho Jayega. 4 Gram Bahut Kam Hota Hai To 4.374 Gram Ye Aik Dirham Hum Consider Karenge 4 Garam Se Kam Hai To Isko Paak Karna Sunnat, Exact 4 Gram Hai To Paak Karna Wajib Or Agar 4 Gram (Yani 4.374) Se Zyada Hai To Paak Karna Farz Ke Darze Me Chala Jata Hai.
Isko Isi Liye Ghaleeza Kaha Gaya Tha Kyun Ki Bilkul Thodi Si Mikdaar Hai Ek Dirham Bhi Aap Rakh Kar Dekhen Bahut Zyada Nahi Hota Isi Tarah 4 Gram Bhi Kam Hai To Ye Sakht Hukm Hai Isi Liye Najasate Ghaleeza Bola Gaye Hai. Aur Najasate Khafeefa Me Aap Dekhenge Bahut Zyada Aasani Hai Ab Aate Hain Najasate Khafeefa Ki Taraf.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-122)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Aur Agar Aik Dirham Se Zyada Lag Jaye Najasat Ghaleeza To Us Bande Par Aain Farz Hai Ke Woh Kapdon Ko Paak Kar Le, Jism Ko Paak Kar Le Fir Namaz Padhe. Agar Aik Dirham Najasat Lagne Ki Halat Me Namaz Ada Ki To Aap Ki Namaz Start Hi Nahi Hogi Woh Consider Hi Nahi Hai, Aisa Hi Hai Jaise Aap Ne Padha Hi Nahi Najasat Ghaleeza Jab Aik Dirham Se Zyada Lagi Ho To Agar Banda 100 Raka'at Bhi Padh Le Tab Bhi Us 100 Raka'at Me Se Ek Bhi Nahi Mana Jayega Namaz Start Hi Nahi Hogi. To Fir Agar Aisa Ho Gaya Ki Bande Ne Isi Halat Me Namaz Padh Li Thi Ab Us Namaz Ka Waqt Nikal Gaya To Bilkul Uski Woh Namaz Qaza Mani Jayegi. Agarche Usne Padha Tha Usko Lage Ki Meri Namaz Ho Gai Lekin Hum Isko Qaza Hi Consider Karenge.
Ye Masle Kab Useful Hote Hain.? Ghar Par Hain To Badi Aasani Hai Aap Ne Paak Kar Liya Sab Kuch Kar Liya Ye Masle Tab Kaam Aate Hain Jab Aap Bimar Hon Aur Kapde Wagairah Baar Baar Paak Nahi Kar Pa Rahe Hain Kisi Ko Koi Sharaee Mazoor Wala Mamla Ho Gaya Ya Continuous Peshab Ke Katre Nikal Rahe Hain, Kisi Ko Istehaza Ki Bimari Lahik Ho Gai, Koi Safar Ke Dauran Hai Agar Ye Masle Pesh Aa Gaye Aur Pani Wagairah Nahi Hai To Fir Kya Karen.? Is Waqt Ye Masle Application Bahut Zyada Aate Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-123)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
To Dirham Se Kam Hai To Namaz Padh Sakte Hain, Dirham Ke Barabar Hai To Namaz Nahi Padhni, Padh Lenge To Wajibul Iaada Ho Jayegi Aur Agar Ek Dirham Se Zyada Hai To Isko Paak Karna Farz Hai Iske Bagair Aap Ki Namaz Hi Consider Nahi Hoti. Aik Dirham Kitna Hota Hai Iske Liye Maine Pani Hatheli Me Rakh Kar Experiment Karne Ko Kaha Na.. To Ye Har Bande Ke Hatheli Par Depend Karta Hai Kisi Ki Hatheli Badi, Kisi Ki Chhoti Hogi To Sab Ko Apne Hisab Se Dekhna Hoga Experiment Kar Ke Dekhen Pani Wagairah Hath Me Daal Kar Aik Kapde Me Woh Hatheli Ka Pani Dal Kar Dekhen Ki Kitni Najasat Dikh Rahi Hai Aap Ko, Yani Kitna Kapda Bheeg Gaya Gai Agar Itna Najasat Lag Gai Hai Matlab Ye Aik Dirham Hai Isse Niche Hi Hona, To Ye Apna Experiment Kar Ke Dekh Len.
Lekin Ye Us Soorat Me Possible Hai Jab Najasate Ghaleeza Bahne Wali Ho Jaise : Khoon Hai, Peshab Hai, Mani Hai Ye Bahne Wali Cheez Hai Isme Aap Aik Dirham Dekh Sakte Hain. Woh Najasat Jo Bahti Nahi Hai Jaise : Pakhana, Kisi Cheez Ki Beet Aisa To Fir Jo Gaadhi Najasat Hoti Hai Isms Hum Kya Karen.? To Fir Isme Wazan Dekhte Hain Ek Dirahm Ka Wazan 4.374 Gram Sadhe 4 Masa Jo Mardon Ke Anguthi Pahenne Ka Wazan Hai Aasani Ke Liye Aap Samajh Len 4 Gram Agar Woh Najasat Hai Jo Bahti Nahi Hai Ye Lag Gai Jaise Gaay Ka Gobar Wagairah Hai To Agar Ye 4 Gram Ya 4 Gram Se Zyada Lag Gaya To Fir Kapda Paak Karna Zaroori Ho Jayega. 4 Gram Bahut Kam Hota Hai To 4.374 Gram Ye Aik Dirham Hum Consider Karenge 4 Garam Se Kam Hai To Isko Paak Karna Sunnat, Exact 4 Gram Hai To Paak Karna Wajib Or Agar 4 Gram (Yani 4.374) Se Zyada Hai To Paak Karna Farz Ke Darze Me Chala Jata Hai.
Isko Isi Liye Ghaleeza Kaha Gaya Tha Kyun Ki Bilkul Thodi Si Mikdaar Hai Ek Dirham Bhi Aap Rakh Kar Dekhen Bahut Zyada Nahi Hota Isi Tarah 4 Gram Bhi Kam Hai To Ye Sakht Hukm Hai Isi Liye Najasate Ghaleeza Bola Gaye Hai. Aur Najasate Khafeefa Me Aap Dekhenge Bahut Zyada Aasani Hai Ab Aate Hain Najasate Khafeefa Ki Taraf.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-124)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Najasate Khafeefa Yani 2 Cheezen Ooncha Udne Wale Haram Parindon Ki Beet Najasate Khafeefa, Halal Janwaron Ka Peshab Najasate Khafeefa To Ab Inka Ruling Kya Hai? Inme Dekhen 2 Cheezen Hoti Hain Aik Hota Hai Inko Paak Karna Sunnat Hoga Ya Inko Paak Karna Farz Hoga Isme Wajib Wala Concept Nahi Hai.
Najasate Khafeefa Jis Bhi Body Part Ke Hisse Par Ya Kapde Ke Jis Bhi Hisse Par Laga Hai Jaise Aap Ke Hath Par Laga Hai, Hath Kahan Se Kahan Tak Mana Jata Hai Shariat Me? Ungliyon Se Le Kar Kohni Tak Hath Mana Jata Hai, Isi Tarah Aap Ke Takhne Se Le Kar Guthne Tak Ye Aik Body Part Mana Jata Hai To Is Tarah Aap Ke Kapde Ke Hisse Hote Hain Jaise Aik Aasteen Ko Hum Aik Part Mange Dusre Aasteen Ko Dusra Part Aur Aap Ke Kapde Ka Jo Daman Hota Hai Ye Aik Part Back Ka Aik Part To Ye Aap Ke Kapde Ke Different Part Hain.
To Agar Kisi Dress Ke Part Par, Kisi Body Part Par 1/4 Se Zyada Najasate Khafeefa Lag Gai Aasteen Ki Misal Aap Le Lein Aap Ki Jo Aasteen Hai Iske 4 Hisse Bana Len Agar Iske 4 Hisso Me Se Jo Ek Hissa Ban Raha Hai Length Ka Ye Aap Consider Karenga Ye 1/4 Hai. To Agar Kisi Part Me 1/4 Ya Isse Zyada Najasate Khafeefa Lag Gaya Misal Ke Taur Par Aadhe Aasteen Par Lag Gaya Ya 3/4 Aasteen Par Lag Gaya Ab Isko Paak Karna Farz Hai. Aur Agar 1/4 Se Kam Laga Hai Misal Ke Taur Par 1-2 Katre Lag Gaye 1-2 Chhite Ud Kar Lag Gaye Aisa Kuch Ho Gaya To Fir Isko Paak Karna Sunnat Hota Hai.
To Najasate Khafeefa Me Rule Bada Aasan Hai Ki Jis Bhi Part Par Laga Hai Jaise Aasteen Ya Daman Front Wala Part Isko Aap 4 Part Me Divide Karenge Agar 1/4 Hissa Ya 1/4 Se Zyada Laga Hai To Paak Karna Farz Or Agar 1/4 Se Kam Laga Hai To Paak Karna Sunnate Kareema. Ab Sunnat Matlab Kya Hoga Farz Matlab Kya Hoga Ye To Main Aap Ko Najasate Ghaleeza Me Samjha Chuki To Repeat Nahi Kar Rahi. Bas Itna Bata Rahi Hoon Ki Isko Paak Karna Sunnat Aur 1/4 Ya Isse Zyada Hai To Paak Karna Farz Ho Jayega. To Ab Aap Samjhen 1/4 Aasteen Matlab Najasat Ki Kafi Miqdar Hai To Isme Bahut Aasani Hai Specially Farmers Wagairah Ke Liye Gaay Wagairah Ne Peshab Kar Diya To 1/4 Me Kafi Hissa Hota Hai Isme Khayal Rakhna Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-125)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Sawal : Kabhi Najasat Thoda Ye Aasteen Par Lag Gaya Thoda Wahan Lag Gaya Is Tarah Kai Jagah Laga Ho To Ab Kya Karen.?
To Ab Aap Ko Total Add Kar Ke Dekhna Hai Agar Add Kar Ke Dekhne Par Ye 1/4 Tak Pahunch Jata Hai To Fir Usko Paak Karne Ka Hukm Hoga Jaise Bachhe Ne Peshab Kar Diya Najasat Ghaleeza Hai Ye Thoda Dress Me Idhar Lag Gaya Aap Ke Hath Me Thoda Laga Huwa Hai To Total Isko Add Kar Ke Dekhen Aik Dirham Jitna Banta Hai Ya Nahi? Agar Banta Hai To Paak Karna Wajib Ho Jayega Aur Agar Aik Dirham Se Zyada Hai To Paak Karna Farz Ho Jayega.
Ye Bhi Sawal Aata Hai Ki Agar Dono Najasat Lag Gaye Kafeefa & Ghaleeza Dono Lag Gaya Tab Kya Karen.?
Chunki Ghaleeza Lag Chuka Hai To Ab Total Aap Ghaleeza Ke Miqdar Hi Dekhenge Aik Dirham Jitna Banta Hai To Fir Usko Aap Ko Paak Karna Hoga. Sirf Aur Sirf Khafeefa Laga Hai To Aasani Hai Aur Agar Ghaleeza Lag Gaya To Dirham Ki Miqdar Dekh Kar Paki Ka Khayal Rakhna Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-126)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Dhoodh Peeta Jo Bachha Hota Hai Iska Peshab Paak Hai Ya Napaak.?
Dhoodh Peete Bachhe Ka Peshab, Pakhana, Ulti Sab Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Paak Nahi Hai, Baaz Bachhe Ulti Kar Dete Hain To Maye Apne Dupatte Me Pochh Leti Hain Ya Unke Kapdon Me Peshab Kar Dete Hain To Aisi Hi Dho Deti Hain Paak Nahi Karti Paak Karna Lazim Hai Just Born Baby Hai Uska Peshab Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza Hai. Chahe Bahut Budha Ho Chahe Just Born Baby Ho Unke Jism Se Jo Cheez Nikal Rahi Hai Chahe Ulti Ki Soorat Me Ho, Chahe Peshab Ki Soorat Me Ho Woh Napaak Hai Najasate Ghaleeza Hai To Ye Aik Badi Ghalatfahamee Hoti Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-127)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Aur Aanso, Balgam Aur Naak Me Jo Rutubat Hoti Hai Isko Kuch Log Napaak Samajhte Hain Halanki Ye Paak Hai Agarche Normally Inse Banda Ghhin Khata Hai, Isi Tarah Ankho Se Jo Aanso Nikal Raha Hai Ye Aanso Bhi Paak Hote Hain Aankho Se Jo Aason Nikalte Hain Ye Depend Karte Hain Aap Ke Kisi Bhi Part Se Agar Pani Nikal Raha Hai Aur Woh Pani Kisi Bimari Ki Wajah Se Kisi Infection Ki Wajah Se Dard Ki Wajah Se Nikal Raha Hai Jaise Aankho Me Kabhi Kabhar Ho Jata Hai Ki Infection Hai Aankh Aa Jati Bahut Aankhon Me Dard Hai Aur Pani Nikal Raha Hai, Isi Tarah Kabhi Kaan Me Dard Hota Hai Kan Se Pani Nakal Raha Hota Hai, Naf Me Kabhi Ungli Wagairah Lag Gai To Naaf Se Pani Nikal Raha Hai, Isi Tarah Kabhi Auraton Ke Pistaan Se Pani Nikalta Hai Ye Tamam Cheezen Aisi Hain Ki Pani To Hain Lekin Chunki Dard Ki Jagah Se Nikal Rahe Hain Isliye Ye Napaak Hain Yaad Rakhen Ye Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza Hai.
Dukhti Aankh Ka Pani Yani Jo Kisi Infection Ki Wajah Se Dard Ki Wajah Se Nikal Raha Ho, Agar Waise Hi Pani Nikal Aaye Jaise Aankh Me Kabhi Koi Cheez Chali Gai Dhool Chala Gaya Mitti Chali Gai To Aankh Se Pani Bahne Lagta Hai To Ye Paak Hai Ya Kabhi Kabhaar Allergy Ke Wajah Se Cheek Rahe Hain To Aankho Se Pani Bhi Nikal Raha Hai Ye Bhi Paak Hai, Dard Ho Infection Ho Bimari Ho Isse Pani Niklega To Woh Najasate Ghaleeza Hai. Kabhi Aankh Aa Jati Hai To Fir Kuch Log Aankh Aasteen Se Pochh Lete Hain Aur Usi Me Namaz Bhi Padh Lete Hain Ye Najasate Ghaleeza Thi Isko Dusre Kapdon Ke Sath Dho Diya Woh Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza To Iska Bahut Khash Khayal Aap Ko Rakhna Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-128)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Har Woh Tar Cheez Jo Wuzu Ko Tood Deti Hai Woh Najasate Ghaleeza Hoti Hai Ye Common Rule Hai Jaise Peshab Hai Wuzu Ko Tod Dega To Najasate Ghaleeza, Isi Tarah Dukhti Aankh Ka Pani Wuzu Ko Tod Deta Hai Ye Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza Hai, Mani Hai, Mazi Hai Mazi Me To Gusl Hi Farz Ho Jata Hai Mani Agar Sahbat Ke Sath Na Nikle Aise Hi Kharij Ho Jaye Tab Bhi Wuzu Ko Tod Deti Hai To Ye Napaak Hai, Mazi Hai, Wadi Hai Ye Bhi Napaak Hai Inki Mukammal Wajahat Gusl Ke Topic Me Hum Bayan Karenge To Ye Tamam Cheezen Najasate Ghaleeza Hai.
Isi Tarah Agar Jism Se Khoon Nikal Raha Hai Aur Bahta Khoon Bhi Napaak Hota Hai, Aur Jo Khoon Bah Nahi Raha Hota Woh Napaak Nahi Hota Ye Bhi Aik Masla Hai Achhi Tarah Isko Samjhen Bahta Huwa Khoon Napaak Hota Hai Jo Khoon Flow Nahi Karta Hai Jisme Flow Karne Ki Capacity Nahi Hoti Woh Khoon Paak Hota Hai. Jaise Aap Ki Ungli Hai Isme Aap Ne Pin Chubha Diya Khoon Ka Katra Aap Ke Ungli Par Aa Jata Hai Aur Bahta Nahi Hai Bas Wahan Par Hota Hai Aik Drop To Ye Khoon Ka Katra Paak Hai Aap Ke Kapde Par Lag Jaye Kapda Paak Rahega Kahi Aur Lag Jaye To Woh Paak Rahega Pani Me Aap Ne Ungli Daal Di To Pani Paak Rahega Ye Aap Ko Yaad Rakhna Hai.
Lekin Agar Woh Jism Se Bah Gaya Katra Tapak Gaya To Fir Woh Napaak Hai Najasate Ghaleeza Hai. Khoon Me Ye Condition Hamesha Yaad Rakhen Bahne Ki Salahiyat Ho Jo Bah Sakta Ho Woh Khoon Najasate Ghaleeza Hota Hai, Isi Tarah Jo Muh Bhar Ulti Hoti Hai Woh Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Muh Bhar Qay Yani Woh Ulti Jisko Aap Control Na Kar Saken Aik Dam Suddenly Nikal Aati Hai Na.. Aap Chah Kar Ke Bhi Isko Control Nahi Kar Sakte Ya Bahut Zyada Difficulty Ke Sath Kar Liya To Ye Muh Bhar Ulti Hoti Hai, To Ulti Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza Hoti Hai. To Bahta Khoon, Muh Bhar Ki Ulti, Ye Tamam Cheezen Wuzu Ko Tod Dengi Aur Najasate Ghaleeza Hain Isi Tarah Bahta Huwa Peep Hai Ye Bhi Wuzu Ko Tod Dega Najasate Ghaleeza Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-129)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Agar Mayyat Ke Muh Se Thook Bhi Nikalta Hai To Ye Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza Hota Hai, Waise To Insan Ka Thook Paak Hai Isi Liye To Insan Ka Jhoota Paak Hai Lekin Mayyat Ke Muh Se Jo Raal Nikalti Hai Woh Najasate Ghaleeza Hoti Hai, Isi Tarah Maine Aap Ko Us Masle Me Bata Diya Tha Ki Khafeefa Ke Alawa Jitne Janwar Ka Jo Bhi Masla Tha Woh Hum Zikar Kar Diye The Woh Najasate Ghaleeza Me Aa Gaya, Is Tarah Woh Jo Nich Udne Wale Halal Parinde Jaise Murgi Hai, Batakh Hai Inki Beet Ye Najasate Ghaleeza Hai.
Isi Tarah Sharab Kisi Bhi Qism Ki Ho Sab Najasate Ghaleeza Hote Hain, Khanzeer Ka Total Body Har Har Aik Baal Uska Khoon, Uska Gosht Uski Haddi Har Cheez Najasate Ghaleeza Hai, Isi Tarah Jo Janwar Jugali Karte Hain To Goya Ye Qay Karne Ki Tarah Hai To Jo Jugali Hoti Hai Ye Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza Hai. Ye Takriban Cheezen Maine Aap Ko Bata Di Ye Sab Najasate Ghaleeza Ke Hukm Me Aate Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-130)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Aurat Ke Jism Se Discharge Vagairah Nikalte Hain To Jo Likoriya Hota Hai Woh Paak Hai Likoriya Yani Safed Colour Ka Discharge Hai Ya Sirf Pani Bah Raha Hai Continues Discharge Ho Raha Hai Usme Koi Colour Nahi Hai Colourless Hai Ya Safed Hai To Ye Paak Hai. Lekin Iske Alawa Agar Aurat Ko Yellow Discharge Ho Raha Hai Ya Fir Kisi Dard Ki Wajah Se Infection Ki Wajah Se Koi Discharge Nikal Raha Hai To Ye Fir Napaak Honge. Isi Tarah Istehaza Ka Khoon Bhi Napaak Hota Hai Najasate Ghaleeza Hota Hai Ye Bhi Maine Aap Ko Wazahat Kar Di.
Aur Isi Tarah Kutte Ka Jism Agar Geela Hai Agar Woh Aap Ke Body Se Khuda Nakhasta Touch Ho Gaya To Kapde Paak Karne Padenge Kyun Ke Kutte Ki Aadat Hoti Hai Ki Woh Apne Aap Ko Baar Baar Chat'ta Rahta Hai To Kutte Ka Thook Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Isliye Agar Kutte Ka Jism Geela Tha Aur Woh Touch Ho Gaya To Usko Najasate Ghaleeza Maan Kar Paaki Ka Hukm Diya Jayega Aur Agar Kutte Ka Body Dry (Khushk) Tha To Fir Koi Problem Nahi Hai Agar Woh Touch Bhi Ho Jata Hai To Kapde Wagairah Paak Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai Paak Hain Kutte Ka Jism Aise To Paak Hai Lekin Agar Uske Body Me Tari Hai To Fir Kapde Wagairah Paak Karne Padenge.
Iske Alawa Har Janwar Jisme Bahta Khoon Hota Hai Ye Khoon Napaak Hota Hai Jaise Bakri Hai Isme Bahta Khoon Hai Isko Zibah Kar Liya Qurbani Ke Waqt, Bhais Ko Zibah Kar Liya, Oont Ko Zibah Kar Liya To Ab Inka Jo Khoon Nikal Raha Hai Ye Bahta Khoon Hai Isliye Napaak Hai Najasate Ghaleeza Hai, Kapdon Par Lag Jaye To Fir Paak Karne Honge. Aur Jin Janwaron Me Bahta Khoon Nahi Hota Unka Khoon Paak Hai Jaise Makhkhi Hai , Machhar Hai Agarche Machhar Kabhi Kabhaar Hamare Jism Se Khoon Chos Lete Hain Or Marne Par Khoon Bahar Aa Jata Hai Ye Khoon Bhi Paak Hai
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-131)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Ab Chand Cheezen Ye Main Aap Ko Batati Hoon Jo Umuman Hamare Yahan Se Napaak Jise Tasawwur Karte Hain Lekin Sharai Taur Par Ye Paak Hote Hain Jo Maine Aap Ko Bataya Tha Ki Ooncha Udne Wale Halal Parinde Jaise Kabootar Hai, Tota Hai, Maina Hai Ye Ooncha Ud Rahe Hain To Inki Beet Paak Hai, Machhli Ka Khoon Paak Hai Aur Jo Pani Ke Dusre Janwar Hote Hain Inka Khoon Bhi Paak Hai, Isi Tarah Khatmal Hai, Machhar Hai, Makkhi Hai In Tamam Cheezon Ka Khoon Paak Hai.
Isi Tarah Balgam Bhi Paak Hai Karahat Log Mahsoos Karte Hain Lekin Paak Hai Balgam Ki Kitni Bhi Ulti Ho Jaye Agarche Muh Bhar Bhi Ho Jaye Lekin Woh Paak Hi Rahega. Ulti Jo Napaak Kahte Hain Hum Najasate Ghaleeza Kahte Hain Isme 3 Cheez Ki Ulti Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Aur Wuzu Ko Tod Deti Hai Aik To Ye Ki Woh Ulti Sab Se Pahle Muh Bhar Ho Agar Muh Bhar Nahi Hai To Woh Wuzu To Nahi Todegi Najasate Ghaleeza Me Bhi Shumar Nahi Karenga Isko. Jo Muh Bhar Ulti Hoti Hai Woh + Jo Khane Peene Ki Cheez Hai Woh Pet Se Bahar Aai Hai Ya Khoon Ki Ulti Ho Rahi Hai To Ye Napaak Ya Fir Jo Safra Yani Khatta Pani Hota Hai Ye Aata Hai To Ye Bhi Najasate Ghaleeza Hoga. Iske Alawa Agar Kisi Ko Sirf Balgam Ki Ulti Ho Rahi Hai To Fir Isme Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta Or Ye Napaak Bhi Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-132)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Isi Tarah Jo Khoon Bahne Ki Salahiyat Nahi Rakhta Jaise Maine Bataya Tha Na Pin Wagairah Ungli Me Lag Jati Hai To Khoon Ka Katra Chamakta Hai Lekin Bahta Nahi Hai To Ye Khoon Paak Hai Agar Yahi Khoon Jo Ungli Me Laga Hai Isko Aap Ne Pani Me Daal Diya To Pani Paak Rahega, Kapde Par Agar Kisi Ne Pochh Liya To Kapda Paak Rahega Lekin Aik Galti Ye Hoti Hai Ki Log Isko Muh Me Rakh Kar Choos Lete Hain Aik Hota Hai Koi Cheez Paak Hai Aur Aik Hoti Hai Woh Cheez Khane-Peene Ke Liye Jaiz Hai, Khoon Ka Khana Peena Hargiz Jaiz Nahi Hai Isko Aap Kha Nahi Sakte Pee Bhi Nahi Sakte Paaki Napaaki Alag Cheez Hai Aur Iska Halal O Haram Hona Is Aitbar Se Ke Isko Kha Sakte Hain Ya Nahi Ye Alag Mamla Hai To Aap Ka Khoon Jo Bah Nahi Raha Paak To Hai Lekin Aap Isko Apne Muh Me Rakh Kar Choos Nahi Sakte Ye Najaiz Hai Gunah Hai To Isme Ihtiyat Karni Chahiye.
Isi Tarah Kabhi Kabhaar Gosht Wagairah Saf Kar Lete Hain To Gosht Ke Andar Se Jama Huwa Khoon Nikalta Hai Thoda Bahut Khoon Hota Hai Jo Bahta Nahi Hai Ye Jo Gosht Ke Andar Se Khoon Nikal Raha Hai Ya Tilli Ke Andar Se Khoon Nikal Raha Hai, Kaleji Ke Andar Se Khoon Nikal Raha Hai To Ye Tamam Cheez Paak Hote Hain To Aap Ne Pani Wagairah Se Dho Liya To Fir Woh Gosht Me Kabhi Kabhaar Dikhta Hai To Auraten Waswason Me Mubtala Hoti Hain Ki Paak Hai Ya Napaak To Ye Gosht Ke Andar Ka Jo Khoon Hai Woh Paak Hi Hai Aur Isi Tarah Tilli Kaleji Wagairah Ka Khoon Bhi Paak Hai.
Iske Alawa Insan Ke Nakhoon Paak Hote Hain Kuch Log Isko Napaak Samajhte Hain To Ye Bhi Paak Hai, Aur Naak Se Jo Rutoobat Kharij Hoti Hai Agar Isme Koi Khoon Wagairah Nahi Mila Huwa Hai To Ye Rutoobat Bhi Paak Hoti Hai To Ye Takriban Cheezen Maine Zikar Kar Di Jo Hamare Yahan Jinko Paak Ya Napaak Me Thode Bahut Confusion Hote Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-133)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Peshab Ke Jo Sui Ke Nok Ke Barabar Bareek Peshab Ke Chheeten Hain Isko Bhi Ulama Kiram Ne Moaf Rakha Hai Paak Hi Jaise Mana Hai. Sui Ka Nok Aap Ne Dekha Hai Na Itna Bareek Hota Hai Itne Bareek Chheeten Agar Kapde Par Lag Gaye Body Par Lag Gaye To Inko Hum Paak Manege. Kyun Ki Isse Bachne Me Logo Ke Liye Bahut Zyada Difficulty Hai Washroom Vagairah Jate Hain Karte Hain To Thodi Si Aasani De Di Gai Hai Ki Agar Ye Chheeten Udein Fir Woh Paak Mana Jayega.
Lekin Agar Isse Zyada Hain Ki Kapde Wagairah Me Achhe Khase Dhabbe Bhi Nazar Aa Rahe Hain To Fir Is Par Woh Waeed Aa Jayegi Ki Jo Peshab Ke Chheeton Se Nahi Bachta Uske Liye Aazabe Qabr Ki Waeed Sarkar ﷺ Ne Bayan Farmayi Hai Aap Ne Woh Mash'hoor Hadeez Suni Hogi Ki Jab Sarkar ﷺ Do Qabron Ke Paas Se Guzar Rahe The Aap ﷺ Ko Ilm E Ghaib Allah Ta'ala Ne Ata Farmaya Hai To Sarkar ﷺ Ko Ilm Ho Gaya Ke Qabr Walon Ko Azaab Ho Raha Hai Aur Wajah Bhi Sarkar Ne Bata Di Ki Is Liye Ho Raha Hai Ke Dusri Cheezen Bhi Batayi Usme Ek Wajah Ye Batayi Ki Woh Peshab Ki Cheeton Se Nahi Bachte The. To Isme Sui Ke Nok Ke Barabar Hain To Ulama e Kiram Ne Moaf Rakha Hai Isse Zyada Me Agar Koi Mubtala Hai To Usko Darr Jana Chahiye Ki Yahan Par Azaabe Qabr Ki Waeed Sarkar ﷺ Ne Batayi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-134)
Najasaton Ka Bayan :
Peshab Ke Katre Ko Kuch Log Bahut Lightly Lete Hain Ki Hum To Washroom Me Hain Hum To Ihtiyat Karte Hain Lekin Ye Har Jagah Ihtiyat Rakhni Hai Jaise Bachhon Ke Diapers Change Kar Rahe Hain To Kuch Bachhon Ki Aadat Hoti Hai Ki Maaye Jo Diapers Change Kar Rahi Hain, Dress Change Kar Rahi Hain To Fir Woh Peshab Kar Dete Hain Aur Fir Ma Sochti Hai Ki Kya Kar Sakte Hain Bachha Hai Bad Me Change Kar Liya Apne Kapde Vagairah Ho Gaya, Nahii..!!
Isme Bhi Aap Ko Agar Pata Hai Ki Bachhe Ki Aadat Hai Ya Nappy Wagairah Change Karne Me Peshab Ke Katre Aa Sakte Hain To Fir Aurat Par Lazim Hai Ke Apne Aap Ko Kisi Bhi Tarah Bachaye Koi Aisa Kapda, Koi Aisa Plastic Ya Jo Kitchen Me Apron Pahen Ke Kam Karte Hain Us Tarah Ka Koi Apron Wagairah Rakh Le Aur Change Kare Take Apne Jism Ko Peshab Ke Chheeton Se Bacha Saken, Is Par Sakht Waeed Aai Hai To Aurat Par Ya Jo Bhi Hain Un Par Lazim Hai Ki Woh Hattal Inkaan Koshish Karen Ki In Cheezon Se Bachen Ki Ye Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Aur Kisi Paak Cheez Ko Janboojh Kar Napaak Karna Ye Bhi Gunah Hota Hai Allah Ta'ala Ne Kisi Cheez Ko Paak Rakha Hai To Bila Wajah Usko Napaak Karna Najaiz Hai Aurat Ko Chahiye Ki Woh Isme Fir Ihtiyat Kare.
Isi Tarah Peshab Ke Kapde Vagairah Paak Karte Hain To Pani Me Dalte Hain Aur Bucket System Me Paak Karte Waqt Pani Bahate Hain To Bahate Waqt Uske Chheeten Ud Ud Kar Jism Par Aate Hain To Is Par Bhi Ulama e Kiraam Ne Kaha Hai Ki Ye Bhi Usi Waeed Ke Tahat Aa Jayega To Ye Bhi Ihtiyat Karni Hai Ki Chheetein Aap Ke Upar Na Aayen Thoda Pani On Kar Ke Door Khade Ho Jaye Woh Khud Ba Khud Pani Bah Jaye Kapde Paak Ho Jaye Uske Baad Fir Aap Nal Vagairah Off Karen Taaki Cheeton Se Bacha Ja Sake. Ab Kunwe Ke Masail Ki Taraf Hum Aate Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-135)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Ye Baat Aap Ko Hamesha Yaad Rakhna Hai..!! Kuch Log Sochte Hain Ki Jo kuen Ka Masla Hai Wohi Har Tanki Jo Circular Shape Ka Bhi Container Hoga Us Par Apply Hoga, Nahii.!! Kuen Ka Masla Alag Hi Hai Jo Rules Jo Aasaniya Yahan Par Di Gayi Hain Woh Har Jagah Applicable Nahi. Khas kuen Ke Masle Me Ye Rules Hote Hain Isliye Iska Aik Separate Chapter Hai To In Rules Ko Aap Ko Kahin Aur Apply Nahi Karna Sirf Circular Shape Dekh Kar Jo kuven Ka Masla Hai Woh Nahi Apply Karna Hota Uske Rules Maaye Kaseer Jo Aap Ne Padhen Uske Hisab Se Hi Usko Follow Karna Hai Kuen Ke Masle Me Thoda Bahut Changes Hota Hai Hadeese Mubaraka Me Iska Alag Se Ahkam Wagairah Sarkar ﷺ Ne Bayan Kiye Hain Sahaba Ka Is Par Amal Raha Hai To Woh Us Hisab Se Isko Hum Dekhenge.
Aap Ko Yaad Hoga Jo Maaye Kaseer Hota Hai Isme Koi Najasat Wagairah Gir Gayi Chahe Kuan Bhi Woh Maaye Kaseer Wala Kyun Na Ho Isme Jab Tak Najadat Ka Rang Boo Ya Zaika Wagairah Nahi Aa Jata Pani Paak Hi Rahega To Isme Koi Difference Nahi Hai. Lekin..!! Woh kuen Ka Pani Jo Kaleel Hai To Isme Agar Koi Napaak Cheez Gir Jati Hai To Fir kuen Ko Kis Tarah Paak Kiya Jayega Ye Masail Main Aap Ko Arz Karungi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-136)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Jis Kuen Ki Golai (Circumference) 52.5 Fit Se Kam Ho Use Hum Maaye Kaleel Kahenge. To Abhi Jo Main Aap Ko Rules Bata Rahi Hoon Kuvan Paak Karne Ka Ye Isi Ke Liye Hai Woh Kuan Ki Jiski Golai 52.5 Fit Se Kam Ho To Takrinan Takrinan Abhi Jo Kuven Paaye Jate Hain Woh Isi Qism Ke Hote Hain Jo Gharon Wagairah Me Paye Jate Hain, Ya Flats Wagairah Me Bhi Kahi Kuven Bana Kar Rakhe Hain To Har Jagah Takriban Kunwe Isi Size Ke Hote Hain.
To Ab Yaad Rakhen..!! Kuven Me Chand Point Main Aap Ko Bata Rahi Hoon Inko Achhe Se Samjhen To Aap Ke Liye Aasani Rahegi. Agar Kuven Me Insan Ke Jism Se Nikalne Wali Koi Najasat Ya Janwar Ke Body Se Nikalne Wali Koi Najasat Gir Jati Hai Jaise Peshab Hai, Khoon Hai, Isi Tarah Sharaab Hai Ye Gir Jata Hai Aur Zyada Girne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai Agar Najasat Ka Aik Bhi Katra Kuen Me Gir Jata Hai To Pura Ka Pura Kuen Ka Paani Napaak Ho Jata Hai Aur Is Soorat Me Pura Kuva Khali Karna Zaroori Hai Isme Ihtiyat Karni Chahiye Agar Kisi Ke Side Par Kuen Hain To Ihtiyat Karen Dhak Kar Isko Rakhen.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-137)
Kuen Ke Masail :
To Insan Ke Body Ka Koi Najasat Isi Tarah Jo Janwar Hain Inki Najasat, Jo Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Aap Samajh Len Isi Tarah Sharab Hai Koi Bhi Aisi Najasat Agar Pani Me Ek Katra Bhi Gir Jata Hai To Pure Kuen Ko Napaak Kar Dene Ke Liye Kabhi Pura Kuwan Napaak Ho Gaya Aur Jab Pura Kuvan Is Tarah Napaak Hota Hai To Isko Paak Karne Ka Ek Tariqa Ye Ho Sakta Hai Ki Usko Baha Den To Kuvan Paak Ho Jayega Lekin Bahana Mushkil Hai, Ho Sakta Hai Barish Ke Mosam Me Pani Upari Satah Tak Aa Jaye To Isme Aik Possibility Hai Ki Hum Isko Jari Kar Den Pipe Daal Den Aur Itna Pani Chadha Kar Baha Den To Ye Ek Possibility Hai
Lekin Jab Kuvan Deep Ho To Ye Option Hi Nahi Hai Ki Aap Isko Jari Kar Den. To Is Soorat Me Fir Aap Ko Pura Kuvan Khali Karna Padega Jitna Pani Hai Woh Nikalna Padega. Jab Aap Kuven Ko Total Pani Se Khali Kar Denge Tab Ja Kar Aap Ka Kuvan Paak Hoga, Aap Chahe To Hath Se Kheench Kar Isko Paak Karen, Chahe To Motar Se Pani Nikal Kar Feke Pani Ko, To Kuen ko Kisi Bhi Tarah Aap Ko Paak Karna Padega.
To Jaise Hi Pura Kuan Khali Ho Jayega Mitti Tak Aap Pahunch Gaye Aur Bucket Dalenge To Aadha Bucket Ya Isse Kam Pani Aayega Tab Jakar Kuva Bhi Paak Iski Mitti Bhi Paak, Aas-Paas Ki Diwar Bhi Paak Jo Aap Ka Dol Ya Bucket Jo Bhi Tha Jisko Aap Duba Rahe They Woh Bhi Paak Ho Jayega Rassi Bhi Paak Ho Jayegi, Jis Aadmi Ke Hath Wagairah Doob Rahe The Woh Bhi Paak Ho Jayenge Total Cheez Paak Ho Jayegi Jab Pura Pani Nikal Diya Jaye Aur Agar Abhi Aap Nikalne Ke Ki Koshish Kar Rahen Hain Bilkul Thoda Sa Bucket Me Aaye Jab Itna Khali Ho Jayega Tab Ja Kar Woh Kuan Paak Hoga.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-138)
Kuen Ke Masail :
① Ye First Situation Thi Ki Jab Najasate Ghaleeza Ka Aik Katra Bhi Gir Gaya To Pura Kuan Napaak Ho Gaya Isko Khali Karna Hi Padega Koi Isme Option Nahi Hai. Jaise Main Pahle Bhi Batayi Thi Ki Agar Murgiyan Wagairah Bhi Beet Kar Deti Hain To Bhi Kuwan Napaak Ho Jayega Aur Pura Kua Khali Kiya Jayega.
② Second Point Yaad Rakhen..!! Suwar (Khinjeer) Jo Hota Hai Isko Najasul Aain Hum Kahte Hain Yani Pura Ka Pura Khinjeer Napaak Hai Najasate Ghaleeza Hai Zindagi Ho Murda Ho Kuch Bhi Ho Khinjeer Najaasate Ghaleeza Hai Agar Ye Body Se Touch Kar Jaye To Chunki Uska Pura Body Hi Najas Hai Hum Bhi Napaak Ho Jayenge Koi Aur Janwar Me Nahi Hai Ye Khas Khinjeer Me Hai Qura'an E Majeed Me Isko Najasul Aain Kaha Gaya Hai Yani Pura Sar Se Le Kar Paer Tak Napaak Hai.
Agar Khinjeer Zinda Kuwe Me Gir Gaya Zinda Nikala Gaya Tab Bhi Pura Kuan Napaak, Uska Koi Aik Baal Ka Hissa Bhi Kuan Me Gir Jaye Tab Bhi Pura Kuan Napaak, Mara Huwa Gira Tab Bhi Pura Kua Napaak Jo Bhi Aap Le Len Agar Khinjeer Ke Body Ka Kuch Bhi Hissa Thoda Sa Pani Me Touch Ho Gaya To Fir Pura Ka Pura Kuwan Khali Karna Lazim Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-139)
Kuen Ke Masail :
③ 3rd Point Koi Insan Kuen Me Gir Kar Mar Gaya Ya Bakri, Ya Bakri Se Bade Size Ke Jo Janwar Hote Hain Jaise Gaay, Bhains, Koi Bhi Janwar Aap Le Len Agar Pani Me Gir Gaye Aur Mar Gaye To Fir Ye Pura Ka Pura Kuan Napaak Ho Jayega Aur Aap Ko Pura Kuan Khali Karna Padega Last Time Maine Aap Ko Kaha Tha Na Aik Hota Hai Foolna Aik Hota Hai Fatna Body Decomposition Hoti Hai Thode Time Ke Baad Jaise Bakri Padi Rahegi Pani Me To Thodi Time Ke Baad Body Me Swelling Aayegi Jisko Hum Kahte Hain Janwar Ka Jism Fool Gaya Aur Thodi Time Ke Baad Woh Jism Fat Jayega Aur Andar Ke Body Parts Pani Me Mil Jata Hai Ye Hai Fat Jana To Chahe Fool Jaye Chahe Fat Jaye Ya Bas Aise Hi Mare Hain Abhi Foole Fate Nahi Hain Koi Bhi Soorat Me Inme Fir Hukm Ye Hota Hai Ki Pure Kuen Ko Khali Kare.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-140)
Kuen Ke Masail :
④ Ab Bakri Se Chhote Jo Janwar Hote Hain Jinme Bahta Khoon Ho Jaise Chhipkali Hai, Chooha Hai Aur Kabootar Hai, Billi Hai Agar Ye Pani Me Gir Gaye Mar Gaye Aur Fool Ya Fat Gaye To Pura Kuan Khali Karna Lazim Hai Agar Foole Fate Nahi To Isme Aasani Hai. To Agar Ye Chhote Size Ke Janwar Gir Kar Fool Bhi Gaye Tab Bhi Pura Khali Karenge Ya Fat Bhi Gaye Tab Bhi Pura Kuan Khaki Karna Lazim Ho Jayega.
⑤ Jin Janwar Me Bahta Khoon Hi Nahi Hai Jaise Machhli Hai Kuen Me Mar Gai To Kuan Paak Hi Rahega, Isi Tarah Chhote Chhote Jo Medhak Hai Ye Pani Me Mar Gaye Tab Bhi Pani Paak Hi Rahega, Isi Tarah Makki Machhar Wagairah Me Bahta Khoon Nahi Hota Agar Ye Kuen Me Gir Jate Hain Mar Jate Hain To Kuan Paak Hi Rahega Aap Ko Paak Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai. Kyun Ke Inme Bahta Khoon Hi Nahi Hota Aur Main Bata Di Thi Na Ki Jo Bahta Khoon Nahi Hota Woh Napaak Nahi Hota To Pani Paak Rahega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-141)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Iski Wajah Main Aap Ko Bata Doon : Ki Insan Jab Zinda Hota Hai To Uske Body Me Ek Resistance Power Hoti Hai Jo Khoon Ko Body Ke Andar Roke Rakhti Hai Rokne Ki Power Hoti Hai, Jaise Hi Insan Mar Jata Hai To Fir Uske Body Ke Resistance Khatam Ho Jate Hain Aur Body Ki Ye Najasar Aahista Aahista Pani Ke Andar Chale Jane Lag Jati Hai To Ab Insan Ke Body Me Bahut Zyada Khoon Hai Aur Is Tarah Bakri Ya Isse Bade Jo Janwar Hote Hain Inke Body Me Bahut Zyada Khoon Hota Hai To Inka Mar Jana Hi Pura Kuan Napaak Kar Dene Ke Liye Kafi Hai.
Lekin..!! Ye Jo Chhote Size Ke Janwar Hain Jaise Chhipakali Hai, Chooha Hai Ye Abhi Just Mare Na.. To Inke Body Se Agar Koi Khoon Wagairah Nikla Bhi Jo Najasat Pani Me Milegi Woh Bahut Thodi Hogi To Isme Aasani Hamare Liye De Di Gayi Hai. Lekin Agar Phool Gaye Phat Gaye Fir To Kafi Khoon Pani Me Mil Gaya To Ab Yahan Par Aap Ke Liye Koi Option Nahi Hai Pura Kuan Khali Karna Padega To Inte Point Yaad Rakhna Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-142)
Kuen Ke Masail :
⑥ Agar Chhote Janwar Jinhe Hum Tiny Tiny Animals Kahte Hain Jaise Chhipkali, Girgit Ya Phir Chooha To Itne Chhote Size Ke Janwar Agar Kuen Me Gir Jate Hain Aur Mar Jate Hain Phoole Nahi Hain Phate Nahi Hain Usse Pahle Ye Maloom Pad Gaya Ke Gire Hain Aur Fouran Nikal Liya Gaya Inko To Fir Kuen Se 20 Dol Pani Nikalna Kafi Hai Kuan Paak Ho Jayega. Pura Kuan Khali Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai 20-40 Dol Kam Se Kam 20 Dol Aap Ko Nikalne Hain 40 Nikal Len To Behtar Hai.
⑦ Aur Jo Inse Thodi Bade Hote Hain Yani Inse Bade Honge Aur Bakri Se Chhote Jaise Murgi Hai, Kabootar Hai Billi Hai Agar Ye Gir Gayi Mar Gayi Fooli Fati Nahi Hai To Phir 40-60 Dol Nikalne Hote Hain. Kam Se Kam 40 Dol Nikalne Hain Agar Nikalenge To Kuan Paak Ho Jayega Pura Kuan Khali Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai.
Jaise 4-5 Choohe Aik Sath Mar Gaye To Aap 40-60 Dol Walon Me Hi Le Lein Waise Aisa Hota Nahi Hai Ki Pura Chooha Ka Family Gaya Aur Suicide Kar Liya Aik Sath Aisa Bahut Kam Hota Hai Lekin Agar Ho Gaya Bahr hal Phir Itne Bade Janwar Par Hi Hum Qiyaz Karte Huwe Amal Karenge.
⚠️ Aur Agar Phool Gaye Phat Gaye Hatta Ki Chhipkali Bhi Gir Ke Mar Gai Aur Phool Phat Gayi Fir To Pura Kuan Hi Khali Karna Padega Dusra Koi Option Nahi Hai. Jo Masail Hum Ne Bayan Kiye Ye Woh Wale Janwar Jo Mar Gaye Phoole Phate Ye Sab Detail Maine Bata Di.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-143)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Ab Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Bhi Hota Hai Ki Zinda Bhi Nikal Lete Hain, Billi Gir Gayi Bucket Dala Nikal Diya To Zinda Nikal Aai Isme Kya Karenge.? To Isme Dekhen Agar Koi Janwar Wagairah Ya Insan Wagairah Pani Me Gir Jate Hain Aur Zinda Nikal Aate Hain To Isme Hukm Unke Luaab (Thook) Ka Hota Hai Jo Aap Padh Chuke Hain Pani Ke Bayan Ke Ke Baad Jo Hukm Padhe They Woh Yahi Tha To Aap Jante Hain Agar Koi Haram Janwar Hai To Uska Jo Salaiba Hota Hai Woh Bhi Napaak Hota Hai Najasate Ghaleeza Hota Hai To Iska Matlab Agar Kutta Pani Me Gir Gaya To Zinda Hi Nikal Liya Gaya To Uska Muh Pani Se Laga To Woh Pani Jhoota Ho Gaya Aur Woh Najasate Ghaleeza Ho Gaya To Ab Kua Khali Karna Padega. Isi Tarah Koi Bhi Haram Janwar Agar Gir Gaya Jiska Jhoota Napaak Najasate Ghaleeza Hai To Phir Us Kuen Ko Hame Pura Khali Karna Padega.
Aur Jin Janwaron Ka Jhoota Makrooh Hai Jaise Billi Hai Ye Sab Hum Bayan Kar Chuke Hain Na.. Billi, Chooha, Chhipkali Inke Jhoote Makrooh Hote Hain Lekin Najasate Ghaleeza Nahi Hote Aasani Ke Liye Hukm Diya Gaya Hai To Agar Billi Kuen Me Gir Gai Zinda Nikal Liya, Chhipkali Gir Gayi Zinda Nikal Liya, Chooha Gira Zinda Nikal Liya To Hum Kahenge Ye Pani Makrooh Ho Gaya Lekin Paak Hi Hai Isme Pura Kuan Khali Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hain. Haan..!! Behtar Hai Takriban 20 Dol Pani Aap Nikal Den To Pani Se Woh Karahat Wagairah Sab Khatam Ho Jayegi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-144)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Aur Koi Halaal Janwar Hi Gir Gaya Jaise Kabootar Gir Gaya, Bakri Ka Bachha Gir Gaya Zinda Nikal Liye Isi Tarah Misal Ke Taur Par Gaay Gir Gayi Gaay Ko Zinda Nikal Liya To Pani Paak Hi Rahega Kyun Ki Inka Jhoota Paak Hai To Pani Bhi Paak Hi Rahega. Haan..!! Agar Confirm Pata Ho Ki Inke Jism Par Koi Najasat Lagi Thi, Gobar Laga Tha Ya Pesahab Ke Katre Wagairah The Confirm Pata Hai 100% Confirm Hai To Fir To Kuan Napaak Ho Gaya Ab Aap Ko Kuan Paak Karna Hi Padega Pura Khali Karna Padega. Lekin Agar Aisa Kuch Nahi Hai To Shaq O Shubah Me To Hum Ye Nahi Kahenge Pura Kuwan Khali Karen To Isme Fir Aap Chahe To 20 Dol Nikal Lein Behtar Hai To Ye Hukm Hai Kuen Ka.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-145)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Kuen Se Pani Nikalne Ke Liye Dol Kon Sa Lein Bada Size Ya Chhota Size.?
Aap Ke Kuen Par Jo Dol Hota Hai Medium Size Ka Bahut Chhota Bhi Na Ho, Bahut Bada Bhi Na Ho Medium Size Ke Jo Dol Hote Hain Umooman Usse Aap Ko 20 Dool Nikalna Kafi Hota Hai, Ihtiyatan 20 Hai To 40 Nikal Lein, 40 Hai To 60 Nikal Lein Thoda Zyada Nikal Lein No Problem But Nikalna. Chahe To Khaich Kar Nikalein Aur Chahe To Motar Se Bhi Aap Nikal Sakte Hain Koi Problem Nahi Hai. 20 Dol Nikalenge To Kitna Pani Hota Hai Aik Idea Hota Hai Na.. To Utna Idea Ke Hisab Se Motar Se Pani Nikalna Hai Utna Nikal Kar Baha Denge Nali Wagairah Me To Fir Kuan Paak Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-146)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Baaz Log Kahte Hain Kabhi Kabhaar Kuen Ka Pani Aisa Hota Hai Jo Toot'ta Nahi Hai Aur Ye Common Issue Hai Hamare Yahan To Aksar Sawal Yahi Aate Hain Ki Kuen Me Billi Giri Mar Gai Fool Phat Gai Ya Najasat Gir Gai Aur Pani Nikalne Me Cut Nahi Ho Raha Yani Jitna Aap Nikalenge Woh Naher Ki Tarah Wapas Wapas Fill Hota Rahta Hai To Aisi Soorat Me Kya Karen.?
To Aisi Soorat Me Aap Jo Gaao Ke Kuen Wagairah Dekhte Hain Expert Hote Hain Kuen Wagairah Ki Woh Safai Bhi Karte Hain Sab Kuch To Unke Andaza Hota Hai Aisi Kisi Bande Ko Pakad Ke Laye Aur Puchhein Andaza Lagao Is Kuen Me Kitna Pani Hai To Ring Wagirah Ke Hisab Se Dekh Ke Woh Aik Estimation Aap Ko Batate Hain Ki Itna Liter Paani Hoga To Utna Pani Aap Ko Nikalna Padega For Example Kisi Ne Kaha Ki Filhal Isme Hazaar Liter Pani Hai To Hazaar Liter Pani Aap Ne Nikal Diya To Woh Kuan Paak Ho Jayega Bhale Uske Baad Woh KuanBhar Jaye Woh Alag Baat Hai Lekin Jaise Aap Hazar Liter Pani Nikalenge To Woh Kuan Paak Ho Jayega Lekin Isme Aap Andaza Na Lagaye Jo Mahir Hota Usi Puchhein.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-147)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Aur Isi Tarah Halal Parinde Jo Ooncha Udte Hain To Inki Beet To Waise Bhi Paak To Agar Kabootar Ki Beet Pani Me Gir Gayi, Toote Ki Beet Pani Me Gir Gayi To Fir To Koi Problem Hi Nahi Hai Pani Qabile Istemal Hai.
Lekin Haram Parindon Ki Jo Beet Hoti Hai Aap Jante Hain Ye Najasate Khafeefa Hai Isme Kuen Ke Masle Me Bhi Aasani Mil Jati Hai To Haram Parinde Jo Ooncha Udte Hain Jaise Kawwa Hai, Cheel Hai, Eagle Vagairah Agar Inki Beet Pani Me Gir Jati Hai To Yahan Par Bhi Ulama e Kiram Ne Kaha Ki Pani Paak Rahega Kyun Ki Isme Harj Bahut Zyada. Yani Kyun Ki Ye Baar Baar Ooncha Udte Hain Inse Bachana Bhi Thoda Mushkil Hi Hota Hai Kab Kahan Par Beet Kar Dete Hain, To Yahan Par Fir Aasani De Di Gai Hai Ki Kuwan Paak Rahega.
Haan..!! Lekin Murgi, Batakh Vagairah Me Ye Option Nahi Hai. Wahan Par Aap Ko Dhaak Kar Hi Rakhna Padega, Haram Parinde Jo Ooncha Udte Hain Inko Aap Control Nahi Kar Sakte To Inse Kabhi Khuda Nakhasta Pani me Najasat Gir Gai To Kuan Paak Rahega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-148)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Aur Bakri Ki Jo Mengni Hoti Hai Agar Ye Kuen Me Gir Gayi Thodi Bahut Tab Bhi Kuan Napaak Nahi Hoga, Agar Bahut Zyada Gir Gayi Har Dol Aap Nikal Rahe Hain To Usme Mengni Aa Rahi To Agar Itni Mengni Gir Gayi Tab Ja Kar Kuan Napaak Hoga. Lekin Chunki Bakriyon Ki Bhi Aadat Hoti Hai Mengni Karne Ki To Isme Bhi Ulama Kiraam Ne Aasani Rakhi Hai Agar Thoda Bahut Bakri Ka Mengni Vagairah Kuen Me Gir Gaye To Ye Kuan Paak Rahega.
Thodi Bahut Kuen Ke Masail Me Kabhi Aasani Mil Jati Hai To Kabhi Aisa Lage To Ulama Kiram Se Puchh Sakte Hain Aap Ki Isme Aasani Milegi Ya Nahi Lekin Bharhaal Ihtiyat Karni Chahiye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-149)
Kuen Ke Masail :
Kuen Ka Pani Mustamal Ho Gaya To Ab Kya Karen.?
Koi Aisa Banda Utar Gaya Jo Bewuzu Tha Ya Junbi Tha Kuen Me Utra Kabhi Kuch Dol Nikalne Utre, Kabhi Janwar Nilalne Utre Khud Ka Khayal Nahi Tha Aur Pura Ka Pura Kuaan Mustamal Ho Gaya To Ab Kya Karen Yahan Par Bhi Pani Bahane Ka Option Nahi Hai, Double Pani Milana Ye Bhi Option Nahi Hai, To Isme Fir Kaha Gaya Hai Ki 20 Dol Pani Nikal Den Pani Mustamal Se Mutlaq Ban Jayega Yani Wuzu Aur Gusl Ke Qabil Ho Jayega. Yahan Par Kuen Ke Masail Finish Ho Gaye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-150)
Jald Baazi Mein Wuzu :
Aala Hazrat Fazile Barellywi رحمۃ اللہ علیہ Farmate Hain __
① Wuzu Dekh Dekh Kar Hoshiyari o Ehtiyat Ke Sath Karein, Awam Mein Jo Mashhoor Hai Ke Wuzu Bahut Jald Karna Chahiye Aur Isi Mane Par Kahte Hain Ke Wuzu Naujawan Ka Sa Aur Namaz Boodhon Ki Si, Yeh Ghalat Hai--
Balke Wuzu Mein Bhi (Sukon Aur Ahtiyat) Matloob Hai.
② Baaz Log Chullu Lene Mein Paani Aisa Dalte Hain Ke Ubal Jata Hai (Maslan Nal Zyada Kholne Ki Soorat Mein Paani Hathiliyon Se Takra Kar Bahar Girta Hai) Halan ke Jo Gira Bekar Gaya. Isse Ahtiyaat Chahiye.
③ (Wuzu Karte Waqt) Har Chullu Bhara Hona Zaroor Nahin, Balke Jis Kaam Ke Liye Lein, Us Ka Andaaza Rakhen – Maslan Naak Mein Naram Banse Tak Paani Chandhane (Ke Liye Pure Chulln Ki Kya Zaroorat Hai)?, Balke Bhara Chullo, Kulli Ke Liye Bhi Darkar Nahin.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-151)
Pani Mein Mendak Mar Jaye To kya Pani Napaak Ho Jata hai.?
Jis Mendak Ki Ungliyon Mein Jhilli Ho Woh Aabi Mendak Kehlata Hai.. Is Mein Bahne Wala Khoon Nahin Hota...Ye Agar Pani Mein Mar Jaye To Paani Napaak Nahi Hoga.. Agarche Woh Phool Phat Jaye.
Han Agar Pani Mein Rezah Rezah Ho Gaya To Pani Paak Hai, Magar Ise Peena Jaiz Nahin, Kyunkay Mendak Haram Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-152)
Musta'mal Pani Se Istinja :
Be Wuzu Ya Janabat Wala Shakhs Jis Thode Pani Mein Hath Wagaira Dal De Woh Pani Musta'mal Kehlata Hai. Yeh Pani Wuzu Wa Gusl Ke Qabil Nahin, Lekin Is Ke Zariye Zahiri Najasat, Dur Kar Sakte Hain.
Maslan Is Se Bartan, Kapde, Zameen, Jute Aur Digar Napak Ashya Ko Paak Kiya Jaa Sakta Hai, Isi Tarah Is Pani Ka Bathroom Wagaira Mein Istemal Bhi Jaiz Hai, Kiyunki Is Mein Bhi Badan Se Zahiri Najasat Ko Zail Karna Maqsood Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-153)
Wuzu Aur Gusl Mein Kulli Ka Sahee Tareeka :
Wuzu Mein Teen Martaba Is Tarah Kulli Kee Jaye Ki Munh Aur Daant Ke Har Hisse Par Pani Pahunche. Yaad Rahe Wuzu Mein Is Tareeke Se Kulli Karna, Sunnate Mu'akkadah Hai Aur Gusl Mein Yoon Kulli, Farz Ke Darje Mein Hai. Aksar Log Jaldee Mein Wuzu Ki Ye Sunnat Aur Gusl Ka Ye Farz Mukammal Nahin Karate,
Be Tawajjohi Se Kulli Karne Aur Naak Ki Nok Par Pani Lagaane Ko Hi Kaafi Samajhate Hain. Chunaanche Agar Wuzu Mein Aisa Kabhi Kabhaar Kiya To Koi Harj Nahin, Lekin Wuzu Mein Sunnate Mu'akkadah Chhodne Ki Aadat Banaane Par Insaan Zaroor Gunahgaar Hoga.
Aur Agar Gusl Mein In Sustiyon Ka Muzahra Kiya, To Gusl Hoga Hi Nahin.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-154)
Dane Aur Chhalon Se Nikalta Pani :
Agar Yeh Itni Kaleel Miqdar Mein Nikle Ke Faqat Khal Par Zahir Ho, Yani Bahne Ki Salahiayt Na Rakhta Ho, To Yeh Paak Hai Is Se Wuzu Nahin Tute Ga. Albatta Agar Dane Se Nikalta Pani Bah Jae ...... Ya Bar Bar Saaf Karne Ki Wajah Se Apne Maqam Par Thehra Rahe, Lekin Maalum Ho Ke Agar Saf Na Karte, To Zarur Bah Jaata, To In Dono Surton Mein Wuzu Tute Ga, Ab Yeh Pani Najas Wa Napaak Hai.
Hidaya Mein Hai---
Agar Chhala Noch Diya Aur Us Se Pani, Peep Ya Ko Najasat, Zakhm Se Bah Gai, To Wuzu Tute Ga, Warna Nahin.
Al Mabsoot Mein Hai .....
Zakhm Se Nikalti Najasat Ko Bahne Se Pehle Hi Kai Martaba Saf Kar Liya, To Agar Aisi Halat Rahi Ho Ke Chhod Deta, To Bah Jaata, To Wuzu Tut Gaya, Warna Nahin Tuta.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-155)
Wazu Mein Ungli Chumna :
① Masḥ Se Pehle Angli Chumna
② Chullu Bhar Kar Kalai Aur Kohni Ke Darmiyan Girana
Hamare Haan Wazu Mein In Do Cheezon Ki Kasrat Hai, Kabhi Aap Ne Bhi Mushahida Kiya Hoga. Fiqh Ki Kisi Bhi Kitaab Mein In Cheezon Ka Kahin Zikar Nahin Hai— Nah Ye Sunnat Se Sabit Aur Nah Hi Ulama Ne Inhein Mustahab Qarar Diya Hai.
Hamare Nayi Naslen Is Qism Ke Muamlaat Ko Dekh Kar Samajhti Hain Ke Shayad Is Qism Ke Afaal, Deen Ka Hissa Hain.
Phir Sone Par Suhaga, Ghalba e Jahalat Ki Wajah Se Tamam Umr Kisi Ko Tahqeeq Ki Tawfeeq Nahin Milti. Pas Youn Shar'ee Ahkam Aur Deen Ki Shakl Maskh Ho Jati Hai Aur Jahalaten Nasl Dar Nasl Wursa Mein Milti Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-156)
Cannula Hand Per Wuzu Ka Hukum :
Khayal Rahe Ke Aazae Wuzoo Par Is Tarah Paani
Bahana Lazim Hai Ke Koi Hissa Khushk Na Reh Jaye, Jabke Cannula Par Lage Howe Tape Ki Wajah Se Paani Khaal Tak Nahin Pahunchta, Lihaza Aslan Is Se Wuzoo Nahin Hona Chaahiye...
Magar Chunke Cannula Nikalne Mein Dushwari
Hai Aur Istimal Shudah Cannula Bekar Bhi Hoga, Phir Naya Cannula Doosri Jagah Aur Baar Baar Lagwane Mein Sakht Dushwari Hai. Lehaza Sharan Ijazat Hai Ke Isi Tape Par Paani Baha Liya Jaye ... Kyunki Yeh Zakham Par Bandhi Us Patti Ke Hukm Mein Hai Jise Utarne Mein Shdeed Harj Ho.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-157)
Sawal : Bahta Khoon Kis Me Hota Hai Aur Kis Me Nahi.?
Jo Keede Makode Hote Hain Inme Bahta Khoon Nahi Hota Jaise Machhar Hain Makkhi Hain Isi Tarah Machhli Me Bhi Bahta Khoon Nahi Hota, Lekin Baki Ke Jo Janwar Hain Inme Bahta Khoon Hota Hai Umooman Jaise Chhipkali, Chuha, Kabutar Jo Birds" Hain Inme Bahta Khoon Hota Hai Insan Aur Bade Janwar Me Bhi Bahta Khoon Hota Hai.
Sawal : Nadi Me Suar Jate Hain Us Nadi Ke Pani Ka Kya Hukum Hoga.?
Nadi Ka Pani Jari Pani Hota Hai To Jari Pani Najasat Ka Rang, Boo Wagairah Aa Jata Hai Tab Ja Kar Nadi Napaak Mani Jayegi To Agar Pani Bahta Hai Nadi Me Aur Suar Chala Jata Hai Aur Pani Me Suar Ki Najasat Ki Small Wagairah Aa Rahi Hai Aisa Kuch Hai To Yahan Par Na Jaya Jaye, Ya Fir Jis Hisse Me Jahan Par Suar Rahte Hain Aur Wahan Par Small Aa Raha Hai Ya Wahan Par Woh Pani Napaak Ho Raha Hai To Fir Woh Avoid Karen Iske Alawa Jagah Se Nadi Ka Pani Istemal Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-158)
Sawal : Kisi Be-Gusul Shakhs Ke Baal Pani Me Gir Jaye To Kya Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega.?
Ji Han Bilkul Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega. Kyun Ki Jo Be-Gusul Shakhs Hota Hai Uske Pure Body Par Najasate Hukmiya Hoti Hai To Fir Baal Agar Touch Ho Jaye Pani Se To Fir Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega.
Sawal : Agar Kisi Par Subah Jaiss 7 Baje Us Par Gusul Farz Hua Ab Uske Baad Kai Martaba Hath Wagairah Bhi Dho Liya Ab Gusl Karne Se Pahle Usne Ungli Wagairah Pani Me Dali To Pani Mustamal Hoga Ya Nahi.?
To Is Soorat Me Dekhiye Depend Karta Hai Ke Ab Is Darmiyan Uska Wuzu Toota Hai Ya Nahi Jaise 7 Baje Gusl Farz Huwa Usne Ja Kar Ek Martaba Bhi Hath Dho Liya To Jo Gusl Ki Wajah Se Najasate Hukmiya Body Par Aai Thi Woh Chali Gai, Agar Woh Kaam Wagairah Kar Raha Hai Uske Baad Ja Kar Hath Bucket Me Dalta Hai To Woh Pani Mustamal Nahi Hoga. Lekin Aisa Ho Gaya Ki Darmiyan Me Uska Wuzu Bhi Toot Gaya Yani Hath To Dho Liya Tha To Gusl Wala Najasate Hukmiya Chala Gaya Lekin Ab Wuzu Bhi Toot Gaya To Wuzu Tootne Se Bhi Hath Par Najasate Hukmiya Aa Jati Hai To Fir Agar Ye Hath Pani Me Dalega To Pani Mustamal Ho Jayega Isliye Ehtiyat Isi Me Hai Ki Dho Kar Hi Check Kare.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-159)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
Wuzu Hamari Aham Tareen Cheezon Me Se Ek Hai Ki Wuzu Ki Zaroorat Bahut Sari Ibadaton Ke Liye Hoti Hai Namaz Ke Liye, Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ke Liye, Isi Tarah Tawafe Kaba Ke Liye To Wuzu Ki Zaroorat Bahut Jagah Par Hoti Hai Agar Wuzu Ke Masail Me Idhar Udhar Huwe To Bahut Sari Ibadatein Disturb Ho Jati Hain Sirf Is Wajah Se Ki Wuzu Theek Tareeqe Se Nhi Huwa.
Wuzu Kahte Kise Hain.?
Wuzu Darasal Naam Hai 3 Body Part Par Ghusal Karne Ka Yani Dhone Ka Aur Aik Body Part Par Masa Karna Ka Ye Hota Hai Wuzu Ka Definition. 3 Body Part Jo Dhote Hain Woh Kaun Sa Hai.? ¹ Chahra, ² Hath Jisme Kohni Include Hai, Aur ³ Dono Pair Jis me Takhne Include Hain. To Ye Body Parts Ka Dhona Wuzu Me Farz Hai Isi Tarah Sar Ka Masa Karna Farz Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-160)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
Ab Dhone Aur Masa Ka Farq Aap Samajh Lein :
Bahut Se Masail Isi Me Pesh Aate Hain Ki Log Dhone Aur Masa Me Differentiate Hi Nahi Karte Dhona Matlab Ye Hai Ki Ulama Kiram Ne Farmaya Ki Agar Hum Kahte Hain Ki Koi Body Part Aap Ko Dhona Hai To Iska Matlab Hai Ki Us Body Part Ke Har Har Hisse Par Kam Se Kam 2 Katre Pani Ke Bah Jana Zaroori Hai Jaise Chahra Dhona Hai To Chahre Ka Jitna Bhi Hissa Hai Har Har Hisse Par Kam Se Kam 2 Katre Pani Ke Bah Jana Zaroori Hai Ye Hota Hai Bahna. Ye Nahi Ki Sirf Hath Geele Kare Pochh Liya Ho Gaya Dhona.? Nahiii..!! 2 Katre Pani Ke Bahne Zaroori Hai.
Aur Masa Matlab Hota Hai Pani Ki Sirf Tari Pahuchana To Hath Geele Kar Liye Aur Jaise Hum Lotion Wagairah Lagate Hain Is Tarah Agar Aap Ne Hath Ko Pochha To Ye Hath Ka Masa Ho Gaya, To Balon Par Hum Jo Masa Karte Hain Inme Pani Nahi Bahana Hota Isme Sirf Sar Ke Balon Ka Masa Karna Hota Hai Sirf Geela Hath Kar Sar Par Fer Lenge To Masa Mukammal Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-161)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
To Aap Ko Ye Yaad Rakhna Hai Ki Dhone Aur Masa Ka Farq Kya Hai Jab Wuzu Me Kaha Gaya Hai Ki 3 Body Parts Ko Aap Ko Dhona Hai Matlab Dhona Hai Agar Aap Ka Koi Body Part Bhi Dhone Se Baqi Rah Gaya Ya Us Body Part Par Masa Ho Gaya To Woh Wuzu Aap Ka Incomplete Mana Hi Nahi Jayega Jab Wuzu Hi Nahi To Jo Dusri Ibadatein Jaise Namaz Wagairah Hogi Hi Nahi.
Wuzu Me 4 Farz Hote Hain :
1. Chahra Dhona
2. Dono Hatho Ko Kohniyon Tak Dhona
3. Dono Pairon Ko Takhno Tak Dhona, Aur
4. Sar Ka Masa Karna.
Ye 4 Farz Hain Jab Maine Farz Ki Definition Bataya Tha Tabhi Maine Samjhaya Diya Na : Ki Agar Kisi Ibadat Ka Farz Baqi Rah Jata Hai To Woh Ibadat Hoti Hi Nahi Hai Namaz Me Se Aap Ne Ek Farz Chhod Diya Jaise Sajda Karna Farz Hai Aur Sajda Hi Chhod Diya To Namaz Hui Hi Nahi, Isi Tarah Wuzu Me Agar Koi Ek Bhi Farz Rah Gaya To Aap Ka Wuzu Incomplete, Hoga Hi Nahi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-162)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
To Wuzu Ka Sabse Pahla Farz Hai
1. Chahra Dhona : Kitna Dhoye Ge Chahra.? Jahan Se Aadatan (Normally) Bal Ugte Hain Wahan Se Le Kar Thodee (Chin) Hai Chin Se Thodi Nichhe Ka Hissa Wahan Tak Length Me Aap Ka Chahra Hai. Kisi Ki Residing Hair Line Hai Yani Baal Girne Ki Wajah Se Pichhe Se Baal Ug Rahe Hote Hain To Woh Alag Mamla Hai Hum Ye Nahi Kahenge Ki Wahan Se Sar Dhoye.. Normally Jahan Se Baal Ki Growth Start Hoti Hai Wahan Se Le Kar Chin Ke Thodi Niche Tak Ka Jo Hissa Hai Ye Aap Ke Chahre Ka Front Part Hai Ye Aap Ke Chahre Me Shamil Hai Boundary Hai Aap Ke Chahre Ki.
Aur Width (Chaudaee) Me Ek Kan Ki Lau Se Dusre Kaan Ki Lau Tak Yani Kaan Ka Ho Hissa Hota Hai Chahre Se Attached Wahan Se Dusre Kan Tak Iske Beech Me Jo Bhi Aap Ka Hissa Hai Isko Kahte Hain Chahra (Chahre Ki Tikli Bhi Kahte Hain Isko) Is Par Pura Pura Pani Bahana Farz Hai Isme Jitna Bhi Area Aap Ko Nazar Aa Raha Hai Aap Ko Pure Me Pani Bahane Farz Hai Lihaza Aap Ke Jo Eyebrows Hain In Par Bhi Pure Tareeqe Se Pani Bahana Hai,
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-163)
Wuzu Ke Faraiz :
Wuzu Ke Faraiz : Kuch Log Aankh Bahut Tight Band Kar Lete Hain Balke Chhup Jati Hain Balki Thoda Aankh Ka Hissa Bhi Chhup Jata Hai Aur Fir Woh Dhone Se Rah Jata Hai To Ye Wuzu Incomplete. To Pure Aankh Ke Palkon Par Bhi Pani Bahe Ga Eyes Ke Corner Me Pani Bahana Hai, Isi Tarah Kuch Log Hont Dawa Dete Hain To Muh Band Karen Aap Normally To Hont Ka Jo Hissa Nazar Aa Raha Hota Hai Ye Bhi Dhona Farz Hai. To In Tamam Hisso Ko Aap Ko Properly Dhona Hai Kam Se Kam 2 Katre Pani Bahna Zaroori Hai. Agar Naak Wagairah Me Koi Nose Ring Pahni Hai Aur Woh Tightly Baithi Hai To Usko Move Karna Hai Aur Kisi Bhi Tarah Carefully Ye Karna Hai Ki Pani Uske Andar Bah Jaye Warna Fir Nath Wagairah Nikal Kar Hi Aap Ko Pani Bahana Padega To Carefully Isko Hila Kar Move Kar Ke Aap Ko Chahra Dhona Hai.
Isi Tarah Agar Chahre Par Koi Cheez Lagi Hai Jaise Makeup Lagi Hai Waterproof Hai To Pani To Baha Liya Lekin Kya Wuzu Huwa.? Nahi Huwa Kyun Ki Chahre Ka Jo Sikne Hai Is Par Pani Bahna Zaroori Tha To Jab Yahi Nahi Huwa To Fir Wuzu Hi Nahi Hai. To Jaise Dulhane Hoti Hain Tayammum Ki Taraf Aa Jati Hain Ki Makeup Hai To Tayammum Kar Ke Namaz Padhenge To Unki Namaz Hi Nahi Hui, Wuzu Jab Tak Possible Hai Tab Tak Tayammum Ki Taraf Nahi Ja Sakte Aur Makeup Ka Chala Jana Ye Koi Ujr Nahi Hota Koi Valid Reason Nahi Hoti Jiski Beena Par Hum Kahe Ki Aap Tayammum Kar Len. To Bahrhaal Pura Chahra Dhona Hai Agar Koi Aisi Cheez Lagi Hai Jo Waterproof Hai To Pahle Usko Hataye Fir Dhoye, Aur Agar Patli Se Koi Cream Clear Hai Ya Koi Foundation Wagairah Bhi Aisi Hai Jo Pani Ko Nahi Rok Rahi Bas Light Si Lagai Hui Hai To Fir Is Par Wuzu Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-164)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
Wuzu Ke Faraiz : Isi Tarah Aankho Par Eyeliner Lagate Hain Kazal Lagate Hain Kabhi Surma Vagairah Lagate Hain To Woh Bhi Jam Jata Hai Aur Ye Pani Ko Bahne Se Rok Deta Hai, Maskara Lagate Hain Ye Ko Bahne Se Rok Deta Hai To Agar Ye Cheezen Lagi Hui Hain Aur Pani Ko Wahan Par Bahne Se Rok Rahi Hain To Inse Aap Ka Wuzu Nahi Hoga.
Aankho Ke Andar Lens Hai To Koi Problem Nahi Hai Kyun Ki Aankh Ke Andar Aap Ko Nahi Dhona Hai Bahar Jo Bhi Cheezen Hain Ye Hatani Padegi Eyeshadows Eye Makeup Jo Bhi Hai. Kuch Log Glitter Makeup Lagate Hain Chahre Par Glitter Hoti Hai Fir Usko Saf To Kar Liya Lekin Thodi Thodi Chamki Rah Gayi Jiski Wajah Se Utne Hisse Par Pani Nahi Baha Wuzu Nahi Hoga.
To Ye Tamam Cheezon Ka Khayal Rakhna Hai Aur Us Hisab Se Wuzu Karna Hai Lipstick Wagairah Itni Moti Lagi Hai Puri Ek Layer Hai Pani Bahaya To Usse Bhi Wuzu Nahi Hoga, Thoda Bahut Agar Cream Vagairah Lagaye Hain Jo Pani Ko Nahi Rokti Hai To Isse Aap Wuzu Ho Jayega To Ye Chahra Dhona Ho Gaya.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-165)
Wuzu Ka Bayan : (Wuzu Ke Faraiz)
2. Dono Hath Dhona : Ungliyon Ke Poron Se Le Kar Nakhoon Wagairah Inke Niche Ka Hissa Yahan Se Le Kar Kohni Tak Pura Dhona Hai. To Isme Yahi Galtiyan Hoti Hain Ki Hath Me Anguthiyan Hoti Hain To Anguthiyan Agar Bahut Tight Hai To Utarni Padegi Loose Hai To Aage Pichee Kar Ke Har Jagah Aap Ko Pani Bahana Padega. Isi Tarah Chudiyan (Bangles) Wagairah Bahut Tightly Baithe Hain Ki Pani Andar Jayega Hi Nahi To Fir Utarna Hi Padega Aur Agar Aisa Hai Ki Hila Kar Aap Andar Kar Sakte Hain Pani Baha Sakte Hain To Aage Pichhe Kar Ke Achhi Tarah Pani Bahana Zaroori Hai.
Ungliyon Ke Beech Ka Jo Gap Hota Hai Yahan Par Bhi Pani Bahana Hai Ye Ek Jagah Rah Jati Hai Kabhi Kabhar To Khayal Kare Nakhoon Ke Jo Inner Part Hain Yahan Par Aap Ko Pani Bahana Hai Aur Isi Tarah Ugliyon Ke Beech Hisse Me Bahana Hai Aur Kabhi Kabhaar Aise Hath Fold Kar Dete Hain To Kohni Ka Jo Opposite Side Wala Hissa Hai Ye Chhup Jata Hai To Ye Bhi Khayal Rakhna Hai Ki In Par Bhi Achhi Tarah Pani Bah Jaye.
Hath Par Agar Koi Cheez Lagi Hai Jo Pani Ko Rok Rahi Hai To Fir Usko Door Karna Padega Jaise Kabhi Kabhaar Koi Cheez Chipak Jati Hai Hath Par Aur Usko Nikal Bhi Sakte Hain To Nikalne Ki Koshish Karni Hai Usko Door Kar Ke Aap Ko Wuzu Wagairah Karna Hai. Cream Wagairah Lagi Hai Halki Si To Wuzu Ho Jayega, Thoda Bahut Nariyal Ka Tel Hai Vaseline Wagairah Light Si Lagaye Hain Thoda Sa Chiknahat Aap Ko Mahsoos Ho Raha Hai Tab Bhi Wuzu Ho Jayega To Ye Cheez Khayal Rakhna Hai.
3. Dono Pair Takhno Tak Dhona : Isi Tarah Pair Ko Dhone Hain Agar Pair Me Bhi Payal Ya Koi Rings Wagairah Pahnen Hain To Isme Bhi Wahi Rules Hain, Angutho Ke Darmiyan Ka Ho Hissa Hota Hai Isko Bhi Aap Ko Achhi Tarah Dhona Hai Talwo Se Le Kar Takhno Tak Pura Ye Wuzu Ke 3 Faraiz Dhone Ke Ho Gaye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-166)
Wuzu Ka Bayan : (Wuzu Ke Faraiz)
4. Sar Ka Masa Karna : Sar Ke Mase Me Sirf Tari Pahunchani Hai To Kam Se Kam 1/4 (Chathai) Sar Ka Masa Farz Hota Hai. 1/4 Yani Aapni Peshani Par Aap Hath Aise Rakhen Jaise Sar Dard Hota Hai To Sar Par Aise Slap Karte Hain Na Ki Are Ye Kya Kar Diya To Is Tarah 4 Ungliyan Rakhen To Dekhen Jo Aap Ka Forehead (Matha) Hai Is Par 4 Ugliyan Aa Jati Hain To Yahi 4 Ugliyan Aap Apne Sar Par Rakhen To Ye Takriban Chauthai Sar Ban Jata Hai Yani Takriban Itna Portion Aap Ka Chauthai Sar Hai. Kam Se Kam Itna Masa Karna Zaroori Hai Farz Ke Darze Me Hai. Agar Rah Gaya To Wuzu Nahi Hoga Kuch Aurten Dupatte Ke Upar Se Hi Masa Kar Leti Hain To Isse Bhi Wuzu Nahi Hoga Kyun Ki Baal Par Masa Karna Zaroori Tha.
Isi Tarah Kuch Log Aasteen Wagairah Tight Hote Hain To Isi Ke Upar Se Pani Daal Dete Hain To Ye Andar Geela Ho Gaya Bas Pani Nahi Bahta To Ye Bhi Galat Isme Bhi Kapde Sila Rahe Hain To Khayal Karen Sab Se Pahle Ki Wuzu Ke Qabil Hai Bhi Ya Nahi To Aise Kapda Silaye Ki Jisme Aaram Se Wuzu Kar Sake. Burka Wagairah Bhi Aisa Ho Ki Wuzu Aaram Se Aap Kar Sake. To Ye Sab Cheezen Ehtiyat Karni Chahiye
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-167)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
In 4 Farz Me Se Ek Bhi Baqi Rah Gaya To Wuzu Nahi Hoga. Ye 4 Cheezein Maine Zikar Kar Di Iske Alawa Wuzu Ki Koi Bhi Cheez Ho Woh Sunnat Me Hogi Ya Mustahab Me Hogi Wuzu Me Koi Wajib Nahi Hota. To Koi Bhi Aap Le Len Jaise Kulli Karna, Naak Me Pani Chadhana, Unliyon Ka Khilal Karna, Bismillah Padhna, Niyyat Karna Ye Tamaam Cheezen Ya To Sunnat Hai Ya Mustahab Hain Agar Rah Bhi Jaye To Wuzu To Ho Jayega Bahrhaal. Jaise Wuzu Ki Niyat Hi Nahi Thi Aise Hi Wuzu Kar Liya To Ye Pani Paak Karne Wala Hai Wuzu To Ho Jayega Lekin Sawab Hasil Nahi Hoga.
Isi Tarah Dusre Jo Sunnaten Hain, Mustahabaat Hain Baaz Cheezein Sunnatein Muakkadah Ke Bhi Darze Me Hain Jaise Kulli Karna Naak Me Pani Chadhana Ye Sunnatein Muakkadah Ke Darze Me Hai To Ye Banda Agar Chhod Deta Hai Baar Baar To Gunahgaar To Hoga Lekin Fir Bhi Bahrhaal Wuzu To Uska Ho Jayega Wuzu Ke Liye 4 Faraiz Dekhe Jate Hain. To Jahan Par Pani Ki Kami Hoti Hai Wahan Par Ye Masle Bade Kaam Aate Hain Kyun Ki Pata Hai Kam Se Kam Farz Pura Karna Hai Farz Complete Ho Gaya To Mera Wuzu Ho Gaya. Aur Aur Safar Wagairah Me Bhi Ye Masle Kaam Aate Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-168)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
Ab Yaad Rakhein.! Dhona Matlab Hota Hai Kam Se Kam 2 Katre Pani Bahana Isko Hum Dhona Kahte Hain To Ab Wuzu Me Jahan Jahan Bhi Kaha Jaye Ki Aap Ko 3 Martaba Dhona Hai Jaise Chahra 3 Martaba Dhona Hai, Hath 3 Martaba Dhona Hai, Pair 3 Martaba Dhona Hai To Ye 3 Martaba Dhona Matlab Kya Hota Hai.?
Matlab Ye Huwa Ki 6 Drop Pani Aap Ke Us Body Part Ke Har Har Hisss Par Pahuch Jaye To Aap Ka Sunnat Makammal Ho Jayega 3 Martaba Dhone Se Murad Ye Hai To Ulama Kiram Farmate Hain 3 Martaba Hi Dhona Zaroori Nahi Hai To Jaise Kisi Ne Nal Khol Liya Aur Ek Baar Me Hi Hath Dho Liya To Isme 6 Katre Se Bahut Zyada Pani Bah Gaya To 3-3 Baar Hath Ko Dhona Zaroori Nahi Hai Ek Hi Baar Me Agar 6 Katre Pani Bah Gaya To Fir 3 Martaba Wali Sunnat Bhi Ada Ho Gai 3-3 Baar Dhone Ki Hajat Nahi Hai. Aur Baaz Suraton Me Ye Israf Ki Taraf Bhi Chala Ja Sakta Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-169)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
Israf Yani Unnecessary Waste Of Pani Koi Bhi Cheez Agar Aap Unnecessarily Aap Usko Waste Karte Hain Jisme Na Aap Ka Deen Ka Koi Fayda Hai, Na Duniya Ka Koi Fayda Hai To Fir Ye Cheez Israaf Kahlati Hai Jo Haram Aur Gunahe Kabeera Hai. Deeni Fayda Yani Jaise Aap Wuzu Kar Rahe Hain To Aap 2 Katra Pani Baha Diya Tab To Aapka Farz Ada Ho Gaya Lekin Aap 4 Katre Aur Baha Rahe Hain Kyun.? Kyuki Sunnat Ada Ho Jaye To Ye Additional Bahana Ye Israf Nahi Hai Isme Aap Ka Deeni Fayda Hai.
Kisi Mustahab Ko Complete Karne Ke Liye Aap Pani Baha Rahe Hain To Ye Bhi Aap Ka Deeni Fayda Hai Isi Tarah Agar Aap Ka Koi Duniyawi Fayda Ho Jisme Aap Extra Pani Use Kar Rahe Hain Ye Bhi Israf Nahi Hota Jaise : Garmiyon Me Aisa Hota Hai Ki Wuzu Karte Waqt Aisa Lagta Hai Wuzu To Ho Gaya Lekin Thoda Sa Aur Pani Baha Lein Kyun Ki Gamri Bahut Hai Body Me Thandak Mahsoos Hogi Isme Bhale Deeni Fayda Nahi Hai Lekin Duniya Ka To Fayda Hai To Ye Bhi Israf Nahi Hoga.
To Koi Bhi Aisa Maqam Jahan Par Aap Ka Koi Deeni Fayda Nahi Hai Koi Duniyawi Fayda Nahi Hai Aur Wahan Par Banda Pani Wagaira Waste Kar Raha Hai To Fir Ye Israf Shumar Hoga Baroze Qiyamat Iska Hisab Bhi Dena Hai Yaad Rakhein Ye Haram Aur Gunah Hota Hai To Israf Se Har Soorat Me Bachna Chahiye Aap Ko Jahan Jahan Israf Ho.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-170)
Wuzu Ka Bayan :
To Bahrhaal Nal Ke Pani Me Fir Ye Hota Hai Ki 6 Drop Pani Ke Katre Bah Jaye Chahre Par, Hath Par, Pair Par To Fir Sunnat Bhi Ada Ho Jati Hai 3-3 Martaba Dhona Zaruri Nahi Hai To Jo Chullu Bhar Ke Pani Wagairah Baha Kar Dekhte Hain To Isme Behtar Hai Ki Isme Bhi Aap Ek Martaba Experiment Kar Lein Hath Ka Jo Backside Hai Aap Ka Yahan Par 2 Katra Pani Baha Kar Dekhein Kitni Wetness Hai Fir 4 Fir 6, 6 Katre Bahane Me Kitni Wetness Aap Ko Nazar Aa Rahi Hai To Roughly Ek
Estimation Ho Jayega Ki Itna Hath Agar Geela Ho Gaya Matlab Sunnat Ada Jo Gayi Ye Tareeqa Ulama Kiram Ne Kitabon Me Likha Hai Ki Aisa Kar Ke Dekhein Taki Ek Aap Ko Andaza Ho Jaye Ki Kitna Pani Aap Ne Use Kiya Hai Aur Israf Se Aap Bach Sake.
Bahare Shariat Me Te Masla Likha Huwa Hai Ki Ek Aam Chullu Le Kar Kulli Karte Hain Naak Me Pani Chadhate Hain To Kulli Karne Ke Liye Aadha Chullu Kafi Hai Aala Hazrat رحمتہ اللہ علیہ Ne Bhi Fatawa Razviya Me Mention Farmaya Hai Ki Aadhe Chullu Se Bhi Kulli Ho Sakti Hai Aur Naak Me Pani Chadhane Ke Liye Aadha Chullu Se Zyada Pani Lena Ye Bhi Israf Hai Fir Jo Nal Khol Kar Isi Tarah Khada Rahte Hain Ki Pura Sar Ka Masa Kar Rahe Hain Nal Wahan Par Khula Hai, Hath Dho Rahe Hain Khilal Vagairah Kar Rahe Hain To Nal Khula Hai, Kisi Se Baat Cheet Karne Me Lag Or Nal Khula Hai To Ye Sab Israf Hai Kal Baroze Qiyamat Iska Bhi Hisab Kitab Hoga To Ehtiyat Ke Sath Karna Chahiye.
Aur Ab Nal Khol Ke Jaise Niche Se Hath Bahate Ja Rahe Hain To Ek Martaba Agar Hath Aap Ne Nal Ke Niche Se Fera To Yaqinan Aap Ka Sunnat Jo Tha Ada Ho Gaya 3-3 Baar Karne Ki Hajat Nahi Hai Aur Aisa Hota Hai Ki Kabhi Sar Ka Masa Karne Ke Liye Nal Khole Fir Masa Karne Ke Liye Pani Drop Ho Raha Hai To Koi Bartan Vagairah Niche Rakhe Taki Woh Pani Waste Na Jaye Baad Me Woh Pani Kisi Aur Kam Me Istemal Me Aa Jaye To Ye Aadat Banaye Aur Pani Ko Hargiz Hargiz Waste Na Karen.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-171)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Waise To Sabhi Wuzu Ka Tareeqa Jante Hain Lekin Fir Bhi Jo Sunnat Tareeqa Hota Hai Fuqha e Hanfi Ke Mutabiq Ye Main Aap Ko Bata Deti Hoon : Sab Se Pahle Wuzu Karte Waqt Qibla Ruh Unchi Jagah Baith Kar Karna Mustahab Hai, Yani Karenge To Sawab Milega Nahi Karenge To Gunahgar Bhi Nain Hain Aur Na Shariat Ke Tarah Se Aisa Hai Ki Ye Napasandeed Hai Kar Lein To Bahut Achhi Baat Hai. To Kabe Ki Taraf Face Karte Huwe Unchi Jagah Me Baith Kar Wuzu Karna Mustahab Hota Hai Lekin Kabhi Kabhaar Jaise Apartment Aise Hote Hain Ki Washroom Me Log Wuzu Karte Hain To Ye Possible Nahi Hota To Is Soorat Me Isme Koi Problem Nahi Hai Jis Tarah Aap Khade Ho Kar Kar Rahe Hain Kar Sakte Hain.
Aur Iske Baad Wuzu Me Niyyat Karni Hoti Hai, Niyat Dil Ke Irade Ko Kahte Hain Yani Dil Me Aap Ka Ek Irada Hona Chahiye Ki Main Wuzu Kar Rahi Hoon Allah Ki Riza Hasil Karne Ke Liye Ibadat Ke Liye To Fir Wuzu Ki Niyat Shumar Ho Jayegi. Ha Dil Me Niyat Hote Huwe Zaban Se Bol Dena Ye Behtar Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-172)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Yaad Rakhein..!! Washroom Ke Andar Dua Ya Kalimat To Door Ki Baat, Baat Karne Se Bhi Mana Kiya Gaya Hai Andar Ja Kar Kuch Nahi Bolna. Han Wuzu Ke Liye Jaise Separate Wuzu Khana Bana Lete Hain Agar Is Tarah Hai To Woh Ek Alag Mamla Hai. Lekin Jahan Par Washroom Attached Hain Wahi Par Wuzu Karte Hain To Yahan Par Aap Andar Ja Kar Koi Niyat, Koi Duaa, Koi Kalma Kuch Nahi Padhenge Chahe Wuzu Ho, Chahe Gusul Ho. Yahan Par Khamoshi Se Aap Ko Jo Bhi Karna Hai Woh Karna Hai To Washroom Ke Andar Bila Wajah Baat Bhi Nahi Karni, Fizool Baatein Bhi Nahi Karni, Kuch Bhi Nahi, To Ye Sab Jab Nahi Hai To Fir Duaa To Door Ki Baat Hai Ye Gandagi Ka Maqam Hota Hai To Yahan Duaa E Wagairah Kaise Hum Padh Sakte Hain.?
To Jo Bhi Duaa Aap Ko Padhni Hai Jo Bhi Niyat Karni Hai Sab Washroom Ke Bahar Khade Ho Kar Padhein To Arbi Niyatein Vagairah Baaz Log Padhte Hain Gusl Karne Se Pahle To Sab Washroom Ke Bahar Hi Padhein. To Wuzu Ki Niyat Jo Hoti Hai Jaise Umooman Is Tarah Niyat Kar Lete Hain Ki Aye Allah عزوجل Teri Riza Ke Liye Main Wuzu Kar Rahi Hoon Paki Hasil Karne Ke Liye Wuzu Kar Rahi Hoon, Namaz Ke Liye Wuzu Kar Rahi Hoon Ye Zaban Se Kah Lena Achha Hota Hai Lekin Kahna Hai To Washroom Ke Bahar Kahein.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-173)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
To Wuzu Me Sabse Pahle Niyyat Karenge, Iske Baad Bismillah Padhna Hota Hai Bismillah Padhna Sunnat Ke Darze Me Hain Aur Baaz Ulama Kiraam Ne Isko Sunnate Muakkada Bhi Likha Hai, To Bismillah Aap Washroom Ke Bahar Padhenge Aur Behtar Hai Ki Aap Padhein بِسْمِ اللّٰهِ وَالْحَمْدُ لِلّٰه Kyun Ki Iski Fazilat Me Aaya Hai Ke Jo Wuzu Se Pahle بِسْمِ اللّٰهِ وَالْحَمْدُ لِلّٰه Padhta Hai To Jab Tak Halate Wuzu Me Rahega Firishte Continuously Uske Liye Nekiyan Likhte Rahenge سبحان الله To Ye Badi Pyari Fazilat Hai.
Iske Baad Washroom Me Dakhil Ho Kar Wuzu Start Kare Sab Se Pahle Dono Hatho Ko Pahuncho Tak Dho Lein. Pahuncho Yani Aap Ka Jo Wrist Hai Iske Thoda Sa Niche To Itna Hissa Aap Achhi Tarah 3-3 Baar Dho Lein, 3 Martaba Dhona Zaroori Nahi Hai Jaise Maine Kaha Ki Agar Aap Nal Ke Niche Dhote Hain To Ek Baar Bhi Dho Lene Se Ye Sunnat Complete Ho Jati Hai. Jahan Par Bhi Main Ye Kahun Ki 3-3 Baar Ye Amal Karna Hai Ki To Aap Samajh Lein Ki Agar Wahan Par 6-6 Katra Pani Baha Liya To Ye Kafi Hai.
To Dono Hath 3-3 Baar Dhoye Pahuncho Tak Aur Ungliyon Ke Beech Me Jo Gaps Hote Hain Yahan Par Khilal Karein Yani Jo 2 Unliyon Ke Beech Me Gap Hain Yahan Par Dusre Hath Ki Unliyan Daal Kar Aage Pichhe Karein Ye Khilal Hota Hai To Ye Khilal Dono Hatho Ka Karna Hai Sunnate Gaire Muakkadah Hai, Baaz Ulma Kiram Ne Sunnate Muakkadah Likha Hai Lekin Sahi Takhkeek Ke Mutabiq Ye Gaire Muakkadah Hai Agar Kisi Ne Chhod Diya To Gunahgar Nahi Hoga. Han Jab Aisa Hai Ki Pakka Pata Hai Jo Ungliyon Ke Darmiyan Gaps Hain Yahan Par Pani Nahi Pahunche Ga To Fir To Aap Ko Achhi Tarah Khilal Karna Padega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-174)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Iske Baad Miswak Hota Hai Aurtein Bhi Miswak Kar Sakti Hain Compulsory To Nahi Hai Ki Wuzu Se Pahle Miswak Karein Agar Muh Me Smell Wagairah Hai To Kar Lena Chahiye Kyun Ki Smell Se Firishton Ko Ajiyat Pahunchti Hai Isliye Wuzu Se Pahle Miswak Kar Lein Ya Kisi Bhi Tarah Muh Se Smell Door Kar Lein Waise To Aurton Ke Liye Miswak Ye Bibi Aayesha Siddiqa رضى الله تعالیٰ عنها Ki Sunnate Mubaraka Hai Karenge To Aap رضى الله تعالیٰ عنها Ki Sunnat Ka Sawab Milega Lekin Ulama Kiram Suggest Karte Hain Ki Aurtein Tooth Brush Istemal Karen Generally Miswak Se Kyun Ke Aurton Ke Masudhe Kamzoor Hote Hain Isliye Aisa Na Ho Ki Dant Ko Taqleef Pahunche To Brush Wagairah Bhi Istemal Kar Sakti Hain Bahrhaal Wuzu Me Hath Dhone Ke Baad Miswak Aata Hai To 3 Teen Martaba Miswak Kiya Jata Hai Agar Nahi Bhi Karte Hain To Koi Harj Nahi Hai. Aur Agar Aap Miswak Nahi Kar Rahe Hain To Kam Se Kam Hath Ki Ungli Muh Me Fer Lein Ye Bhi Kafi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-175)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Iske Baad 3 Martaba Kulli Karein Is Tarah Ke Pure Muh Ke Har Hisse Me Pani Pahunch Jaye Yaad Rakhein Wuzu Me Kulli Karna Sunnate Muakkadah Ke Darze Me Hai Agar Koi Theek Tareeqe Se Ise Nahi Karta Aadat Bana Leta Hai To Gunahgar Hoga, To Kulli Karna Hai Wuzu Me Agar Kulli Rah Gayi To Gunahgar To Hoga Lekin Wuzu Ho Jayega Kyun Ki Faraiz Me Se Nahi Hai Lekin Gusul Me Ye Farz Hai Agar Kulli Theek Tareeqe Se Nahi Fir Gusl Bhi Nahi Hoga To Achhi Tarah Kulli Karna Hai Jitne Bhi Aap Ke Muh Ke Parts Hain Zuban Ke Upar Neeche, Danton Ke Beech Me Masudhe Jitna Bhi Muh Ka Hissa Hai Halq Tak Achhi Tarah Pani Pahunchana Hai Balki Agar Aap Roze Ki Halat Me Na Hon To Gargara Bhi Kar Lein Achhe Tarah 3 Martaba Kulli Karna Hai Taki Pani Har Har Jagah Pahunch Jaye Agar Danton Ke Darmiyan Koi Cheez Rah Gayi Hai To Usko Nikal Kar Kulli Karein Taki Wahan Par Bhi Pani Pahunch Jaye
Agar Danton Me Koi Cheez Jam Gai Hai Goshte Wagairah Ke Rese Fas Gaye Hain To Usko Hatayein. Han Agar Aisi Koi Cheez Hai Dant Par Ki Jisko Aap Nahi Nikal Pa Rahe Hain Jaise Bahut Zyada Jo Paan Khate Hain To Danton Par Layer Jam Jati Hai Aur Lakh Koshish Ke Baad Nikalti Nahi Hai To Ab Isme Mazburi Hai To Moaf Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-176)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Isi Tarah Kuch Log Braces Lagate Hain Zahir Si Baat Hai Jitne Hisse Me Braces Hai Wagan Par Pani Nahi Pahonchega To Wuzu To Alag Baat Hai Gusul Me Bhi Nahi Pahunche Ga To Ab Inko Hum Force Nahi Kar Sakte Ke Braces Utare To Ab Is Soorat Me Moaf Ho Jayega Lekin Jab Tak Aap Pani Bahane Ki Koshish Kar Sakte Hain Aap Ko Koshish Puri Karni Hogi.
Isi Tarah Jinke Artificial Daant Lage Hote Hain Agar Woh Dant Nikaal Sakte Hain Jo Remove Able Hote Hain To Agar Remove Able Hai Remove Kar Ke Kulli Karna Hai, Isi Tarah Gusul Me Fir Nikalna To Zaruri Ho Jayega Aur Agar Remove Able Nahi Hai Ya Remove Karne Me Bahut Zyada Taqleef Hogi To Fir Is Soorat Me Inke Upar Hi Aap Kulli Kar Lein Kafi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-177)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Iske Baad Fir Naak Ke Narm Haddi Tak.. Narm Haddi Yani Jo Haddi Aap Move Kar Sakte Hain Jahan Tak Woh Aap Ka Narm Hissa Hai Woh, Upar Se Fir Sakht Haddi Hai To Narm Haddi Tak Pani Pahuchana Zaroori Hai Wuzu Me Ye Sunnate Muakkada Ke Darze Me Hai Gusl Me Ye Farz Hai Aur Thoda Upar Tak Pahucha Lena Behtar Hota Hai To Agar Roza Na Ho To Thoda Upar Tak Pani Chadha Lein,
Baaz Log Pani Lete Hain Aur Naak Me Is Tarah Dal Lete Hain Aisa Nahi Hai, Pani Naak Me Chadhana Hota, Naak Me Dalna Nahi Hota, Chadhana Yani Chullu Me Thoda Pani Le Kar Upar Khaiche To Achhi Tarah Pani Ko Khich Kar Naak Me Chadhana Hai 3 Martaba. Aur Fir Naak Ko Is Tarah Saf Karna Hai Ki Chhoti Left Hath Ki Jo Small Finger Hai Isko Naak Ki Surakh Me Dal Kar Naak Wagairah Saf Karni Hai,
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-178)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Iske Baad 3 Martaba Pura Chehra Dhona Hai, Chehra Kya Hai Ye Hum Pichhle Post Me Bata Chuke Hain Jahan Se Aadatan Baal Ugte Hain Wahan Se Le Kar Thodee Ke Niche Tak Aur Ek Kaan Ki Lau Se Dusre Kaan Ki Lau Tak Jitna Bhi Face Me Hissa Hai Har Jagah Aap Ko Pani Bahana Hai Aur 3 Baar Dhona Hai.
Kyun Ki Chehra Aap Nal Ke Niche Nahi Rakhte Chullu Wagairah Bana Kar Hi Chahra Dhote Hain To Isme Kabhi Kabhaar Kuch Hissa Rah Jata Hai Jaise Side Ki Jo Kanpattiyan Hain Ye Rah Jati Hain, Cheek Ka Left Side Right Side Rah Jata Hai To Isme Ehtiyat Karein Pure Jagah Kam Se Kam 6 Drop Pani Aap Bahaye To Sunnat Ada Ho Jayegi. Aur Agar 2-2 Drops Pani Bah Gaye To Fir Farz Ada Ho Jayega Isse Kam Baha To Fir Wuzu Hi Nahi Hoga To Achhi Tarah Pure Chehre Ko 3 Martaba Dhona Hai.
Iske Baad Fir Hath Dhone Ki Taraf Aana Hai Pahle 3 Martaba Seedha Hath Dhoyenge Ungliyon Se Le Kar Kohni Tak Aap Ko Dhona Hai, Ab Kuch Log Chullu Me Pani Lete Hain Aur Yun Pani Fekte Hain Backward Portion Me Is Tarah Fek Kar Wuzu Karte Hain Is Tarah Kuch Nahi Karna Normally Aap Ko Dhona Hai Nal Ko Bilkul Normally Dhar Par Rakh Kar Apna Hath Ungliyon Se Le Kar Kohniyon Tak Dhoye Aur Hath Ko Masalte Jaye To Is Tarah Pura Kohni Tak Ehtiyat Se Aap Ko Dhona Hai, Isi Tarah Ulte Hath Ko Dhona Hai. Agar Anguthiya Wagairah Sab Ko Utar Kar Ya Hila Kar Pani Bahana Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-179)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Iske Baad Sar Ka Masa Karna Hai : Sar Ke Masa Ke Liye Hath Tar Kar Len Aur Masa Ke 2 Tareeqe Hain Aap Ko Isi Post Ke Last Me Link Mil Jayegi Jisme Dono Tareeqe Bataye Gaye Hain To Aap Dekh Len Aurtein Dono Tariqe Se Masa Kar Sakti Hain Woh Jo 3 Ungli Mila Kar Puri Guddi Tak Le Kar Jana Fir Aage Lana Ye Jo Tareeqa Hota Hai Isme Aurton Ke Liye Umuman Mashakkat Bhi Hoti Hai Baal Wagairah Bhi Bikhar Jate Hain To Dusra Tareeqa Aap Apna Sakte Hain Jo Bahut Simple Hai Ki Puri Hatheli Ko Sar Par Rakhein Jahan Se Aap Ke Baal Ugte Hain Wahan Se Le Kar Pura Pichhe Tak Masa Kar Len To Ye Aap Ka Sunnat Tareeqe Se Masa Ho Jayega. Chauthai Hisse Tak Masa Karte Hain To Farz To Ada Ho Gaya Lekin Sunnat Ye Hai Ki Pure Sar Ka Aap Masa Karen To Hath Sar Par Rakh Kar Pichhe Jahan Tak Aap Ke Baal Hain Wahan Tak (Latakti Hui Choti Nahi) Sar Ka Jo Hissa Hai Wahan Tak Pura Masa Kar Len To Masa Ho Jayega To Ye Aasan Tareeqa Hai Aurton Ka Ki Pura Hath Rakh Kar Pichhe Tak Le Ja Kar Masa Kare. .
https://youtu.be/Py3-deDLyjo?si=sHf0y-4Fp9mpCVUG
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-180)
Wuzu Ka Tareeqa :
Iske Baad Kyun Ki Unliyon Ko Tar Karne Ke Baad Aap Ne Istemal Kar Liya To Dubara Se Unliyon Ko Tar Kar Ke Aap Apne Kan Wagairah Ka Masa Is Tarah Karenge Ke Jo Chhoti Ungliyan Hain Woh Kaan Ke Surakh Me Dale Aur Jo Kalme Wagairah Ki Ugliyan Hai Isse Kaan Ka Inside Portion Hai Jo Iska Masa Aur Angtha Se Kaan Ke Back Side Ka Masa Kar Len Fir Hatheli Ka Jo Back Portion Hota Hai To Usse Gardan Ka Masa Karen. Gale Ka Masa Nahi Karna Gale Ka Masa Makrooh Hota Hai Baaz Log Gardan Se Le Kar Gale Tak Kar Lete Hain To Gale Me Nahi Karna Gardan Ke Hisse Tak Hi Masa Karna Hota Hai.
Iske Baad Final Pair Dhone Hai To Pahle Seedha Pair Fir Ulta Pair, Aur Pair Me Talwa Vagairah Pura Niche Tak Complete Dhona Hai Aur Aap Ko Unliyon Ka Khilal Karna Hai, Khilal Karna Bhi Sunnate Gaire Muakkada Hai. Khilal Kis Tarah Se Karenge.? Jis Tarah Nakhoon Katte Hain Us Tarah. To Sidhe Pao Ki Chhoti Ungli Se Aap Ko Strat Karna Hai Anguthe Tak Khilal Karte Huwe Aana Hai Aur Jo Aap Left Pair Hai Wahan Par Anguthey Se Chhoti Ungli Ki Taraf Khila Karte Huwe Aana Hai To Ye Tareeqa Hai Wuzu Ka.
Yahan Par Aap Ka Wuzu Complete Ho Jayega Iske Baad Wuzu Ke Baad Jo Duaaen Padhte Hain Surah Qadr Wagairah Padhte Hain Jinki Fazeelatein Hadeese Mubaraka Me Aai Hain Sab Washroom Ke Bahat Aa Kar Padhna Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-181)
Wuzu Ki Sunnatein :
Ab Wuzu Me Kya Cheez Sunnat Hai Kya Cheez Mustahab Hai Ye Cheez Main Aap Ko Bata Deti Hoon Bahrhal Aap Tareeqa Samajh Gaye To Is Tarah Aap Karenge To Tamam Sunnatein, Mustahabaat Sab Ho Jayegi Fir Main Ek Martaba Bata Deti Hoon ; Yaad Rakhein Wuzu Ke 4 Faraiz Hain Wuzu Aur Gusul Me Koi Wajibbaat Nahi Hote. Ab Jo Hoga Woh Ya To Sunnat Ke Darje Me Hoga Ya Mustahab Ke Darze Me Hoga, Baaz Cheezein Sunnate Muakkadah Hai Jo Main Aap Ko Wuzu Ke Tareeqe Me Zikar Karte Aai To Inka Khayal Aap Ki Rakhna Hota Hai Baqi Inke Alawa Cheezein Mustahab Hain Kabhi Chhot Bhi Gai To Koi Problem Nahi Hai.
Sab Se Pahle Yaad Rakhein Niyat Karna Bhi Sunnate Muakkadah Hi Hai Waise Niyat To Sabhi Ki Hoti Hai Zuban Wagairah Se Nhi Bhi Kaha Lekin Dil Me Irada Hota Hai Namaz Padhne Ja Rahe To Wuzu Isi Liye Kar Rahe To Ye Niyat Count Ho Jayegi, Iske Alawa Bismillah Padhna Sunnate Muakkadah Hai To Bismillah Padh Lein, Fir Dono Hathon Ko 3-3 Martaba Dhona Pahuncho Tak Ye Sunnat Hai, Miswak Karna Sunnat Hai Lekin Ye Sunnate Gaire Muakkadh Hota Hai Lazim Zaroori Nhi Hota Han ! Small Wagairah Ho To Isko Door Kar Len, Fir 3 Martaba Kulli Karna, Gargara Karna Ye Sab Sunnat Ke Darze Me Hai Isi Tarah Naak Me Pani Chadhana Sunnate Hai, Hath O Pair Ki Ugliyon Ka Khilal Karna Sunnat Hai, Pure Sar Ka Complete Masa Ek Martaba Karna Sunnat Hai, Kano Ka Masa Karna Ye Bhi Sunnat Hai,
Aur Order Wise Wuzu Karna Ye Bhi Sunnat Hai Kyun Ki Isko Bhi Sunnate Mokkadah Kaha Gaya Hai. Kuch Log Aage Pichhe Kar Lete Hain To Ho To Jata Hai Wuzu Agar Aap Ne Order Ulta Pulta Kar Liya Pair Se Shuru Kar Ke Chahre Tak Aa Gaye Fir Kulli Kar Liya Is Tarah Ulte Me Wuzu Kar Liya Tab Bhi Wuzu Ho Jayega Kyun Ki Wuzu Ke Faraiz Jo Hain Woh Complete Ho Gaye To Wuzu To Ho Gaya Lekin Ye Order Maintain Na Karne Ki Wajah Se Sunnate Moakkadah Chhoot Gaya Iski Aadat Bana Lenge To Fir Gunahgar Honge. Aur Wuzu Ko Continuously Karna Hota Hai Ye Nahi Ki Wuzu Kiya Fir Kuch Kaam Karne Chale Gaye Fir Aaye Fir Dusra Kiya Aisa Nhi Karna Continuously Karna Ye Bhi Sunnat Hota Hai Yani Ek Body Part Dry Hone Se Pahle Dusre Body Part Ka Wuzu Complete Kar Lena Ye Bhi Sunnat Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-182)
Wuzu Ke Mustahabaat :
Iske Alawa Chand Cheezein Mustahab Hain Ye Main Aap Ko Bata Deti Hoon : Qible Ruh Baithna, Oonchi Jagah Par Baithna, Ya Baith Kar Wuzu Karna Ye Sunnat Hota Hai Agar Possible Hai To In Par Amal Kare Nahi Hai To Koi Harj Nhi Hai Mustahab Hai, Aur Pani Bahate Waqt Body Parts Par Hath Ferna, Fir Iske Alawa Seedhe Hath Se Kulli Karna, Seedhe Hath Se Naak Me Pani Chadhana, Ulte Hath Ki Chhoti Ungli Se Naak Saf Karna Ye Sab Mustahab Hai Kisi Ne Ulte Hath Se Bhi Kulli Kar Liya To Kulli Ho Jayegi Naak Me Pani Chadha Liya Ho Jayegi Lekin Ye Khilafe Sunnat Hai Khilaf E Mustahab Hai Khilafe Ola Jise Hum Kahte Hain, Isi Tarah Gardan Ka Masa Karna Mustahab Hai, Aur Kano Ke Surakh Me Ungli Dalna Ye Bhi Mustahab Hai, Isi Tarah Kan Ka Jo Masa Karte Hain Upar Se Ungli Vagairah Se Ye Bhi Sunnat Hai Balke Baaz Ulama Kiraam Ne Sunnate Mokkadah Likha Hai Iska Ehtimam Karna Chahiye,
Isi Tarah Agar Dheeli Anguthi Hai Pani Chala Jata Hai Fir Bhi Move Karna Mustahab Hota Hai. Aur Namaz Se Pahle Hi Namaz Ke Intezar Me Wuzu Kar Lena Ye Mustahab Hota Hai, Aur Hath Wagairah Dhona Hai To Ungliyon Se Strat Kare, Kohni Se Dhona Strat Karna Ye Bhi Khilaf Ola Hota Hai Lekin Dho Sakte Hain, Sunnat Aur Mustahab Tareeqa Yahi Hai Ki Hath Ki Unliyon Se Le Kar Kohni Tak Dho Len, Iske Alawa Duaa E Wagairah Jo Bhi Aap Padhte Hain Ye Mustahab Me Aa Jate Hain Ye Mukhtasran Main Ne Aap Ko Arz Kar Di Ki Kaun Si Cheez Sunnatein Wagairah Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-183)
Wuzu Ke Makruhaat #1:
Waise To Bahut Sare Makruhaat Hain Takriban 15-16 Ulama Kiran Ne Likhe Hain To Jo Zaruri Hain Jo Umuman Pesh Aate Hain Main Uska Zikar Kar Rahi Hoon:
Sab Se Pahle Yaad Rakhen Wuzu Ke Liye Hamesha Paak Jagah Me Baithna Hota Hai Napaak Jagah Me Na Baitha Jaye Aur Agar Jaruratan Baitha Bhi Jaye To Badi Ehtiyat Ke Sath Wuzu Kiya Jaye Ki Kahin Woh Napaak Chheetin Aap Ke Upar Na Aaye To Is Liye Ulama Kiram Ne Likha Hai Ki Napaak Jagah Wuzu Karna Makrooh Hai Aur Iski Wajah Bhi Yahi Hai Ki Dauran E Wuzu Napaak Chhitein Aap Ke Upar Aa Sakte Hain Isliye Isko Makrooh Likha Gaya Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-184)
Wuzu Ke Makruhaat #2 :
Iske Alawa Jab Banda Kulli Karta Hai To Kulli Karte Waqt Kabhi Bhi Qible Ke Taraf Thookna Nhi Hota. To Agar Washroom Wagairah Me Basins Hai Ya Jo Bhi Area Hai Unka Face Qible Ki Taraf Ho To Badi Ehtiyat Karni Chahiye Ki Qible Ki Taraf Thookna Normally Bhi Ya Wuzu Ke Dauran Bhi Nhi Chahiye, Iska Adab Hai Ye Makrooh Hai To Qible Rukh Khade Ho Kar Nhi Thookenge.
Iske Alawa Unnecessarily Pani Waste Karna Ye Bhi Makrooh Hai. Makrooh E Tahreemi Me Chala Jayega Ye Israf Hai Bahrhaal Ye Gunah Hi Hai Bahut Se Log Aisa Karte Hain Na Ki Nal Wagairah Open Rakh Ke Wuzu Karte Hain To Ye Sab Israaf Hai To Had Se Zyada Pani Use Karna Makrooh Hai. Aur Itna Kam Pani Bhi Use Karna Ki Jisse Sunnat Bhi Na Ada Ho Sake Yani Sirf Faraiz Ada Ho Rahe Sunnat Ada Nhi Ho Rahe To Ye Bhi Makrooh Hai. Ye Sunnate Mubaraka Bhi Ada Karni Hai Kam Se Kam 6 Katre Aawza E Wuzu Par Bahane Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-185 )
Wuzu Ke Makruhaat #3 :
Aur Iske Alawa Chahre Ko Kuch Log Pani Se Chhap-Chhap Marte Hain Ye Bhi Makrooh Hai Normal Chehra Dhona Hai Jaise Dhote Hain Pani Daal Kar Lekin Jo Chhap Chhap Mar Kar Dhote Hain Ye Makrooh Hai
Iski Wajah Ulama Kiraam Ne Ye Bayan Farmayi Hai Ki Ye Jo Insan Ka Chehra Hota Hai Na Ye Bada Qabile Tazeem Hota Hai Aur Yahi Hamari Pahchan Hoti Hai Aur Farmaya Jata Hai Ke Logon Ke Chahron Ko Allah Paak Ne Apne Daste Rahmat Se Khud Banaya Hai To Fir Iski Tazeem Bahut Zyada Badh Jati Hai Lihaza Kisi Bhi Cheez Se Kisi Ke Chehre Par Nhi Maarna Chahiye Hatta Ki Pani Se Bhi Chehre Ko Marne Se Mana Kiya Gaya Hai To Jo Log Chehron Par Marte Hain Unke Liye Badi Ibrat Ka Maqam Hai Ye Karna Hargiz Hargiz Jayez Nhi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-186)
Wuzu Ke Makruhaat #4 :
Baaz Log Muh Par Pani Dalte Waqt Usko Funkte Hain (Phu-Phu) Ye Bhi Makrooh Hai, Aur Gale Ka Masa Karna Makrooh E Tahreemi Hai Ise Bachna Hai. Isi Tarah Seedhe Hanth Se Kulli Karna Hai, Seedhe Hath Se Naak Me Pani Chadhana Hai Kisi Ne Ulte Hanth Se Kar Liya To Ye Makrooh Hai. Isi Tarah Naak Ko Chhoti Ungli Se Saf Karte Hain To Iske Liye Bhi Ulta Hanth Istemal Karna Hai Seedha Hath Istemalkarna Makrooh Hai.
Kuch Log Samajhte Hain Jaise Pure Body Part Ko 3 Baar Dhote Hain Waise Sar Ka Masa Bhi 3 Baar Hoga Ye Bhi Galat Hai, Sar Ka Masa Sirf Or Sirf Ek Baar Hota Hai Isme 3 Baar Ki Koi Qayed Nhi Hai Agar Koi 3 Baar Karta Hai To Ye Bhi Makrooh Hai Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ki 3 Baar Karte Karte Katre Ban Jayenge Fir Bhi Masa Chhod Kar Ghasal Ho Jayega Jo Aap Dhote Hain To Isliye Sirf Ek Baar Masa Karna Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-187)
Wuzu Ke Makruhaat #5 :
Fir Iske Alawa Dhoop Ke Garam Pani Se Wuzu Karna Makrooh Hai Ye Masla Aap Ko Main Pani Ke Baab Me Samjha Chuki Hoon Ki Ye Makrooh Hai Sarkar ﷺ Ne Isse Mana Farmaya Hai Agarche Makrooh E Tanzeehi Hai Lekin Bachna Chahiye Kyun Ki Isse Safed Dag Wali Bimari Aati Hai. Aur Hont Aur Ankhoon Ko Bahut Zor Se Band Nhi Karna Warna Fir Kuch Aera Baqi Rah Jayega To Ye Sab Khayal Rakh Kar Wuzu Complete Karna Hai.
Ab Aate Hain Is Taraf Ki Wuzu Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Farz Hai.? Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wajib Hai.? Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Sunnat Hai...
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-188)
Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Farz Hai #1 :
Kin Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Farz Hai, Agar Banda Nhi Karta Gunahgar Hoga Baaz Suraton Mein To Woh Ibadaten Hi Consider Nhi Hoti...
(1) To Sab Se Pahle Yaad Rakhen..!! Namaz Ke Liye Wuzu Farz Hai, Koi Si Bhi Namaz Ho Chahe Namaz E Janaza Ho, Nafil Namaz Ho Koi Bhi Namaz Ho Har Har Namaz Ke Liye Wuzu Farz Hai Agar Banda Wuzu Nahi Karta To Uski Woh Namaz Consider Hi Nahi Hogi Shuru Hi Nhi Hogi Kyun Ki Wuzu Namaz Ke Sharait Me Se Hai To Agar Shart Payi Nhi Jati To Woh Ibadat Start Hi Nhi Hoti Lihaza Har Tareeqe Ke Namaz Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Farz Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-189)
Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Farz Hai #2 :
(2) Kisi Bhi Tarah Ke Sajde Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Lazim Hai Chahe Sajda E Tilawat Ho Chahe Sajda E Shukar Ho, Sajda E Tilawat Me To Ulama E Kiram Ka Ikhtelaf To Hai Nahi Aur Sajda E Shukar Me Baaz Ulama Ne Ikhtelaf Kiya Hai Lekin Fiqh E Hanfi Me Jis Par Fatwa Diya Jata Hai Woh Yahi Hai Ki Sajda E Shukar Ke Liye Bhi Aap Ko Wuzu Karna Zaroori Hai.
Bas Aap Itna Yaad Rakhen Kisi Bhi Tarah Ka Koi Bhi Sajda Aap Kar Rahe Hain Chahe Sajda E Tilawat Ho, Chahe Sajda E Shukar Ho To Ye Tamam Sajdon Ke Liye Wuzu Ki Halat Me Hona Lazim Hai Iske Bighair Aap Ka Sajda Nahi Mana Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-190)
Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Farz Hai #3 :
(3) Qura'an E Majeed Sirf Touch Karne Ke Liye Ba-Wuzu Hona Faraz Hai. Padhne Ke Liye Wuzu Hona Zaroori Nahi Hai, Dekhne Ke Liye Wuzu Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai Sirf Touch Karne Ke Liye Ba-Wuzu Hona Zaroori Hota Hai.
Ye (3) Teen Woh Cheezein Hain Jinke Liye Wuzu Karna Lazim Hai Compulsory Hai Koi Other Option Nahi Hai. ¹Tamam Tarah Ki Namaz Ke Liye, ² Tamam Tarah Ke Sajda Karne Ke Liye Ba-Wuzu Hona Zaroori Hai, ³ Isi Tarah Qura'an E Majeed Touch Karne Ke Liye Wuzu Ki Halat Me Hona Zaroori Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-191)
Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Wajib Hai :
Tawaf Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Wajib Hai Koi Sa Bhi Tawaf Ho Sab Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Wajib Hai.
To Isme Farq Kya Ho Gaya.? Agar Kisi Ne Be-Wuzu Tawaf Kar Liya To Tawaf To Ho Jayega Lekin Fir Usme Kaffara Lazim Aa Jayega Depends Ki Kaun Sa Tawaf Hai Kitne Chakkar Hai Ye Sab Hum Hajj Course Ki Post Me Padh Chuke Hain Na Baaz Suraton Me Dam Baaz Suraton Me Sadqa Aata Hai Depend Karta Hai Ki Kaun Sa Tawaf Hai Kitne Chakkar Be-Wuzu Aap Ne Lagaye.
Lekin..!! Bahrhaal Tawaf Ke Liye Wuzu Wajib Hai Chahe Koi Sa Bhi Tawaf Ho Nafli Tawaf Ho, Tawafuz Ziyarah Ho, Tawafe Qudoom Ho Tawaf Ke Bahut Sare Types Hain Na Jo Bhi Typ Ke Tawaf Ho Sab Ke Liye Wuzu Wajib (Lazim) Hai. Agar Banda Janbujh Kar Ya Galti Se Bhi Ba-Wuzu Nahi Rahta To Us Par Dam Ya Sadqa Wagairah Lazim Aa Jata Hai To Is Tarah Se Aap Yaad Rakh Len Ki 4 Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Zaroori Hi Hai. ¹Namaz ²Sajda ³Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ke Liye Aur ⁴Tawaf Karne Ke Liye.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-192)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #1 :
Wuzu Karna Kab Sunnat Hai.? Kab Mustahab Hai.? Iske Pahle Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala Arz Kar Doon Isse Related Bahut Sare Sawalaat Aate Hain Ki Is Tarah Chhu Sakte Hain? Us Tarah Chhu Sakte Hain.? Gloves Pahen Liya To.? Isme Bahut Sari Tafseel Hai To Pahle Isko Cover Karte Hain Fir Aange Badhte Hain.
Qura'an E Majeed Aap Bagair Wuzu Ke Touch Nhi Kar Sakte. Aur Baaz Log Samajhte Hain Qura'an E Majeed Par Gilaf Laga Hua Hota Hai To Hum To Gilaf Ko Touch Kar Rahe Hain Qura'an E Majeed Ko Nahi Touch Kar Rahe, Isi Tarah Kuch Log Kya Sochte Hain Ki Qura'an E Majeed Me Jahan Par Aayat Likhi Hui Hai Woh Part Hum Nahi Touch Kar Sakte Aas Paas Ka Jo Border Hai Woh Touch Kar Sakte Hain To Woh Border Touch Kar Ke Ya Jo White Margin Ka Space Hota Hai Usko Touch Kar Ke Page Paltate Hain...
👆👆To Ye Sab Sakht Najayez O Haram Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-193)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #2 :
Yaad Rakhein..!! Qura'an E Majeed Me Jo Aayat E Mubarak Hai Woh To Qura'an Hai Hi Sath Hi Sath Jo Borders Ka Area Hai, Jo Margins Ka Area Hai Jo Bhi Hissa Qura'an E Majeed Ke Sath Atteched Hai Jo Fixed Hai Woh Qura'an Ke Hukum Me Hi Hai Agar Aap Usko Touch Karte Hain To Aisa Hai Jaise Aap Ne Qura'an E Majeed Ko Hi Touch Kiya.
To Borders, Margins, Isi Tarah Qura'an E Majeed Ka Jo Cover Hota Hai Ye Tamam Cheezein Qura'an Ka Hi Hissa Hain. Ab Ye Nahi Bol Sakte Ki Ye To Sirf Forwnt Design Banaya Hua Hai, Ye Qura'an E Majeed Ke Sath Atteched Hai Na Isko To Aap Nikal Nahi Sakte To Jo Cheez Qura'an E Majeed Ke Sath Fixed Hogi Woh Qura'an Ke Hukum Me Hai Usko Chhuna Aisa Hi Hai Jaise Qura'an E Majeed Ko Chhu Rahe Hain To Jo - Jo Ye Fixed Portions Hai Inko Bhi Aap Bagair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Achhi Tarah Isko Samajh Len Kyun Ki Yahi Rules Fir Janabat Ke Isme Honge, Gusul Ke Baab Me Honge To Wahan Par Main Inko Repeat Nahi Karungi Ki Jab Banda Bigair Wuzu Ke Inko Nahi Chhu Sakta To Bagair Gusul Ke Bahut Door Ki Baat Hai Badarja E Ola Woh Waha Par Nahi Chhu Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-194)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #3 :
To Ye Rule Aap Yaad Rakhein Qura'an E Majeed Ke Sath Jo Cheez Atteched Hai Fixed Hai Remove Nahi Kar Sakte Aap Usko, Woh Qura'an Ke Hukum Me Hai Usko Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Bahut Sare Qura'an E Majeed Aise Aate Hain Jo Leather Pouches Type Me Aate Hain Jo Zip Laga Dete Hain To Woh Cover Ho Jata Hai Aur Fir Log Isko Apne Bag Me Rakh Lete Hain To Isme Bhi Yahi Rule Hai Ki Pocket Ke Andar Woh Qura'an E Majeed Is Tarah Hai Ki Pocket Se Aap Bahar Nikal Sakte Hain To Aisa To Thik Hai.
Lekin Agar Aisa Hai Ki Fixed Hai Jo Umumuan Aisa Hota Hai Jahan Tak Maine Dekhen Hain Ki Chhote Qura'an E Majeed Jo Hote Hain Unme Woh Jo Covering Hoti Hai Woh Uske Sath Fixed Hoti Hai To Isko Bhi Fir Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Nahi Touch Kar Sakte Ek Ye Mas'ala.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-195)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #4 :
Iske Alawa Qura'an E Majeed Kuch Box Ke Andar Rakhte Hain Ya Separate Gilaf Ke Sath Rakhte Hain Ya Pouches Wagairah Me Rakhte Hain Jo Dettached Hote Hain Qura'an E Majeed Ke Sath Atteched Nahi Hote To Kya Inko Bigair Wuzu Kiye Hum Touch Kar Ke Rakh Sakte Hain.?
To Ji Han Rakh Sakte Hain..!! Agar Ye Atteched Nahi Hai Aur Mota Sa Koi Jujdaan Hai, Ya Box Me hai To In Tamam Cheezon Me Hai To Bigair Wuzu Ke Bhi Aap Rakh Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-196)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #5 :
Baaz Aurton Ka Wuzu Nahi Hota Aur Woh Dupatta Le Kar Qura'an E Majeed Utha Kar Kahi Rakhna Ho To Woh Rakh Dati Hain To Kya Aisa Kar Sakte Hain.?
To Ye Bhi Ek Mas'ala Yaad Rakhein Jo Jo Cheez Aap Ne Apne Body Ke Upar Pahni Hui Hai To Inke Jariye Qura'an E Majeed Ko Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte Jaise Aap Ne Gale Me Dupatta Pehna Hua Hai To Ye Aisa Hai Jaise Aap Ki Body Hi Hai Aap Samajh Len.. To Isko Pakad Kar Iske Jariye Qura'an E Majeed Touch Karna Apne Hath Se Touch Karna Dono Barabar Hai.
Jo Cheez Aap Ke Body Par Aap Ne Pahni Hui Hai Goya Ki Aap Ke Body Ka Hissa Hi Hai Woh Body Hi Samajh Len To Ab Dupatta Gale Me Dala Hua Hai To Ye Aap Ne Pahna Hai, To Ab Aap Dupatte Se Yun Qura'an E Majeed Uthayegi To Aisa Hai Jaise Apne Hatho Se Hi Utha Rahi Hain Directly Bigair Wuzu Ke Ye Najayez.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-197)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #6 :
Isse Woh Mas'ala Bhi Nikal Aaya Ki Gloves Pahen Ke Qura'an E Majeed Bigair Wuzu Ke Utha Sakte Hain.?
To Nhi Utha Sakte Kyun Ki Gloves Pahene Hote Hain To Hath Par Hai Goya Ke Gloves Nahi Hath Hi Se Directly Aap Qura'an E Majeed Touch Kar Rahi Hain. To Gloves Pahen Ke Bhi Aap Qura'an E Majeed Touch Nahi Kar Sakte Bigair Wuzu Ke Wuzu Hona Zaroori Hai.
Han..!! Woh Kapda Ki Jo Aap Ke Body Par Aap Ne Pahna Hua Nahi Hai Uske Jariye Aap Qura'an E Majeed Bigair Wuzu Ke Utha Sakte Hain Rakh Sakte Hain Jaise Dupatta Gale Me Ek Hai Aur Ek Side Me Rakha Hua Hai Jo Aap Ne Pahna Nahi Hai Ya Pahna Tha Utaar Diya Ab Usko Pahna Nahi Hai To Fir Dupatta Le Kar Qura'an E Majeed Rakh Diya To Theek Hai Is Tarah Aap Isko Rakh Sakte Hain. Kyun Ki Yahan Par Ek Gap Aa Gaya Aap Ke Aur Qura'an E Majeed Ke Darmiyan.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-198)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #7 :
Ye To Main Qura'an E Majeed Ka Bigair Wuzu Chhune Ka Zikar Kar Rahi Hoon, Aur Jahan Jahan Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubarka Likhi Hogi Wahan Ke Liye Yahi Rules Honge To Agar Kahi Par Jaise Ayatal Kursi Ki Hangings Wagairah Laga Dete Hain, Kapde Wagairah Par Aaytal Kursi Lagi Hoti Hai Usko Hang Karte Hain To Fir Bigair Wuzu Ke Usko Aap Touch Nahi Kar Sakte Hath Nahi Laga Sakte.
Ham Aisa Hai Ki Aaytal Kursi Andar Hai Upar Se Kabhi Kabhar Glass Ka Frame Laga To Thik Hai Hath Lag Gaya No Problem, Lekin Bahut Se Jagah Aisa Hota Hai Ki Kapde Ka Bana Hua Hangings Latka Dete Hain Aur Fir Chalte Firte Banda Be-Wuzu Ho To Uska Hath Lagta Rahta Hai Ye Beadabi + Gunah Kyun Ki Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubarka Hai To Fir Usko Bigair Wuzu Ke Aap Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-199)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #8 :
To Jahan Par Bhi Qura'an E Majeed Likha Hoga Fir Aap Ko Ba-Wuzu Hoke Chhuna Zaroori Hai.
To Wall Hanging Ho Gaye, Isi Tarah Kuch Log Plate Wagairah Me Aayat Mubarka Likha Lete Hain Chandi Ka Plate Ya Thal Wagairah Hota Hai To Isme Likha Hota Hai Ye Bhi Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte Fir Taweez Wagairah Me Naqsh Hota Hai Lockets Wagairah Me Baaz Log Likh Lete Hain Aisi Cheezein Pahennen Se Bhi Ahtiyat Karni Chahiye Kyun Ki Bada Abad Hota Hai. To Baharhaal Agar Aisa Kuch Hai Jewellery Wagairah Koi Bhi Cheez Jisme Aayte Mubaraka Hai To Fir Usko Ba-Wuzu Hi Touch Karenge Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-200)
Qura'an E Majeed Chhune Ka Mas'ala #9 :
Ab Aate Hain In Cheezon Ke Baare Me Ki Jin Kitabon Me Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Likhi Hoti Hain Aur Usme Kuch Aur Cheezein Bhi Likhi Hoti Hain Jaise Hadees Ki Kutub Ho Gai, Dusri Cheezein Ho Gai Ya Dusre Risale, Fiqhi Kutub Ho Gaye Jinme Qura'an E Majeed Ke Kuch Aayatein Likhi Hoti Hain Baqi Dusri Baatein Usme Likhi Hoti Hain Masle Masail Likhe Hote Hain Inko Bigair Wuzu Ke Chhu Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.?
Yaad Rakhen..!! Ba-Wuzu Hona Qura'an E Majeed Touch Karne Ke Liye Aur Qura'an E Majeed Ka Tarjuma Touch Karne Ke Liye Zaroori Hai. Kyun Ki Qura'an E Majeed Ka Tarjuma Agarche Dusre Language Me Hai Lekin Hai To Woh Qura'an Hi Na.. Uska Direct Tarjuma Hai To Isme Baaz Ulama Kiram Ka Aap Ko Kuch Ikhtelaf Nazar Aayega Lekin Jo Ahtiyati Kaul Hai Main Yahi Aap Ko Bata Rahi Hoon Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubaraka Nahi Touch Karenge Iska Translation Bhi Touch Nahi Karenge Chahe Koi Si Bhi Language Me Ho Hindi Me Ho, English Me Ho, Urdu Me Ho Koi Si Bhi Language Ho Aap Usko Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-201)
Deeni Kutub Chhune ka Mas'ala :
To Bigair Wuzu Ke Qura'an e Majeed ko bhi touch nahi karna tarjume ko bhi touch Nahi karna. Han..!! In 2 cheezon ke alawa Jo bhi cheez hogi usko aap touch kar sakte Hain hadees ko bhi touch kar sakte hain fiqhi masail ko bhi touch kar sakte Hain fiqhi kutub ko bhi touch kar sakte Hain hatta ke Qura'an e Majeed ki tafseer e mubaraka ko bhi touch kar sakte Hain kyun ki Ye Qura'an nahi hai Ye to isko to logon ne samjhaya hai Kalamullah nahi hai is par woh rules Apply Nahi honge Ye rules sirf aur sirf Qura'an e Majeed ki aayte mubaraka aur inke translation ke liye hai.
⚠️ Ab Jaise Main kaha hadees mubaraka ki kitabein hain, dusri Deeni kitabein hain inke liye ba-wuzu hona zaroori Nahi hai, lekin wuzu me rahna behtar hota hai Farz ki baat kar rahi thi main ki farz ya wajib to nahi hai lekin Mustahab aap kah sakte hain ki ye kitabein Ba-wuzu hi touch karen Kyun Ki inka adab hai aur Ba-Adab Ba-Naseeb to adab Yahi hai ki tamam deeni kutub ko aap Ba-wuzu Touch Karen.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-202)
Ek Aur Sawal Aata Hai Ki Qura'an E Majeed Mobile Ke Andar Ho, Tarjuma Mobile Ke Andar Ho To Isko Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Kar Sakte Hain.?
Ji Han..! Isko Touch Kar Sakte Hain Isme Koi Problem Nahi Hai. Kyun Ki Aap Ka Qura'an Mobile Ke Andar Hai As A Software Hai Aur Woh Haqeeqatan Qura'an E Paak Nahi Hai Bas Woh Screen Ke Pixels Hain Woh Glow Ho Rahe Hain To Ye Aap Touch Kar Sakte Hain
Aur Baaz Ulama Kiram Ne Isse Bhi Mana Farmaya Hai To Aisa Nahi Hai Ke Sabhi Ne Ijazat Di Hai Baaz Muftiyan E Kiram Ab Bhi Iski Ijazat Nahi Dete To Aap Jin Muftiyan E Kiram Ko Umuman Follow Karte Hain Agar Unho Ne Mana Kiya Hai To Aap Isi Ko Follow Kar Len. Baharhaal Mujh Naqis Ka Amal Isi Par Hai Ki Screen Par Jo Aayte Mubarka Aa Rahi Hai Ye Woh Qura'an Ke Hukum Me Nahi Hai, Bigair Wuzu Ke Aap Isko Touch Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-203)
Fir Ye Sawal Aata Hai Ki Halate Haiz Me Mobile Me Qura'an E Paak Ko Touch Kar Sakti Hai.?
To Kar Sakti Hai Lekin Bas Khayal Rahe Ki Zaban Se Padhna Nahi Hai. Ye Bilkhusoos Darse Nijami Ki Talibaat Ke Kaam Aata Hai Kuch Aayte Mubaraka Check Karna Hai, Tarjuma Check Karna Hai, Tafseer Check Karna Hai To Fir Woh Mobile Me Dakh Sakti Hai Badi Aasani Aayegi. Warna Fir Qura'an E Majeed Me Kis Tarah Dekhegi.? Kisi Se Kahna Padega Page Khole Turn Kare Ye Dekhe To Ye Parshani Ka Bais Hai Mobile Me Ye Aasani Ho Jayegi.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-204)
Deeni Kitabon Ki Detail #1 :
Ab Deeni Kitabon Ki Detail Me Aa Jate Hain : Woh Kitabein Jo Qura'an Nahi Hai Lekin Inme Kahin Kahin Par Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubarka Likhi Hoti Hai Ya Fir Tarjuma Likha Hota Hai To Maine Kya Kaha Ki Aap Is Portion Par Hath Nahi Laga Sakte Isi Tarah Iske Back Side Par Bhi Aap Hath Nahi Laga Sakte Jaise Page No. 4 Hai To Ab Pichhe Side 5 Hoga To Yahan Back Side Par Bhi Aap Hath Nahi Laga Sakte. Han..!! Agar Paper Bahut Zyada Mota Ho Ki Kitab Ke Back Side Ka Jo Print Hai Ye Side Par Nazar Nahi Aa Raha Hai To Fir To Touch Kar Sakte Hain Lekin Isme Bhi Bachen.
Takriban Kitabon Ke Jo Print Hote Hain Woh Papers Aise Hote Hain Ki Back Side Ka Print Is Side Aa Raha Hota Hai To Jahan Par Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubarka Hai Wahan Par Bhi Touch Nahi Karenge Tarjuma Bhi Nahi Touch Karenge Back Side Of The Page Bhi Nahi Touch Karenge Isse Bachna Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-205)
Deeni Kitabon Ki Detail #2 :
Yaad Rakhen..!! Ki Jin Pages Ke Half Page Ya Half Se Zyada Page Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubarka Ho Woh Total Page Bhi Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Kahi Par 2 Line Me Aayte Mubaraka Likhi Hui Hai Aur Pura Page Abhi Baqi Hai Sirf Starting Ke Line Me Abhi Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubarka Hai To Fir Ye Page To Aap Dusri Jagah Par Touch Kar Sakte Hain Jahan Par Qura'an Likha Hai Wahan Par Nahi Aur Back Side Par Bhi Nahi Touch Kar Sakte Iske Alawa Portion Par Aap Touch Kar Sakte Hain
Lekin Agar Aisa Ho Gaya Ki Wahi Aayte Mubaraka Ya Koi Aur Aayte Mubaraka Aisi Layi Gayi Ki Jine Half Page Ya Half Se Zyada Page Cover Kar Liya To Ab Pure Page Par Kahi Par Bhi Aap Hath Nahi Laga Sakte Na Yahan Par Na Back Side Par Fir Ba-Wuzu Hona Zaroori Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-206)
Jin Pages Ke Half Page Ya Half Se Zyada Page Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubarka Ho Use Bigair Wuzu Ke Kyun Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.? Iski Wajah Ye Main Aap Ko Bata Deti Hoon :
Baar Baar Ye Rule Fiqh Ka Padhte Aa Rahe Hain Na Ki “Aksar” Kul Ke Hukum Me Hota Hai Jo Zyada Hissa Hota Hai Woh Aisa Hai Jaise Pura Hi Hai To Ab Yahan Par Aap Ka Half Page Ya Half Page Se Zyada Ye Aksar Hai Yani Maximum Hissa Iska Qura'an Ka Hai Zyada Hissa Qura'an Ka Hai Kam Hissa Gaire Qura'an Ka Hai To Aisa Hai Jaise Ki Pura Page Hi Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Mubaraka Se Bhara Hua Hai Jo Kam Hai Woh Aisa Hota Hai Ki Jaise Hai Hi Nahi,
Ye Rule Hai Fiqh Ka Ki Jo Thoda Hota Hai Woh Na Ke Barabar Hota Hai Yahan Par Bhi Yahi Rules Apply Hua Hai. To Ye Rule Aap Ko Bahut Zyada Nazar Aayega Farmaya Jata Hai Ye Woh Rule Hai Jis Par Takriban Hamara 3-4 Of Tha Fiqh Depand Hai. Bahrhaal To Is Wajah Se Aap Pure Page Par Hath Nahi Laga Sakte Aur Back Side Par Bhi Hath Nahi Laga Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-207)
Tafseer Ki Kitabein Chhune Ka Mas'ala #01
To Jaise Tafseer Ki Kitabein Hain Baaz Log Kahte Hain Kya Hum Isko Be-Wuzu Padh Sakte Hain.? Ya Fir Halate Haiz Me Padh Sakte Hain.?
To Padh To Sakte Hain Aap Harj Nahi Hai. Depend Karta Hai Ki Kisi Type Ki Kitab Hai Jaise Ab Tarjuma E Kanzul Imaan Hota Hai Aur Side Me Chhota Sa Hasiya Likha Hota Hai Jisme Aadha Page Kya Pura Takriban 3-4 Page Qura'an Hota Hai Side Me Short Me Hasiya Likha Hota Hai To Ye To Aap Touch Hi Nhi Kar Sakte Ye Pura Qura'an Ke Hukum Me Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-208)
Tafseer Ki Kitabein Chhune Ka Mas'ala #02
Isi Tarah Aaj Kal Dawate Islami Walon Ki Khazainul Irfan Wagairah Tarjuma E Kanzul Imaan Ke Sath Aa Rahi Hai To Isme Unho Ne Half Page Ya Isse Zyada Qura'an E Majeed Rakha Hai Niche Fir Uski Tafseer Hai To Ye Bhi Aap Touch Nahi Kar Sakte Kyun Ki Aadha Page Ya Isse Zyada Aayte Mubaraka Par Muztamil Hai, Tarjuma Par Muztamil Hai To Fir Ye Pura Page Hi Qura'an E Majeed Ke Hukum Me Chala Gaya To Aisi Jo Qura'an E Majeed Ki Tarjuma Hain, Tafseer Hain Inko Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-209)
Tafseer Ki Kitabein Chhune Ka Mas'ala #03
Haan..!! Jo Tafseeli Tafaseer Hoti Hain Jaise Siratul Jinaan Hai, Tibyanul Qura'an Hai, Tafseere Naeemi Hai To Ye Aisi Tafseerein Hain, Jinme 1-2 Page Par To Aayte Mubaraka Aa Jati Hai, Tafseer Siratul Jinan Me To 2, 3, 4 Safhaat Nazar Aayenge Aayte Mubaraka Ke, Lekin Tibyanul Qura'an Aisi Tafseel Wali Tafseer Hai Isi Taraf Tafseer Naeemi Hai Ki Aage Ke Chand Kai Safhe Aap Ko Is Par Tafseeli Nazar Aayenge Takriban 8, 10, 12 Page Kabhi Zyada Bhi Ho Sakte Hain 20, 30 Page Aap Ko Sirf Tafseel Nazar Aayegi To Ye Jo Pages Hain Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Kar Sakte Hain Aur Inke Jo Jild Wagairah Hain Inko Bhi Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Kar Sakte Hain. Aur Ayte Mubaraka Touch Karne Ke Liye Ba-Wuzu Hona Zaroori Hai.
Isi Tarah Siratul Jinaan Wagairah Ka Bhi Mas'ala Hai Lekin Siratul Jinaan Me Ye Hota Hai Ki Bahut Se Page Me Ye Ho Jayega Ki Aksar Page Par Qura'an E Majeed Muztamil Hai Aur Fir Isko Aap Touch Nahi Kar Payenge To Ahtiyat Hai Ki Ba-Wuzu Hi Isko Touch Karen Lekin Zaruratan Agar Kabhi Kisi Ne Tafseer Ka Part Be-Wuzu Touch Kar Liya To Koi Problem Nahi Hai. Waise To In Cheezon Ke Liye Apps Hain Aaj-Kal Apps Me Hi Dekh Len Agar Zaroori Koi Baat Aa Padi Hai Ye Behtar Surat Hoti Hai Lekin Bahrhaal Mas'ala Maine Aap Ko Bata Diya.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-210)
Ab Woh Sawal Ye Aata Hai Ki Jo Chhoti Chhoti Yaseen Aati Hain Woh Pura Yaseen Hi Hain Ki Usme Kuch Aur Likha Nahi Hota Hai Siwaay Front Page End Page Ke To Pura Qura'an E Majeed Ke Hukum Me Hai.
Isi Tarah Jo Madani Panj Surah Hai To Isme Jahan Par Qura'an E Majeed Ki Aayte Hain Wahan Par Aap Touch Nahi Kar Sakte Iske Alawa Isme Bahut Sari Duaa E, Durood E Paak Wagairah Likhe Hote Hain Mukhtalif Durood Hote Hain Aur Padhne Ke Tareeqe Hote Hain Aamaal Hote Hain Wazaif Hote Hain Fazail Hote Hain To Ye Sab Portion Aap Bigair Wuzu Ke Touch Kar Sakte Hain Sirf Qura'an E Majeed Wala Part Aap Touch Nahi Kar Sakte.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-211)
Kin-Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Sunnat Hai #01
Ab Aate Hain Iske Taraf Ki Kin Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Sunnate Kareema Hai : Gusul Karne Se Pahle Wuzu Karna Ye Sunnat Hota Hai, Umuman Karte Bhi Yahi Hain Ki Gusul Se Pahle Wuzu Kar Lete Hain Fir Gusul Karte Hain Ye Sunnate Mubaraka Hai ان شاء اللہ Gusul Ka Pura Tareeqa Next Topic Me Bayan Karenge.
Isi Tarah Jo Shakhs Halate Janabat Me Ho Jis Par Gusul Farz Ho To Kuch Khane Peene Se Pahle Aur Sone Wagairah Ke Liye Wuzu Kar Lena Sunnate Mubaraka Hain Sarkar ﷺ Ki Sunnat Hai.
Aur Ye Sab Compulsory Nahi Hai Kar Lenge To Sunnat Ka Sawab Milega Warna Gunahgar Nahi Honge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-212)
Kin-Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Sunnat Hai #02
Isi Tarah Rasulullah ﷺ Ke Roza E Mubaraka Ki Hazri Ke Liye Ba-Wuzu Hona Ye Sunnate Kareema Hai To Yahan Par To Jate Huwe Sab Adab Karte Hain Lekin Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Ho Jata Hai Ki Dauran E Hazri Ya Usse Pahle Bande Ka Wuzu Toot Jata Hai Aur Possible Nhi Hota Ki Ja Kar Wuzu Kar Ke Aaye To Aisi Surat Me Mazburan Woh Ja Kar Roza E Mubarak Ki Ziyarat Kar Sakta Hai.
Han Isme Behtar Ye Hai Ki Wahin Par Tayammum Kar Le Ye Ek Option Hai. Tayammum Kar Ke Jaye Kisi Bhi Tarah Paki Hasil Kar Ke Jaye Kyun Ki Sarkar ﷺ Ki Roza E Mubaraka Ki Ziyarat Ke Liye Ja Rahe Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-213)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Mustahab Hai #01
Normally Sone Ke Liye Jab Banda Sone Jaye To Wuzu Kar Le, Jab Banda Need Se Bedaar Ho To Wuzu Kar Le Aur Miya Biwi Ke Darmiyan Talluq Qayem Karne Se Pahle Wuzu Kar Lena Ye Musthab Hota Hai,
Bande Ko Sakht Tez Gussa Aa Jaye Woh Control Nhi Kar Pa Raha To Ja Kar Wuzu Kar Le ان شاء اللہ Uske Gusse Me Kami Aayegi Aur Isi Tarah Blood Pressure Ke Liye Behtareen Amal Bataya Gaya Hai Jinki BP High Ho To Wuzu Kar Liya Karen ان شاء اللہ Blood Pressure Ke Levels Low Honge.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-214)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Ke Liye Mustahab Hai #02
Tez Gussa Aa Jaye To Is Waqt Wuzu Karna Mustahab Hota Hai, Deeni Kitabon Ko Chhune Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Mustahab Hota Hai, Qura'an E Majeed Zuban Se Padhne Ke Liye Zubani Taur Yaad Hai Par Padh Rahe Hain Qura'an E Majeed Touch Nahi Kar Rahe Hain To Iske Liye Bhi Wuzu Se Hona Mustahab Hai Lazim O Zaroori Nahi Hai. Qura'an E Majeed Sunne Ke Liye, Padhne Ke Liye, Dekhne Ke Liye Wuzu Zaroori Nahi Hai Sirf Chhune Ke Liye Ba-Wuzu Hona Zaroori Hota Hai.
Ab Next Kin Cheezon Se Wuzu Toot'ta Hai Kin Se Nahi...
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-215)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #01
① Isme Sab Se Main Aur Important Point Aap Yaad Rakhen.!! Ki Sabilain Yani Agli Aur Pichhli Sharam Gaah Se Jo Bhi Cheez Khariz Hogi Chahe Mard Hon Chahe Aurtein Ho Wuzu Ko Tod Degi Ye Basic Rule Hai. Sarkar ﷺ Ne Farmaya: Jo Cheez (Sabilain) Dono Sharam Gahon Me Se Nikle Woh Cheez Wuzu To Tod Deti Hai.
Jo Bhi Cheez Dono Sharam Gahon Me Se Nikle Woh Wuzu Ko Tod Deti Hai Siwaay 2 Cheez Ke
1. Likoriya : Jo Aurat Ko Likoriya Ka Marz Ho Yani White Discharg Ho Ya Jo Pani Ki Tarah Ho Woh Usse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
2. Jo Aurat Ke Agle Maqam Se Agar Reeh (Hawa) Khariz Hui To Fir Isse Bhi Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
To Ye 2 Exceptions Hain Iske Alawa Tamaam Cheezen Jo-Jo Cheezein Aap Consider Kar Sakte Hain Dono Sharam Gahon Se Nikle Gi Woh Wuzu Ko Tod Degi Bilkul Thoda Sa Nikle Bahne Ki Zarurat Bhi Nahi Hai Thoda Sa Chamak Bhi Jaye To Wuzu Toot Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-216)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #02
Sabilain Me Se Ko Bhi Cheez Kharij Ho Wuzu Ko Tod Degi. Isme Kya Kya Cheez Aa Gaya.? Peshab Aa Gaya, Reeh Khariz Hona Ho, Washroom Jana Ho, Hatta Ki Ulama Kiram Ne Farmaya Ki Agar Sharm Gaah Se Koi Keeda Nikal Aaya Ho To Isse Bhi Wuzu Toot Jayega, Isi Tarah Koi Stoons Wagairah Nikal Aaye Tab Bhi Wuzu Toot Jayega
Istehaza Ka Khoon Wuzu Ko Tod Deta Hai Kyun Ki Ye Sharm Gaah Se Nikla Hai, Aurat Ki Agli Sharm Gaah Yani Peshab Ke Maqam Se Bhi Nikle Ya Normal Sharm Gaah Se Bhi Jo Cheez Nikle Sab Cheez Wuzu Ko Tod Degi Siwaay Woh Jo Main Aap Ko Aurat Me Exception Bata Diya.
Isi Tarah Khoon Hai, Mazi Hai, Mani Hai, Mardon Ke Liye Wadi Hai To Jo Jo Cheezein Hain Jo Bhi Sabilain (Dono Sharm Gahon) Me Se Nikle Siway Ye 2 Cheezon Ke Iske Alawa Tamam Cheezein Wuzu Ko Tod Deti Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-217)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #03
② Sharm Gaah Ka Mas'ala To Maine Bata Diya, Shram Gaah Ke Alawa Body Me Jo Bhi Part Aap Ke Hain Wahan Se Agar Khoon Nikalta Hai Chahe Khoon Nikle, Chahe Peep Nikle, Chahe Yellow Color Ka Koi Pani Nikle Ye Sab Cheezein Ek Tareeqe Ka Khoon Hi Hota Hai To Jo Bhi Cheezein Hain Zard Pani Hai, Yellowish Pani Nikal Raha Hai, Pas Nikal Raha Hai, Peep Nikal Raha Hai , Pimpal Wagairah Se Jo Chip-Chipa Pani Nikal Raha Hai, Aur Isi Tarah Khoon Hai To Ye Agar Body Ke Dusre Body Part Se Nikalte Hain To Isme 2 Conditions Ka Paya Jana Zaroori Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-218)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #04
Agar Ye 2 Conditions Paye Jayenge To Wuzu Tootega Warna Wuzu Nahi Tootega. Ek Hi Condition Paya Gaya Dusra Nahi Paya Gaya To Wuzu Baqi Rahega To Dono Conditions Paye Jaye To Fir Wuzu Tootega
Woh 2 Conditions Kya Hain.?
1. Woh Bahne Ki Salahiyat Rakhta Ho : Jo Khoon / Peep Jo Bhi Cheez Kharij Ho Rahi Hai Woh Bahne Ki Salahiyat Rakhta Ho Yani Usme Flow Karne Ki Capacity Ho. Zaroori Nahi Hai Ki Bah Kar Chala Jaye Agar Khoon Wagairah Itni Mikdar Me Nikla Hai Ki Jo Bah Sakta Hai To Ye Pahli Shart Hai.
2. Woh Bah Kar Kisi Aise Jagah Tak Aa Jaye Jinko Aap Gusul Me Dhote Hain Jo Body Part Aap Gusul Me Dhote Hain Woh Area Tak Pahunch Jaye Agar Yahan Tak Woh Pahunch Jaye To Fir Wuzu Toot Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-219)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #05
Example: Aap Ke Hath Par Cut Laga Aur Khoon Bah Gaya To Wuzu Toot Jayega, Isi Tarah Kisi Ko Daane Chhale Wagairah They Isse Pani Peep Wagairah Nikli Aur Thoda Bah Gaya To Wuzu Toot Jayega To Har Jagah Jahan Par Bhi Sharm Gaah Ke Alawa Sharm Gaah Me Maine Wahan Par Aap Ko Wajahat Kar Di Wahan Par Bahna Wagairah Kuch Bhi Shart Nhi Hai Bas Thoda Sa Zahir Bhi Ho Gaya To Wuzu Toot Gaya, Lekin..!! Iske Alawa Me Zahir Ho Kar Bahne Ki Quantity Me Hona Ya Bah Kar Aa Jana Ye Zaroori Hota Hai To Hath Me Cut Laga Aur Khoon Bah Gaya To Wuzu Toot Gaya,
Han Cut Laga Aur Khoon Bas Aap Ke Zakhm Ke Upar Chamka Hai Abhi Baha Nahi Hai To Fir Wuzu Nahi Toota Kyun Ki 2 Conditions Maine Batai Thi Na ¹Khoon Zahir Ho Aur Woh Bahne Ki Quantity Me Bhi Ho, Ab Ye Bah Nahi Raha Ek Drop Hai Bas Aap Ke Hath Me Ruka Hua Hai Ungli Par Ruka Hua Hai Ab Bah Nahi Raha Hai To Isse Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-220)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #06
Haan Aisa Hua Ki Hath Par Cut Laga Thoda Sa Khoon Zahir Hua Usko Pochh Liya, Thodi Der Me Fir Khoon Nikla Fir Pochha... Nikla-Pochha... Nikla-Pochha.. Agar Is Tarah Aap Karte Rahe Nikal Raha Aur Aap Usko Bahne Se Pahle Hi Pochh De Rahe To Isme Fir Dekha Jayega Ki Agar Aap Ye Nahi Pochhte To Kya Khoon Itni Mikdar Me Nikla Tha Ki Bah Jayega Ya Nhi.? Agar Bahne Ki Mikdar Me Nikla Tha To Wuzu Toot Jayega. Isi Liye Maine Kaha Tha Bahne Ki Quantity Me Hona Zaroori Hai Bahna Zaroori Nahi Hai To Kabhi Kabhaar Hum Pochh Lete Hain To Jahan Par Bhi Main Kahun Yahan Par Bahna Hai Matlab Yahi Hota Hai Ki Agar Aap Ne Pochh Liya Hai To Agar Aap Nahi Pochhte To Kya Woh Bah Jata Ya Nahi.? Ye Dekhen... To Bahne Ki Quantity Me Hona Zaroori Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-221)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #07
Kabhi Kabhar Aisa Hota Hai Ki Bleeding To Hoti Hai Cut Wagairah Aa Jata Hai Zakhm Aa Jata Hai Jisse Bleeding Hoti Hai Lekin Woh Khoon Aisi Jagah Tak Nahi Aata Ki Jiska Dhona Gusul Me Aap Par Lazim Hai Jo Umuman Gusul Me Dhoya Jata Hai To Fir Isse Bhi Wuzu Nahi Toote Ga.
For Example: Kan Ke Anduruni Hisse (Inner Part ) Me Foda Hua Tha Woh Phoot Gaya Aur Khoon Nikla Lekin Kaam Ke Bahar Nahi Aaya Andar Hi Raha Kya Wuzu Tootega.? Nahi Tootega Kyun Ki Kaan Ka Inner Part Dhona Lazim Nahi Hai.
Isi Tarah Aankh Ke Andar Ka Jo Hissa Hota Hai Aankh Me Kabhi Kabhi Dane Aa Jate Hain Woh Phoot Jate Hain To Agar Dana Phoota Lekin Aankh Se Bahar Pani Nahi Aaya To Fir Wuzu Aap Ka Nahi Tootega.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-222)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #08
Isi Tarah Bahut Baar Aap Ne Suna Hoga Ki Internal Bleeding Ho Gai Ye Bhi To Jism Ke Andar Ek Zakhm Hai Aur Bleeding Hui Matlab Khoon Baha Hai Kabhi Quantity Me Bhi Khoon Hota Hai... To Kya Isse Kahenge Ki Jab Se Aap Ko Internal Bleeding Hui Hai Tab Se Aap Ka Wuzu Toot Gaya Hai Kyun Ke Har Bahne Wala Khoon Wuzu Ko Tod Deta Hai.?? Nahii.! Kyun Ki Andar Hi Andar Baha Hai. Waise To Hamare Ragon Me Bhi Khoon Daud Raha Hai Hum Ye To Nhi Kah Sakte Na... Ki Iski Wajah Se Aap Ka Wuzu Toot Gaya.
To Agar Internal Bleeding Kisi Ko Hoti Hai To Chunki Woh Is Jagah Tak Nahi Aaya Jiska Dhona Aap Ke Gusul Me Lazim Hota Hai To Isliye Isse Wuzu Tootne Ka Hukum Bhi Nahi Diya Jayega. Ye Dusra Point Khoon & Peep Wagairah Se Related.
Continue...
Ubaid-E-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-223)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #09
③ Isi Tarah Zakhm Se Dard Ki Wajah Se Jo Pani Nikalta Hai Kisi Bimari Ki Wajah Kisi Infection Ki Wajah Se Jo Mas'ala Maine Aap Ko Najasate Ghaleeza Me Samjhaya Tha Wahi Vala. To Chahe Aankh Se Ho, Naak Se Ho, Kaan Se Ho, Aurton Ke Pistan Se Ho To Jo Bhi Pani Dard Se Nikle Ga Agar Woh Nikal Kar Bah Gaya Ya Bahne Ki Quantity Me Tha To Fir Aap Ka Wuzu Toot Jayega.
Ye Ummuan Masail Kab Pesh Aata Hai .? Jab Conjunctivitis Ho Jaye Yani Aankh Aa Jaye To Hatho Me Kapda Le Kar Baithte Hain Na.. To Jab Aankh Se Bahar Aata Hai Pani Pochh Lete Hain .... Bahar Aata Hai Pani Pochh Lete Hain Lekin Itni Quantity Me Zaroor Hota Hai Jo Bah Jata Hai To Is Soorat Me Aap Ka Wuzu Toot Jayega. Aur Is Surat Me Umuman Fir Sharai Mazoor Wale Mas'ale Bhi Aa Jate Hain Kyun Ki Aankh Se Continuously Pani Nikal Raha Hota Hai Fir Sharai Mazoor Ke Rules Apply Ho Jate Hain.
Lekin Khayal Karna Hai Agar Aaj Tak Aasteen Wagairah Me Pochha Hai Kisi Kapde Wagairah Me Pochha Hai To Usko Paak Karna Zaroori Hai Kyun Ki Ye Jo Pani Nikal Raha Hai Ye Najasate Ghaleeza Hai To Iska Bhi Hame Khayal Rakhna Hota Hai To Ye Ho Gaya Teesra Point Dard Wagairah Se Jo Pani Aankh, Naak, Kaan, Naaf, Pistaan Wagairah Se Dard Ki Wajah Se Nikle. Yahi Mas'ala Aap Ke Pimple Wagairah Ka Bhi Hai Pimple Se Daane Se Khoon Nikal Raha Hai Peep Nikal Raha Hai Sabhi Ke Liye Yahi Mas'ala Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-224)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #10
Isse Injection Vala Mas'ala Bhi Aap Samajh Gaye Honge Kisiko Injection Lagaya Gaya To Agar Injection Me Blood Flow Kar Raha Hai Blood Nikal Raha Hai To Yahan Par Kya Ho Raha Hai.? Itne Mikdaar Me To Woh Blood Syringe Me To Aa Gaya Na Ki Jo Bahne Ki Quantity Me Hota Hai Isse Wuzu Toot Jayega.
Han Agar Koi Cheez Aap Ke Body Me Inject Kar Rahe Hain Dawai Koi Body Me Daal Rahe Hain To Isse Wuzu Nahi Tootega. Aur Isse Agar Thoda Bahut Blood Kabhi Kabhaar Aa Jata Hai Pin Ki Wajah Se Jata Hai To Isse Wuzu Nahi Tootega. Aur Injection Lagwane Ke Baad Agar Khoon Nikal Kar Bah Jaye To Fir To Wuzu Toot Jayega. Lekin..!! Bahrhaal Blood Test Wagairah Me Jab Blood Nikala Jata Hai To Isse Wuzu Toot Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-225)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #11
Isi Tarah Jab Hum Brush Wagairah Karte Hain To Kabhi Kabhaar Thoda Sa Khoon Hame Nazar Aata Hai, Ya Kabhi Dant Se Apple Kaat Liya To Usme Thoda Sa Khoon Nazar Aaya, Yani Khoon Ka Chhap Aa Gaya To Isse Wuzu Nhi Tootega. Lekin Kabhi Kabhaar Brush Karte Waqt Ya Toothpick Lagne Ki Wajah Se Zakham Ho Jata Hai Aur Blood Baqayda Flow Ho Raha Hai To Fir Isme Wuzu Tootne Ka Hukum Hoga. Ya Fir Kabhi Kabhaar Tooth Attraction Karte Hain To Khoon Nikal Raha Hai, Muh Me Khoon Baar Baar Aa Raha To Isse Bhi Wuzu Toot Jayega.
Agar Muh Me Khoon Aa Raha Hai To Isme Behtar Ye Hai Ke Aap Thook Kar Dekhen Agar Thook Kam Blood Zyada Hai Ya Pura Aap Blood - Blood Hi Nazar Aa Raha Hai Baqayda Khoon Hi Nazar Aa Raha Hai Sab Kuch Ya Fir Takreeban Blood Jaisa Hi Hai To Fir Isse Wuzu Toot Jayega. Aur Agar Thook Zyada Hai Thoda Bahut Khoon To Fir Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Aur Kabhi Kabhar Thook Me Bilkul Thoda Light Yellowness Hota Hai To Isse Wuzu Nahi Tootega Kyun Ki Yahan Par Hum Mante Hain Ki Thook Zyada Hai Aur Blood Kam Hai Isliye Woh Light Yellowness Color Hai, Warna Laal Ho Jata To Isse Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-226)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #12
Isi Tarah Jo Khatmal Machhar Wagairah Kat'te Hain Na To Ye Bhi Sawal Aata Hai Ki Ye Bhi To Injection Ki Tarah Kheech Lete Hain To Kya Isse Wuzu Toot Jayega.? Jaise Machhar Dank Marta Hai Bilkul Syringe Jaisa Hi Mamla Hai Isme Blood Nikal Raha Hai To Kya Isse Wuzu Tootega.?
Nahi Tootega..!! Kyun Ki Ye Jo Blood Kheech Rahe Hain Itni Miqdaar Me Nahi Hota Ki Woh Flowing Wala Ho, Chhota Sa Janwar Hai To Isse Fir Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Haan Ye Hota Hai Ki Kabhi Kabhaar Leechor (Jonk) Wagairah Jo Hote Hain Woh Body Me Kabhi Kabhaar Jam Jate Hain Aur Woh Achha Khasa Khoon Pee Jate Hain To Agar Aisa Mamla Hai Isme Kafi Khoon Pee Liya Hai To Fir Aap Ka Wuzu Toot Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-227)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #13
④ Vomiting (Ulti) Ka Mas'ala : Ye Bhi Mas'ala Main Aap Ko Najasate Ghaleeza Me Zikar Kar Chuki Hoon Ki Jo Muh Bhar Ulti Hoti Hai Ye Wuzu Ko Tod Deti Hai, Muh Bhar Ulti Yani Jo Bilkul Aap Control Nhi Kar Pa Rahe Hain Ya Fir Control Karenge To Bahut Zyada Takleef Se Control Kar Pa Rahe Hain Jo Suddenly Ulti Hoti Hai Usko Mouth Full Vomit Kahte Hain Agar Ye Hui Hai Fir Tootega Warna Wuzu Nahi Toote Ga.
Isi Tarah Agar Koi Behos Ho Jata Hai Ya Kisi Bhi Tarah Ki Koi Gasi Us Par Aa Jati Hai To Isse Bhi Wuzu Toot Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-228)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #14
⑤ Wuzu Me Qahkaha Ka Mas'ala : Wuzu Me Aise Hi Hasne To Wuzu Nahi Toota Lekin Dauran E Namaz Jo Ruku Aur Sajde Wali Namaz Hoti Hai Inme Agar Koi Banda Itni Aawaz Se Hasta Hai Ki Aas-Paas Ke 3-4 Logon Ko Bhi Sunai De De Khud Usko To Sunai De Raha Hai Lekin Uske Aas-Paas Ke Logon Ko Bhi Sunai De Raha Hai To Fir Namaz Bhi Toot Jati Hai Aur Wuzu Bhi Toot Jata Hai.
To Isme 3 Cheezen Hoti Hain :
(1) Smile Karna : Ki Jisme Sirf Muskurahat Hoti Hai Ya Daant Nazar Aate Hain Agar Ye Wala Mamla Hua Hai To Fir To Na Aap Ka Wuzu Toota Hai Na Aap Ki Namaz Tooti Hai. Kabhi Kabhar Ho Jata Hai Na.. Ki Kisi Wajah Se Muskurahat Aa Jati Hai Ya Dant Tak Zahir Ho Gaye Lekin Koi Aawaz Nahi Nikli To Na Wuzu Toote Ga Na Aap Ki Namaz Tootegi.
(2) Aap Hase Lekin Itni Aawaz Se Nahi Ki Aas-Paas Ke Log Sunein, Bas Aap Ke Kano Tak Aawaz Aai Agar Is Tarah Hase Hain To Namaz To Toot Gai Lekin Wuzu Baqi Hai.
(3) Isko Kahte Hain Qahkaha : Matlab Itni Aawaz Se Hasna Ki Aas-Paas Ke Sabhi Logon Ko Bhi Sunne Me Aa Jaye Agar Aisi Surat Hai To Namaz To Tootegi Hi Sath Me Wuzu Bhi Toot Jayega Aap Ko Dubara Wuzu Karna Hoga.
Aur Ye Hukum Sirf Ruku Aur Sujood Wali Namaz Ke Liye Hai. Matlab Namaz E Janaza Isse Kharij Hai Namaze Janaza Me Agar Koi Qahkaha Lagata Hai To Fir Uska Wuzu Nahi Toota. Aurtein To Waise Bhi Namaze Janaza Me Nahi Jati Hamare Sath Jo Namaze Pesh Aati Hain Unme Agar Ye Mamla Ho Jaye To Fir Wuzu Toot Jayega Qahkaha Wali Surat Me. Iske Alawa Suraton Me Nahi Toot'ti.
⚠️ Fir Wajahat Kar Doon Namaz Ke Bahar Agar Kisi Ne Bahut Zor Se Hasa Hai Tab Bhi Uska Wuzu Nahi Tootega Uska Wuzu Jari Rahega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-229)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #15
⑥ Neend Se Wuzu Tootne Ka Mas'ala #01 : Isme Tafseel Hai Har Tarah Ki Neend Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta Isko Achhe Se Samjhen : Yaad Rakhen..!! Neend Aisi Koi Napaak Cheez Nahi Hai Ki Jiski Wajah Se Wuzu Toot Jaye, Waise To Normally Ye Hota Hai Na... Koi Najasat Nikalti Hai To Wuzu Tootne Ka Hukum Diya Jata Hai Jaise Peshab Hai, Istehaza Ka Khoon, Ulti Muh Bhar Wali To Ye Tamam Cheezein Najasat Hain To Najasat Ke Nikalne Ki Wajah Se Fir Wuzu Tootne Ka Hukum Diya Jata Hai. Ab Dekha Jaye To Need Ek Aisi Cheez Hai Ki Jo Najasat (Napaak Cheez) To Nahi Hai To Hona To Ye Chahiye Tha Ki Neend Ki Wajah Se Wuzu Na Toote Lekin Isme Thoda Sa Tafseel (Detail) Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-230)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #16
⑥ Neend Se Wuzu Tootne Ka Mas'ala #02 : Woh Ye Hai Ki Jab Banda So Jata Hai To Uske Body Part Dheele Ho Jate Hain Relax Ho Jata Hai Banda To Insan Ke Body Me Waise Bhi Oxygen Wagairah Gardish Karti Rahti Hai Aur Jab Banda Aaram Se Relaxed Hota Hai To Isme Ek Possibility Hoti Hai Ki Neend Me Hawa (Reeh) Kharij Ho Jaye Isi Possibility Ki Wajah Se Fir Ulama Kiram Ne Farmaya Aur Sarkar ﷺ Ne Hadeese Mubarka Bhi Bayan Farmayi Hai Isse Related Ki Jab Bande Ki Aaza (Body Parts) Dheele Pad Jate Matalab Bilkul Relax Ho Jate Hain To Fir Isse Wuzu Toot Jata Hai Ke Isme Hawa Kharij Hone Ka Mamla Bahut Zyada Possible Hai Aur Chunke Banda Need Me Hota Hai Usko Pata Nahi Hota Ki Ye Mamla Hua Hai Ya Nahi Aur Ibadaton Me Ehtiyat Lazim Hai Lihaza Hukum Yahi Diya Gaya Hai Ki Neend Ki Wajah Se Fir Wuzu Toot Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-231)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #17
⑥ Neend Se Wuzu Tootne Ka Mas'ala #03 : Ab Hum Normally Bolne Ke Liye Bol Dete Hain Ki Neend Ki Wajah Se Wuzu Toot Gaya Asal Wajah Ye Hai Ki Neend Ki Wajah Se Jod (Body Parts) Dheele Pad Jate Hain Jiski Wajah Se Khurooj E Reeh Ka Mamla Ho Sakta Hai Aur Wuzu Toot Jayega Is Liye Hum Itna Bolne Ke Bajay Short Me Bol Dete Hain Ki Neend Se Wuzu Toot Jata Hai.
Yaad Rakhen..!! Lekin Jaise Maine Kaha Na Ke Jahan Par Ye Hota Hai Ke Body Parts Dheele Pad Jate Hain Aur Bande Ko Bilkul Maloom Nhi Hota Hai To Us Surat Me Fir Wuzu Toot'ta Hai Iske Alawa Surat Ho To Fir Wuzu Nahi Tootega Naand Se Iske Liye Ulama Kiraam Ne 2 Conditions Bata Diye Ki Agar 2 Conditions Pai Jayengi Tab Ja Kar Neend Se Wuzu Tootega Warna Nahi Tootega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-232)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #18
⑥ Neend Se Wuzu Tootne Ka Mas'ala #04 : Woh 2 Conditions Kya Hain.?
(1) Bande Ki Sureen Jis Par Hum Baithte Hain To Woh Zameen Par Ya Kisi Surface Par Jame Huwe Na Ho Yani Kahin Par Agar Kisi Surface Par Banda Baitha Hai To Sureen (Back Side) Zameen Se Touch Hogi Aur Ye Khurooj E Hawa Ke Mamle Me Rukawat Banegi To Is Wajah Se Agar Sureen Jame Huwe Honge Zameen Par To Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
(2) Banda Aise Halat Me Soya Ho Ki Jo Neend Me Bahut Zyada Badhawa De Rahi Yani Banda So Jaye To Usko Achhi Gahri Neend Aa Jaye Agar Aisi Halat Pe Banda Diya Hai To Fir Wuzu Toot Jayega Aur Agar Esi Halat Nahi Hai, Aise Halat (Postion) Me Soya Hai Ki Jisme Proper Neend Nahi Aayegi Thodi Bahut Jhhapak Aa Sakti Hai Bas Itna Hi Hoga Lekin Isse Zyada Comfortably Gahri Neend Me Ghhanto - Ghhanto Banda Nahi So Sakta To Fir Is Postion Me Agar Koi Banda Sota Hai Tab Bhi Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-233)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #19
⑥ Neend Se Wuzu Tootne Ka Mas'ala #05 : To 2 Conditions Yaad Kar Len ¹Sureen Kisi Surface Par Achhi Tarah Jame Hon To Fir Wuzu Nahi Tootega, ² Agar Woh Postion Aisi Ho Ki Jiski Wajah Se Neend Ruk Rahi Hai Achhi (Gahri) Neend Nahi Aa Rahi Hai To Fir Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Aur Agar Sureen Jame Huwe Na Hon Aur Postion Bhi Aisi Ho Ki Jisme Banda Aaram Se So Sakta Hai To Fir Wuzu Toot Jayega To Dono Conditions Paye Jana Zaroori Hai Agar Ek Condition Bhi Pai Nahi Ja Rahi To Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Ab Misal Ke Taur Par Jaise Hum Bed Par Let Jate Hain So Jate Hain To Chahe Karwat Ke Bal Lete Ya Aise Hi Normal Leten To Sureen Bed Se Touch To Hote Hain Lekin Is Tarah Khas Jame Huwe Nahi Hote Aur Is Postion Par Bed Par Let'te Huwe To Banda Aaram Se So Jata Hai To Isse Wuzu Toot Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-234)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #20
⑥ Neend Se Wuzu Tootne Ka Mas'ala #06 : Aur Isi Tarah Misal Ke Taur Par Koi Banda Kursi 🪑 Par Baithe Baithe So Raha Hai To Dekhen Yahan Par Sureen Achhi Tarah Jame Hote Hain To Wuzu Nahi Tootega Kyun Ki Sureen Yahan Par Jame Huwe Hain. Isiliye Hum Kahte Hain Na Ki Agar Baithe Baithe Ek Jhhapak Bhi Aa Gai To Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Han Agar Car, Bus, Plane Wagairah Me Baithe Baithe Bahut Zyada Gahri Neend Lag Gai To Ab Mumkin Hai Ke Neend Ke Dauran Sureen Uth Bhi Gaye Hon Ye Possibility Hota Hai Ki Banda Gafil Hai Usko Bilkul Nahi Pata Agar Baithe Baithe Aisi Neend Aa Gai Jaise Gadi Bus Wagairah Me Travel Karte Huwe Hota Hai Agar Aisa Mamla Ho Gaya To Fir Wuzu Toot Jayega Warna Wuzu Nahi Tootega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-235)
Wuzu Kin Cheezon Se Toot'ta Hai #21
⑥ Neend Se Wuzu Tootne Ka Mas'ala #07 : Isi Tarah Namaz Me Umuman So Jate Hain To Agar Koi Khade Khade Qiyam Me So Gaya To Wuzu Nahi Tootega Kyun Ke Ek To Ye Position Me Bande Ko Gahri Neend Nahi Aayegi. Isi Tarah Ruku Me Agar Koi Banda So Gaya To Ye Sab Aise Position Hain Ki Jinki Wajah Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta Kyun Ki Yahan Par Gahri Neend Aa Hi Nahi Sakti.
Isi Tarah Mard Jis Position Me Sajda Karte Hain Isse Bhi Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta. Lekin Aurtein Jis Tarah Sajda Karti Hain Is Tarah Agar Sajde Me Ja Kar Aurat Ki Aankh Lag Gayi Aur Achhi Neend Bhi Lag Gayi To Wuzu Toot Jayega Namaz Bhi Toot Jayegi. Kyun Ki Simat Kar Sajda Karne Me Comfortably So Sakte Hain Aur Sureen Wagairah Bhi Waise Jama Nahi Hote To Ye Wuzu Ko Tod Dega.
Behoshi Se Aur Pagal Pan Ka Daura Kisi Ko Aa Gaya To In Tamam Cheezon Se Bhi Wuzu Toot Jata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-236)
Wuzu Kin Kin Cheezon Se Nahi Toot'ta #01
Upar Jo Cheezein Maine Aap Ko Bata Di Na Ki Inse Wuzu Toot'ta Hai Inke Alawa Koi Bhi Cheez Hon Unse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta Lekin Chand Hamare Yahan Kuch Galatfahmiyan (Misconception) Hote Hain Isliye Main Aap Ko Bata Deti Hoon Chand Aisi Cheezein Jo Log Samajhte Hain Ki Ye Karne Se Wuzu Toot Jayega Lekin Isse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Kapde Badalne Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta, Kuch Log Samajhte Hain Ki Agar Sitr Khul Gaya Jo Private Part Hai Ya Aise Hi Jo Sitr Hota Hai Agar Ye Khol Diya Gaya To Wuzu Toot Jata Hai, To Sitr Khulne Se Ya Kapde Badalne Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Isi Tarah Bahut Zyada Paseena Aane Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta Aur Injection Lagwane Se Yani Injection Se Koi Cheez Aap Ke Body Me Dakhil Kar Di Gai To Isse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta. Han Agar Blood Nikal Aaya Aur Bahne Ki Miqdaar Me Tha To Fir Wuzu Toot Jayega, Isi Tarah Jism Me Kahi Par Bhi Baal Katne Se, Nakhoon Katne Se, Gair Zaroori Baal Saaf Karne Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-237)
Wuzu Kin Kin Cheezon Se Nahi Toot'ta #02
Aaina Dekhne Se Bhi Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta, Gali Dene Se Gheebat Karne Se Chugli Karne Se Agarche Ye Sab Gunahe Kabeera Hain Lekin Bahrhaal Inse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta, Isi Tarah Koi Aur Gunah Kar Lene Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Kuch Log Saochte Hain Ki Khinjeer Ka Naam Le Liya To Wuzu Toot Jayega Kyun Ki Ye Napaak Hai.? To Janwar Napaak Hai Lekin Ye Lafz Napaak Nahi Hain Ki Aap Ki Zuban Napaak Ho Gai Aisa Kuch Nahi Hai Khinjeer Ka Naam Lene Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Isi Tarah Agar Body Par Aap Ke Koi Najasat Lag Jati Hai Chahe Najasate Ghaleeza Ho Ya Najasate Khafeefa Ho Jaise Bachhe Wagairah Peshab Kar Dete Hain Kafi Ulti Kar Dete Hain To Fir Kapde Badal Lena Aur Jism Ke Us Hisse Ko Paak Kar Lena Kafi Hai Wuzu Dubara Se Karne Ki Zarurat Nahi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-238)
Wuzu Kin Kin Cheezon Se Nahi Toot'ta #03
Bachhe Ko Doodh Pilane Ke Baad Bhi Wuzu Baqi Rahta Hai Isse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta. Apna Sitr Dekh Liya Ya Kisi Aur Ka Sitr Dekh Liya Tab Bhi Wuzu Nahi Tootega. Aur Mard O Aurat Ka Ek Dusre Ko Touch Karne Se Bhi Wuzu Nahi Tootega Yani Normally Touch Kar Le To.
Isi Tarah Oont Ka Gosht Khane Se Baaz Log Kahte Hain Ki Isse Wuzu Toot Jata Hai Ye Bhi Imam Malik Rahimullah Ke Nazdeek Hai. Hamare Nazdeek Nahi Hai Oont Ka Gosht Ya Koi Cheez Khane Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta. Han Behtar Hai Ki Iske Baad Wuzu Kar Le Lekin Woh Ek Alag Mamla Hai Afzal Hai Ikhtilaf Se Bachne Ke Liye Lekin Fiqh E Hanfi Ka Mas'ala Yahi Hai Ki Isse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-239)
Wuzu Kin Kin Cheezon Se Nahi Toot'ta #04
Isi Tarah Likoriya Ka Jo Pani Aata Hai Jo Normal White Discharg Auraton Ko Hota Hai Ya Colourless Discharge Hota Hai To Ye Bhi Paak Hai Isse Bhi Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Isi Tarah Agar Kisi Ne Wuzu Karne Ke Baad Makeup Kar Liya To Kuch Log Sochte Hain Makeup Karne Se Wuzu Toot Jata Hai To Ye Bhi Galat Hai. Jab Tak Makeup Me Napaak Chizein Na Hon Agar Hon Bhi Tab Bhi Wuzu Nahi Tootega. Han Iske Sath Aap Namaz Na Padhen Woh Ek Alag Mamla Hai Lekin Bahrhaal Makeup Karne Wuzu Fasid Nahi Hoga.
To Kuch Log Aisa Kar Lete Hain Wuzu Karne Ke Baad Tayyar Ho Jate Hain Fir Namaz Ada Karte Hain To Fir Ada Kar Sakte Hain Jab Tak Ki 100% Confirm Na Ho Ki Makeup Me Koi Napaak Cheez Mili Hai To Tayyar Ho Kar Namaz Wagairah Bhi Padh Sakte Hain.
Ye Takriban Misconception Hain Jo Samjhe Jate Hain Ki Inse Wuzu Toot'ta Hai.., To Inse Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-240)
Wuzu Tootne Ka Waswasa : Kabhi Kabhi Wuzu Tootne Ke Waswase Aate Hain To Ek Shaitan Hai Jiska Naam Walhan Hota Hai To Jo Log Wuzu Karte Hain To Unke Pichhe Fir Ye Lag Jata Hai Ki Inko Waswase Dalta Hai Ki Wuzu Toot Gaya To Jab Tak Waswasa Aaye Is Par Amal Na Kiya Jaye Jab Aap Ko 100% Confirm Ho Ki Wuzu Toot Gaya Hai Tab Aap Isko Mane Len Ki Wuzu Toot Gaya Hai Khamakhah Waswaso Me Mubtla Nahi Hona Chahiye.
Lens Mas'ala : Kya Lens Laga Kar Wuzu Kar Sakte Hain.? Ji Han..!! Lens Laga Kar Aap Wuzu Bhi Kar Sakte Hain Gusul Bhi Kar Sakte Hain Kyun Ki Aankh Ke Andar Ka Hissa Na Wuzu Me Dhona Farz Hai Na Gusul Me Dhona Farz Hai To Lens Laga Ho To Wuzu Bhi Ho Jayega Gusul Bhi Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-241)
Isi Tarah Agar Sar Par Koi Wig Rakha Hua Hai To Agar Woh Wig Aap Nikal Sakte Hain To Nikal Kar Masa Karna Padega Aur Agar Sar Ke Sath Atteched Hai To Isi Par Masa Kar Sakte Hain Ho Jayega.
Artificial Eyelashes : Makeup Ke Bare Mein To Maine Bata Diya Upar Ki Post Me Ki Jo Layers Wagairah Ban Jati Hai Inke Sath Aap Ka Wuzu Gusul Nahi Hota. Aur Isi Tarah Agar Kisi Ne Artificial Eyelashes Wagairah Lagaye Hain To Ye Artificial Eyelashes Nikalne Zaroori Honge Inke Sath Wuzu Bhi Nahi Hota Gusul Bhi Nahi Hota Kyun Ki Palke Chhup Jati Hain Aur Palko Par 2-2 Katre Pani Bahana Farz Hota Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-242)
Agar Mehndi Lagi Ho To Wuzu Aur Gusul Hota Hai Ya Nahi.?
Dekhiye Isme Ek To Hai Normal Mehndi Hai Ki Jisme Peeling Wala Option Nahi Hai Jo Organic Type Menhdi Hoti Hain Jisme Peeling Nahi Hota Skin Par To Isme To Bil Ittefaq Agar Ye Lagi Ho To Wuzu Bhi Ho Jata Hai Gusul Bhi Ho Jata Hai Mehndi Balon Par Laga Liye Hain Baal Ragen Hain To In Par Bhi Wuzu, Gusul Ho Jayega Koi Problem Nahi Hai.
Ab Aate Hain Us Mehndi Ki Taraf Ki Jiska Jirm (Peel) Nikalta Hai
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-243)
Jis Mehndi Ka Jirm (Chhilka) Nikalta Hai Uska Mas'ala #01
To Isme Dekhen Aaj Kal Jo Ulama Kiram Ne Bayan Kiya Hai Isme Thoda Iktilaf Hai Kuch Ulama Kiram Farmate Hain Ki Jab Ye Chhilka Nikalna Shuru Ho Jayega To Fir Aap Ka Wuzu Gusul Nahi Hoga Kyun Ki Ye Aap Ke Mehndi Ka Ek Layer Hath Par Ban Jata Hai Aur Jab Koi Cheez Ka Layer Aap Ke Hath Par Ban Jaye To Pani Niche Skin Ko Touch Nahi Hota Aur Jab Touch Nahi Hoga To Fir Wuzu Aur Gusul Nahi Hoga. Lekin Baaz Ulama Kiram Ne Ijazat Di Hai Woh Next Post Me Zaroor Padhen..
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-244)
Jis Mehndi Ka Jirm (Chhilka) Nikalta Hai Uska Mas'ala #02
Lekin..!! Baaz Ulama Kiram Ne Ijazat Di Hai Mufti Aqmal Madani Sahab Ne Bhi Iski Ijazat Farmayi Hai Unki Tahqeeq Ke Mutabik Skin Par Jo Layer Ban Rahe Aur Nikal Rahe Hain Jo Peel Ho Raha Hai To Woh Hissa Ye Hai Ki Jo Aap Ki Skin Ko Jala Ke Nikalta Hai Yani Ye Koi Layer Nahi Hai Mehndi Me Kuch Chemical Aise Hote Hain Ki Jo Baad Me Woh Aap Ke Skin Ke Utne Hisse Ko Burn (Jala) Kar Woh Chamdi Ko Bahar Nikal Dete Hain To Ye To Chamdi Hi Hai Jali Hui Chamdi Hai To Chunki Ye Skin Hai Aur Isi Par Pani Bah Raha To Fir Wuzu Ho Jayega To Ye Bhi Unki Tahqeeq Hai.
To Aap Jis Par Amal Karna Chahen Karen Balki Jinke Fatawa Par Aap Regularly Amal Karte Hain Un Par Aap Amal Kar Sakte Hain. Aur Baaz Dulhanein To Namazein Hi Chhod Deti Hain Ye Na Karen.. Agar Hath Par Mehndi Hai Aur Agar Jirm (Chhilka) Wagairah Nikal Bhi Raha Hai To Aap Mufti Aqmal Sahab Ke Fatwe Par Amal Karne Ki Niyat Se Wuzu Aur Gusul Kar Ke Namaz Padhen Namaz Hargiz Na Chhodein.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-245)
Jis Mehndi Ka Jirm (Chhilka) Nikalta Hai Uska Mas'ala #03
Organic Mehndi Istemal Kar Sakte Hain Bahut Achhi Baat Hai Ikhtelaf Se Bachte Huwe Karen. Warna Agar Koi Is Fatwe Par Amal Bhi Karta Hai To Kare Koi Harj Nahi Hai Wuzu Bhi Ho Jayega Gusul Bhi Ho Jayega.
Iski Ek Bahtareen Tahqeeq : Ye Bhi Hai Ki Chemical Wali Mehndi Agar Nakhoono Par Lagaye To Woh Kabhi Layer Nahi Banati Skin Par Banati Hai. Agar Woh Layer Wali Hi Mehndi Thi To Hona To Ye Chahiye Tha Ki Nakhoon Par Bhi Banaye Halaki Aisa Nahi Hai Nakhoon Ko To Woh Andar Se Rang Deta Hai Pura Baad Me Bhi Nakhoon Se Kuch Layer Nahi Nikalti Hai To Iska Matlab Hai Ki Kahin Na Kahin Usme Aisi Cheez Hai Ki Jo Hath Wagairah Ko Bhi Rang Raha Hai. To Baharhaal Ulama Kiram Ki Apni Apni Tahqeeq Ki Hai Hum Dono Tarah Ke Fatawa Ki Respect Karte Hain Aap Ko Ikhtiyar Hoga Ki Jis Par Chahen Amal Kar Sakte Hain.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-246)
Kabhi Kabhar Wuzu Karte Hain Baad Me Confusion Hota Hai Ki Mera Wuzu Baqi Hai Ya Nahi To Aisi Surat Me Kya Karen #01
Dekhiye Agar Zindagi Me Pahli Baar Aisa Ho Raha Hai Ki First Time Aap Ko Aisa Waswasa Aa Raha Hai Ki Maine Wuzu Kiya Tha Ab Wuzu Baqi Hai Ya Nahi To Fir Is Soorat Me Aap Dubara Wuzu Kar Len Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Hota Hai To Dubara Wuzu Kar Len. Lekin..!! Hamesha Aisa Hota Raha Wuzu Kiya Tha Ab Doubt Hai Shayad Ab Toota Hoga... Toota Hoga - Nahi Toota Hoga... Toota Hoga - Nahi Toota Hoga... Aisa Shaq Hai Na...
To Shaq Se Aap Yaqeen Khatam Nahi Kar Sakte Shaq Se Hum Koi Aise Bada Hukum Nahi Laga Sakte, Jab Bande Ko Confirm Pata Tha Ki Usne Wuzu Kiya Hai To Uska Wuzu Baqi Rahega Jab Tak Ki Usko Confirm Na Ho Jaye Ki Mera Wuzu Toota Hai Sirf Waswase Se Wuzu Nahi Toot'ta. Kyun Ki Aap Ne Wuzu Kiya Tha To Aap Ko Iska Yaqeen Tha Na... Ab Aap Ke Is Yaqeen Ko Khatam Karne Ke Liye Koi Yaqeeni Cheez Hi Zaroori Hai Ki Jis Par Aap 100% Kah Saken Ki Han Is Wajah Se Mera Wuzu Toota Hai Sirf Shaq Hai Sirf Waswasa Hai Ki Ho Sakta Hai Mere Wuzu Toota Hai To Isse Wuzu Nahi Tootega
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-247)
Kabhi Kabhar Wuzu Karte Hain Baad Me Confusion Hota Hai Ki Mera Wuzu Baqi Hai Ya Nahi To Aisi Surat Me Kya Karen #02
Aur Aisi Surat Me Baar Baar Ja Kar Wuzu Karna Ye Na Aap Ka Ehtiyat Hai Na Taqwa Hai Balki Ye Ayeen Shaitan Ki Parwi Hai Kyun Ki Waswase Sirf Shaytan Ki Taraf Se Hote Hain Aur Shaytan Ki Baat Maan Kar Agar Koi Banda Ja Kar Is Par Amal Karta Hai To Isko Taqwa Isko Ehtiyat Isko Parhezgari Nahi Kahte Balki Shaytan Ki Pairwi Kahte Hain To Aisi Surat Me Fir Bande Ko Chahiye Ki Isi Halat Me Namaz Padhe.
Aur Waswason Ka Bahtareen Ilaj Yahi Hai Ki 2-3 Martaba Waswason Ke Khilaf Ja Kar Aap Woh Amal Kar Ke Dekhen Khud Ba Khud Aap Dekhenge Ki Waswase 2-3 Baar Ke Baad Bilkul Khatam Ho Jayenge.
To Waswason Me Mubtala Nahi Hona Agar Wuzu Kiya Hai Aur Confirm Pata Hai Ki Wuzu Toota Tha Washroom Wagairah Gaye They Kisi Wajah Se Wuzu Toota Tha Fir To Thik Hai Fir To Wuzu Karna Padega, Lekin Agar Confirm Nahi Hai To Fir Aap Ka Wuzu Baqi Rahega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-248)
Kabhi Kabhi Shaq Aa Jata Hai Ki Wuzu Kiya Bhi Tha Ya Nahi.? To Karna Padega Dubara Ya Nahi.?
Yaad Hi Nahi Aa Raha Wuzu Kiya Hai Ya Nahi To Ye Aisa Hi Hai Jaise Aap Ne Wuzu Kiya Hi Nahi. To Abhi Aap Ko Confirm Nahi Hai Na Ki Aap Ne Wuzu Kiya Tha To Is Surat Me Aap Ko Wuzu Karna Padega. Han Jab Yaad Aa Jata Ki Ha... Ha.. Kar Liya Tha To Thik Hai Warna Agar Yaad Nahi Aata Ki Wuzu Kiya Hai Ya Nahi To Fir Isko Aap Aise Mane Jaise Wuzu Nahi Kiya Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-249)
💅 Nail Polish Ka Mas'ala :
🔹 Nail Polish To Ek Layer Bana Deta Hai To Aaj Kal Bahut Se Nail Polish Aa Gaye Hain Ki Halaal Nail Polish, Wuzu Friendly Nail Polish Aisi Bahut Sare Names De Diye Gaye Hain Lekin Aap Dekhen To Sabhi Me Jisko Wuzu Friendly Nail Polish Bhi Bolte Hain Isme Sirf Pani Ki Nami Nails Tak Pahunchti Hai Pani Bahta Nahi To Ye Tamam Nail Polish Ke Sath Hargiz Hargiz Wuzu Nahi Hoga.
⚠️ Filhal Abhi Tak Jitne Aap Ko Market Me Nail Polish Milenge Sab Ki Layer Banti Hai Aur Iski Wajah Se Aap Ka Wuzu Nahi Hoga.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-250)
Kabhi Kabhar Hatho Pe Koi Cheez Lagi Rah Jati Hai To Fir Inka Kya Hukum Hai #01
Dekhen Wuzu Karne Se Pahle Ehtiyat Se Aap Ke Agar Hath Par Koi Cheez Lagi Hai Chahre Par Kisi Cheez Ki Layer Wagairah Hai To Sab Ko Achhi Tarah Door Karna Ye Aap Ki Zimmedari Hai Lekin Woh Jo Professionals Hote Hain Jinka Kaam Hi Kisi Aisi Cheez Ke Sath Hota Hai Ki Jisme Kuch Na Kuch Layer Ban Hi Jati Hai Aur Unko Hatane Me Bahut Zyada Taqleef Hoti Hai To Unke Liye Rukhsat (Ijazat) Hogi.
Jaise Students Hain Ab Students Whitener Wagaira Use Karte Rahte Hain To Woh Janbujhkar Nahi Khud Ba Khud Whitener Hath Par Lag Gaya Woh Baqi Rah Gaya Us Par Wuzu Kar Liya Kya Wuzu Ho Jayega.? Ji Wuzu Ho Jayega Kyun Ki Inke Liye Ab Aap Hukum Denge Ke Aap Isko Door Karo Fir Wuzu Karo To Fir Inko Bahut Zyada Parshani Hogi Kahan Kahan Check Karenge Kyun Ki Inka Kaam Hi Isse Revolving Hai Inner Arounding To Jitna Ho Sake Door Karne Ki Koshish Karen Lekin Agar Kuch Baqi Rah Jata Hai Ya Door Karne Me Bahut Zyada Difficulty Ho Rahi Hai To Fir Isi Halat Me Aap Wuzu Kar Sakte Hain, Isi Tarah Vote Ka Jo Nishan Hath Par Lagate Hain Iske Sath Bhi Aap Ka Wuzu Gusul Ho Jayega.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-251)
Kabhi Kabhar Hatho Pe Koi Cheez Lagi Rah Jati Hai To Fir Inka Kya Hukum Hai #02
Aurten Kitchen Me Kam Karti Hain To Aata Gundhti Hain To Kabhi Kabhaar Aanta Nakhoono Me Lag Jata Hai Jam Jata Hai Chunki Aurtein Isi Me Lagi Rahti Hain To Isme Haraj Nahi Aasani Di Gai Hai Kyun Ki Inke Liye Difficult Hai Har Baar Pura Nail Dekh Kar Khash Tau Par Karna. To Thoda Bahut Nakhoono Me Agar Kabhi Aata Wagairah Rah Gaya To Iske Sath Bhi Wuzu Ho Jayega.
Lekin Ye Aurton Ke Sath Khas Hai. Mard Jo Kabhi Jate Hain Kitchen Me Kabhi Aate Me Hath Daal Diya Unke Liye Nahi Hai. Han..!! Agar Koi Mard Bhi Aisa Hai Baqayda Usne Biwi Ko Rukhsat De Rakhi Hai Ki Aap Baithen Main Aap Ko Paka Kar Khilaunga Unki Duty Hai To Fir Unke Liye Bhi Ijazat Hogi, Ya Kitchens Wagairah Me Kaam Karte Hain To Unke Liye Ijazat Hogi.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-252)
Kabhi Kabhar Hatho Pe Koi Cheez Lagi Rah Jati Hai To Fir Inka Kya Hukum Hai #03
Isi Tarah Mechanics Jo Hote Hain Jo Kaam Karte Hain To Hatho Me Grees Wagairah Lag Jata Hai, Aur Painter Jo Diwar Wagairah Paint Karte Hain To Inke Hath Me Paint Laga Rah Jata Hai Grees Laga Rah Jata Hai To Inke Liye Bhi Ye Hai Ki Jitna Ho Sake Inko Nikale Lekin Iske Baad Pura Nahi Nikal Raha Ya Kabhi Kuch Baqi Rah Gaya To ان شاء اللہ عزوجل Allah Ta'ala Maaf Farmayega Aur Wuzu Aur Gusul Ho Jane Ka Hi Hukum Denge Ye Nahi Kahenge Ke Aap Ka Wuzu, Gusul Incomplete Rah Gaya.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-253)
Kabhi Kabhar Aisa Hota Hai Bandage Wagairah Laga Diya Hai Ya Dawai Wagairah Laga Di Hai Kabhi Kabhar Pair Ke Takhne Me Cracks Aa Jate Hain To Isme Dawai Wagairah Laga Dete Hain Ab Kya Karen.?
Dakhein Agar Jism Me Aap Ne Patti Wagairah Bandhi Hai Ya Kahi Aisi Jagah Dawai Wagairah Lagai Hai Ya Aisa Hai Ki Aap Us Par Pani Nahi Baha Sakte To Koshish To Karni Chahiye Ki Har Jagah Achhi Tarah Pani Baha Den Lekin Kahi Agar Aisa Zakham Hai Ya Patti Wagairah Khol Kar Pani Nahi Baha Sakte To Tab Sabse Pahle Aap Ko Koshish Ye Karna Hai Ki Us Jagah Par Aap Geele Hath Se Masa Kar Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.? Kabhi Kabhar Pani To Nahi Baha Sakte Lekin Kam Se Kam Masa Kar Sakte Hain To Agar Utne Area Par Aap Masa Kar Sakte Hain To Aap Ko Directly Skin Par Masa Karna Hoga
Agar Ye Nahi Kar Sakte To Koi Kapda Wagairah Rakh Kar Plaster Wagairah Ke Upar Se Aap Pani Baha Sakte Hain. To Upar Se Pani Baha Len.. Lekin Aisa Hota Hai Ki Kabhi Kabhaar Dressing Wagairah Open Nahi Kar Sakte Ya Pani Nahi Baha Sakte, Pani Niche Chala Jayega To Infection Ka Khatra Hota Hai Aap Ke Liye Possible Nahi Hai Pani Bahana To Patti Ke Upar Hi Geela Hath Fer Den Itna Kafi Hai Aur Agar Ye Bhi Nahi Ho Raha, Bilkul Pani Se Aap Contact Me Hi Nahi La Sakte To Fir Us Area Ko Chhod Sakte Hain Aur Uska Dhona Aap Par Moaf Ho Jayega Wuzu Me Yahi Rules Aap Ke Gusul Ke Liye Bhi Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-254)
🌸Aur Jaise Gusul Me Pura Body Dhona Hota Hai Ab Jo Jaise Jal Jate Hain Jin Par Aap Bilkul Nami Bhi Nahi Laga Pate Itna Kisi Ka Serious Condition Hai Ya Kisi Ko Bahut Zyada Bareek Dane Hain Jin Par Aap Pani Nahi Laga Sakte Even Moisture (Nami) Nahi Laga Sakte Aisi Surat Me Kya Karenge.?
🥀Aisi Surat Me Agar Aap Ke Hath Body Ya Half Se Zyada Body Is Bimari Me Mubtala Hai Jisme Aap Pani Nahi Baha Sakte To Fir To Tayammum Ki Ijazat Ho Jayegi Gusul Ke Liye. Aur Wuzu Me Bhi Yahi Hai Ki Agar Aksar Body Parts Par Yani Zyada Hissa Aap Ka Bimari Me Mubtla Hai Kam Hisse Par Aap Wuzu Me Pani Baha Rahe Hain To Fir Yahan Par Moaf Ho Jayega Aur Aap Ko Hukum Tayammum Ki Taraf Aa Jayega.
☘To Khuda Nakhasta Agar Kisi Ke Sath Ye Situation Ho Jaye To Unko Chahiye Ki Ulama Kiraam Se Puchh Len Ki Aisi Surat Me Hum Kya Karen.. Kya Ab Hum Tayammum Kar Sakte Hain Ya Nahi.? Kyun Ki Namaz Ka Mas'ala Hai Fir Puchh Lene Me Hi Aafiyat Hai Puchh Kar Hi Amal Karen Waise Rule To Yahi Hai Lekin Kabhi Kabhaar Hamare Samajhna Me Kami Ho Jati Hai To Ye Bada Hukum Hai Tayammum Ke Mutalliq Puchh Lena Chahiye.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-255)
🤔Kisi Ke Aankho Ka Operation Hota Hai To Fir Woh Wuzu Gusl Kaise Kare.? #01
To 👀Aankh Ke Ilawa Niche Ka Hissa Dho Sakte Hain Na.? To Jitna Hissa Aap Nahi Dho Sakte Usko Chhod Den Unka Masa Kar Len Jaise Aankh Ka Opration Ho Gaya To Aankh Ke Niche Naak Wagairah Me Pani Baha Sakte Hain Chalen Sar Se Pani Nahi Baha Sakte Sar Se Nahaye Ge To Aankh Tak Utar Aayega To Fir Sar Ka Hissa Bhi Moaf Ho Jayega Aap Ka, Ya Fir Aankho Par Kuch Rakh Kar Pani Baha Sakte Hain To Fir Woh Theek Hai,
🌺Aur Agar Nahi Baha Sakte Is Tarah Ki Aankh Wagairah Me Pani Touch Na Ho.. Aisa Possible Hi Nahi Hai To Fir Aankh Ke Neeche Ka Hissa Aap Ko Dhona Padega Aur Aankh Ke Upar Ka Masa Kafi Ho Jayega. Even Wuzu Ka Fir Yahi Hukum Aayega Aap Ko Hath Pair Aur Aadha Chahra Se Zyada To Dho Sakte Hain Na.. Aankh Ke Upar Ke Utne Hisse Ka Aap Masa Kar Len.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
Taharat Course (Part-256)
Kisi Ke Aankho Ka Operation Hota Hai To Fir Woh Wuzu Gusl Kaise Kare.? #02
Aur Pahle Aisa Tha Ki Aap Us Par Bilkul Pani Nahi Baha Sakte They Us Par Geela Hath Nahi Fer Sakte They Ab Thoda Aap Ki Bimari Me Kami Aa Gai.. Itna Ho Gaya Ki Ab Aap Geela Hath Fer Sakte Hain To Next Wuzu Se Fir Aap Ko Geela Hath Ferna Padega.
Aur Agar Aisi Halat Me Gusul Kiya Tha To Utne Area Par Aap Ko Geela Hath Pher Dena Chahiye. Ab Ye Nahi Ki Chalen Rukhsat Hai To Aise Hi Kar Liya... Nahi.! Jaise Jaise Aap Ki Bimari Better Hoti Jayegi Waise Waise Aap Ko Karna Padega, Yani Pahle Tari (Wetness) Bhi Nahi Pahuncha Sakte They Ab Pahuncha Sakte Hain To Pahuncha Len Pura Gusul Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai Us Area Ko Geele Hath Se Wipe Kar Len,
Ab Thota Better Ho Gaya Ki Ab Pani Baha Bhi Sakte Hain Us Par To Pani Baha Len Patti Par Baha Sakte Hain To Patti Par Baha Len Khol Kar Tari Pahuncha Sakte Hain To Tari Pahuncha Len Fir Jab Pani Baha Sakte Hain To Pani Baha Len Aur Apne Gusul Ko Properly Complete Kar Len Pura Gusul Fir Se Karne Ki Zaroorat Nahi Hai Kam Se Kam Utne Area Me Aap Ko Pani Bahana Chahiye Ye Common Mas'ala Hai Wuzu Aur Gusul Ka.
Ab Next Post Se Ghusul Ka Baab Shuru Hoga..
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-257)
Ghusl Kya Hota Hai?
💧 Ghusl Ka Matlab Hai Paani Ke Zariye Poore Badan Ko Achhi Tarah Dho Lena.. Yaani Kam Se Kam Itna Paani Har Us Hissa-E-Badan Par Baha Diya Jaaye Jo Zahir (Visible) Hai Aur Jahan Tak Paani Pahunchana Mumkin Ho.. Sar Se Paon Tak Poore Jism Par Pani Pahunchana Farz Hota Hai.. Isi Ko Ghusl Kehte Hain...
Ghusl Mein 3 Farz Hote Hain:
① Kulli Karna:
Wuzu Mein Kulli Karna Sunnat-E-Muakkadah Tha.. Lekin Ghusl Mein Yeh Farz Hai.. Is Liye Is Mein Khaas Ahtiyat Ki Jaaye...
🍀 Mooh Ke Andar Daanton Ke Darmiyan, Kone Kone Mein Agar Kuch Jama Ho Toh Use Nikal Kar.. Paani Halq Ke Aakhir Tak Pahunchana Farz Hai...
🍀 Gargara Kar Lena Achchi Baat Hai..Albatta Gargara Karna Farz Nahin, Balke Sunnat Hai. Agar Roza Ki Halat Mein Na Ho To Gargara Kar Lena Behtar Hai. Lekin Halq Tak Paani Pahunchana Har Soorat Mein Farz Hai..
🍀 Roze Ki Halat Mein Gargara Nahin Karna Chahiye..Kyunki Paani Andar Chala Jaane Ka Khatra Hota Hai Aur Roza Fasid Ho Sakta Hai. Is Liye Roza Na Ho To Gargara Bhi Kar Lein.. Warna Sirf Itna Paani Pahunchaaaye Ke Farz Ada Ho Jaaye...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-258)
Ghusul Ka Doosra Farz:
② Naak Mein Pani Chadhana:
🤔 Naak Mein Paani Kahan Tak Chadhana Farz Hai? ..
Jahan Tak Naak Ki Narm Haddi (Cartilage) Hoti Hai Wahan Tak Paani Pahunchana Farz Hai.. Agar Aap Naak Ko Pakad Kar Hilayen To Jahan Tak Narm Hissa Mehsoos Hota Hai.. Us Jagah Tak Paani Pahunchana Farz Hai...
🍀 Agar Naak Ke Andar Koi Rutubat Ya Mail Ho Jis Ki Wajah Se Paani Poori Tarah Andar Na Pahunche..Toh Ghusl Ada Nahin Hoga. Is Liye Pehle Achhi Tarah Saaf Karna Aur Phir Paani Chadhana Lazim Hai...
💖 Sarkar ﷺ Ne Irshad Farmaya Ke Har Baal Ke Neeche Janabat Hoti Hai. Naak Ke Andar Bhi Baal Hote Hain.. Toh Un Ke Neeche Bhi Janabat Hoti Hai... Is Liye Wahan Bhi Paani Achhi Tarah Pahunchana Zaroori Hai.
💚 Hazrat-e-Ali رضی الله تعالیٰ عنه Ne Jab Yeh Baat Suni Ke Har Baal Ke Neeche Janabat Hoti Hai.. To Aap رضی الله تعالیٰ عنه Ne Apne Baalon Se Dushmani Kar Li.. Yaani Aap Apne Baal Badhne Nahin Dete The.. Balkeh Sar Waghairah Mundwa (Tarash) Liya Karte The.. Taake Khuda Na Khwasta Kahin Aisa Na Ho Ke Koi Baal Rah Jaaye Aur Us Ke Neeche Janabat Baaqi Rah Jaaye Aur Ghusl Mukammal Na Ho...
❤️ Maula Ali Mushkil Kusha رضی الله تعالیٰ عنه Ka Martaba Intehayi Baland Hai... Jab Woh Is Qadar Ahtiyat Farmate The.. Toh Hum Jaise Gunahgaron Jo Ke Har Waqt Gaflat Mein Rehte Hain..Hum Ko Toh Aur Zyaada Ahtiyat Karni Chahiye...
🌺 Bahrhaal, Naak Mein Achhi Tarah Paani Pahunchana Zaroori Hai. Naak Ke Sakht Hisse Tak Bhi Paani Pahunch Jaaye To Behtar Hai.. Lekin Dimagh Tak Paani Nahi Chadhana Chahiye.
🌹 Agar Roza Na Ho To Upar Tak Paani Chadhana Theek Hai.. Lekin Roza Ki Halat Mein Sirf Naak Ki Narm Haddi Tak Pani Pahunchana Chahiye.. Is Se Upar Paani Chadhane Se Roza Toot Sakta Hai.
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-259)
Ghusl Ka Teesra Farz :
③ Body Ke Jitne Hisse Nazar Aate Hain.. Un Ke Har Har Hisse Par Paani Pahunchana Farz-e-Ain Hai.
🪷 Aurton Ke Liye Yaad Rakhein.. Choti Ke Jo Baal Latakte Hote Hain.. Un Par Paani Bahana Farz Nahin Hai. Lekin Jo Sar (Scalp) Hai.. Jahan Baalon Ki Jadein Hoti Hain... Wahan Tak Paani Pahunchana Zaroori Hai...
🌺 Mardon Ke Liye Har Baal Ka Dhona Farz Hai.. Jab Ke Aurton Ke Liye Aasani Hai. Aurton Ko Apni Choti Kholne Ki Bhi Zaroorat Nahin Hoti.. Bashart Yeh Ke Woh Is Tarah Ghusl Karein Ke Paani Scalp Ke Har Hisse Tak Pahunch Jaaye Aur Tamam Baalon Ki Jadein Achhi Tarah Bheeg Jayein. Sirf Bheegna Kafi Nahin.. Balke Un Par Se Paani 2-2 Qatre Beh Jaana Chahiye.. Tab Ghusl Ho Jayega... Is Liye Sar Par Ahtiyat Ke Saath Achhi Tarah Paani Bahana Zaroori Hai...
🪷 Isi Tarah Phir Poora Chehra Dhoya Jaaye... Chehre Mein Jis Tarah Wuzu Ke Waqt Ahtiyat Ki Jaati Hai.. Wahi Ahtiyat Yahan Bhi Rakhni Hai...
🌺 Phir Iske Baad Kaan Aata Hai... Kaan Ka Jo Hissa Nazar Aata Hai..
Jo Turns Nazar Aate Hain Aur Kaan Ke Suraakh Ke Bahar Tak Jitna Hissa Hai.. Us Par Paani Bahana Zaroori Hai... Kaan Ke Bilkul Andar Paani Bahana Zaroori Nahin.. Lekin Jitna Hissa Nazar Aata Hai Us Par 2-2 Qatre Paani Bahana Lazim Hai..
🪷 Baaz Log Sirf Kaan Ka Masah Kar Lete Hain.. Jo Galat Hai. Kaan Ko Achhi Tarah Dhona Aur Us Par Paani Bahana Lazim Hai. Is Ke Liye Aap Chullu Mein Paani Lekar Kaan Par Achhi Tarah Dal Sakte Hain Taake Paani Beh Jaaye... Ya Chhoti Ungli Kaan Ke Suraakh Mein Rakh Kar Pani Daal Sakte Hain Taake Paani Achhi Tarah Beh Jaaye Aur Ghusl Mukammal Ho Jaaye...
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-260)
Ghusl Ke Teesre Farz Ki Tafseel :
🌷 Isi Tarah Gala (Neck) Bhi Dhona Zaroori Hai.. Aksar Aisa Hota Hai Ke Jab Chehra Neeche Jhuka Hota Hai To Kabhi Kabhi Gale Ke Neeche Ka Hissa Reh Jaata Hai. Is Liye Is Par Bhi Ahtiyat Ke Saath Paani Bahana Chahiye...
🌼 Isi Tarah Jin Logon Ka Jism Thoda Mota Ho Aur Body Mein Zyada Folds (Silvatein) Hon. To Unhein Har Fold Ko Utha Kar Uske Neeche Tak Pani Pahunchana Aur Bahana Farz Hai...
🌷 Poori Body Par Achhi Tarah Paani Bahana Zaroori Hai... Elbows Ke Paas Jo Front Portion Hota Hai.. Jab Hum Haath Fold Karte Hain To Kabhi Kabhi Woh Hissa Reh Jata Hai... Us Par Bhi Paani Pahunchana Chahiye.. Isi Tarah Ghutnon Ke Pichhe Ka Hissa Bhi Baaz Auqat Reh Jaata Hai, Is Liye Us Par Bhi Paani Bahana Zaroori Hai...
🌼 Aurton Ke Liye Breast Ke Neeche Ka Hissa. Agar Pet Bada Ho Toh Pet Ke Neeche Ka Hissa Isi Tarah Donon Sharmgaahon Ka Jo Hissa Nazar Aata Hai Us Par Bhi Achhi Tarah Paani Bahana Farz Hai..
🌷 Isi Tarah Raan (Thigh) Ke Side Ka Hissa Aur Naaf (Belly Button) Ka Hissa Bhi Achhi Tarah Dhona Chahiye Taake Wahan Tak Paani Pahunch Jaaye. In Tamam Maqamat Ka Khayal Rakhte Hue Ghusl Karna Zaroori Hai..
🌼 Akhir Mein Paon Ke Neeche Ka Hissa.. Yaani Talwa (Sole) Bhi Dhona Zaroori Hai.. Baaz Log Is Mein Be-Ahtiyati Kar Dete Hain Aur Bas Aise Hi Ghusl Kar Ke Nikal Aate Hain...Jis Se Talwa Reh Jaata Hai. Is Liye Talwe Ko Bhi Achhi Tarah Dhona Chahiye..Jab Poori Body Par Achhi Tarah Paani Baha Diya Jaaye, Toh Is Tarah Aap Ka Ghusl Mukammal Ho Jaata Hai.
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-261)
Duaa Wagairah Washroom Ke Bahar Padhein :
🌺 Ghusl Se Pehle Jo Bhi Duaein Wagairah Padhni Hoti Hain... Jaise Ke Pehle Bataya Gaya Tha Ke Wuzu Ki Duaein, Kalma Padhna Ho, Ya Niyyat Karni Ho.. Yeh Sab Washroom Ke Bahar Hi Padhni Chahiye..
🌻 Washroom Ke Andar Jaane Ke Baad Koi Bhi Duaa Ya Kalma Nahin Padhna Chahiye..Haan, Agar Ghusl Khana Bilkul Alag Aur Mukhtalif Ho.. Jahan Par Koi Napaaki Na Hoti Ho.. Toh Aisi Soorat Mein Wahan Andar Jaa Kar Bhi Duaein Wagairah Padh Sakte Hain... Lekin Aam Taur Par Aisa Hota Nahin Hai...
🌺 Aaj Kal Zyaada Tar Flats Wagairah Mein Bathrooms Attached Hote Hain.. Is Liye Aisi Soorat Mein Washroom Ke Andar Duaein Wagairah Nahin Padh Sakte... Zaroori Hai Ke Duaein Aur Niyyat Wagairah Washroom Ke Bahar Hi Padh Li Jayein..
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-262)
🔸 Ghusl Ka Tareeqa :
Gusul Karte Waqt Bahar Hi Niyat Kar Len Aur Jo Duaein Wagairah Padhna Chahen Padh Kar Phir Bathroom Mein Jaayen.
🔹 Sab Se Pehle Istinje Kar Len.. Agar Koi Napaki Lagi Ho Toh Usay Achhi Tarah Saaf Kar Len.. Aur Agar Napaki Na Bhi Ho Tab Bhi Istinja Kar Lena Chahiye.. Agar Aurat Haiz Se Farigh Hui Ho Toh Sharmgaah Ki Finger Wagairah Se Achhi Tarah Safai Kar Leni Chahiye.
Iske Baad Wuzu Kar Len, Bilkul Usi Tarah Jaise Namaz Ke Liye Wuzu Kiya Jaata Hai. Wuzu Karne Ke Baad Ghusl Karen...
🔸 Agar Mug Se Naha Rahe Hon To Aakhir Mein:
▪️3 Mug Paani Right Shoulder Par Daalen..
▪️3 Mug Paani Left Shoulder Par Daalen.
▪️Aur 3 Mag Paani Sar Par Daalen.
Is Tarah Paani Bahaya Jaaye Ke Poori Body Par Paani Bah Jaaye. Is Tarah Aap Ka Ghusl Mukammal Ho Jaayega...
🔹 Agar Shower Wagairah Se Naha Rahe Hon Toh Koi Harj Nahin Hai...Yaad Rahe, Ghusl Ka Koi Bahut Mukhtalif Ya Mushkil Tareeqa Nahin Hai.. Agar Aap Wuzu Kar Ke Poori Body Par Paani Baha Len, Toh Ghusl Ho Jaata Hai.. Bas Ye Zaruri Hai Ke Har Hissa Par Paani Pahunch Jaaye Aur Kam Az Kam Do Qatre Paani Bah Jaayein.
🔸 Ghusl Mein Masah Nahin Hota.. Is Liye Kisi Jagah Par Masah Nahin Kiya Jaata.. Balke Paani Bahana Zaruri Hota Hai..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-263)
🌹 Ab Aate Hain Is Baat Ki Taraf Ke Ghusl Kab Farz Hota Hai.. Yeh Is Lesson Ka Sab Se Important Hissa Hai Aur Isko Aap Ne Achhi Tarah Samajhna Hai..
🟪 Lekin Ghusl Farz Hone Ke Masail Bayan Karne Se Pehle.. Main Aap Ko 3 Cheezon Ke Baare Mein Batana Chahti Hoon. Yeh 3 Ratubat Hain Jo Aam Taur Par Insani Jism Se Kharij Hoti Hain Aur Jin Ka Ta’alluq Kahin Na Kahin Wuzu Aur Ghusl Se Hota Hai.. In Mein Aksar Logon Ko Confusion Bhi Hota Hai...
🟣 Yeh Teen Cheezein Hain: Mazi, Mani Aur Wadi...In Ke Bare Mein Thodi Si Tafseel Bata Deti Hoon Taake Aage Jab Bhi Mani, Mazi Ya Wadi Ka Lafz Aaye.. Toh Aap Ko Achhi Tarah Samajh Aa Jaaye Ke Ye Kya Hoti Hain.
🟪 Yeh Waise To Sharm Ke Masail Hote Hain.. Is Liye Inhein Bahut Zyaada Khul Kar Bayan Karna Bhi Munasib Nahin Lagta... Lekin Yeh Masail Itne Zaruri Hain Ke Agar In Hein Bilkul Hi Chhupa Diya Jaaye Ya Bilkul Mukhtasar Aur Band Alfaaz Mein Bayan Kiya Jaaye.. Toh Phir Log Samajh Nahin Paate..
🟣 Maine Dekha Hai Ke Baaz Talibaat Aisi Bhi Hoti Hain Jo Shadi Shuda Hoti Hain Aur Unke Bachche Bhi Bade Ho Chuke Hote Hain... Koi 10th Mein Hota Hai.. Koi 11th Mein.. Lekin Phir Bhi Unhein Ab Tak Ye Pehchaan Nahin Hoti Ke Mani Kya Hai Aur Mazi Kya Hai...
🟪 Kuch Bahne Aisi Bhi Hoti Hain Jo Mani Ko Ye Samajh Leti Hain Ke Is Se Kuch Nahin Hota.. Aur Isi Halat Mein Namaz Padh Rahi Hoti Hain.. Isi Tarah Agar Mazi Kharij Ho Jaaye To Woh Samajhti Hain Ke Is Se Kuch Farq Nahin Padhta.. Na Wuzu Ki Zarurat Hai Aur Na Kapde Badalne Ki... Aur Isi Halat Mein Namaz Padh Leti Hain...معاذ الله عزوجل Is Mein Bahut Zyada Be-Ahtiyati Ho Jaati Hai.
🟣 Aksar Gharon Mein Bhi Koi Theek Se Samjhane Wala Nahin Hota..Aam Taur Par Ye Zimmedari Walida Ki Hoti Hai Ke Woh Apni Bachhi Ko Samjhaye.. Ya Badi Behen Samjha De.. Lekin Kai Dafa Woh Khud Hi In Masail Se Nawaqif Hoti Hain... Aur Kyun Ke Ye Sharm Ka Muamla Hota Hai.... Is Liye In Masail Par Utni Taleem Nahin Di Jaati.
🟪 Isi Wajah Se Kai Logon Ki Shadi Ke Baad Ki Zindagi Bhi Mutasir Ho Jaati Hai...Is Liye Yahan Main Koshish Karungi Ke Munasib Aur Mohtaat Alfaaz Mein Aap Ko In Masail Ki Tafseel Samjhaun..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-264)
Mani, Mazi Aur Wadi :
👉 Sab Se Pehle Ye Samajh Lein Ke Mani, Mazi Aur Wadi Teen Cheezein Hain
🌻 Is Mein Yaad Rakhein Ke Mardon Ka Talluq In Teenon Cheezon (Mani, Mazi Aur Wadi) Se Hota Hai. Jab Ke Aurat Ka Talluq Sirf Mani Aur Mazi Se Hota Hai.. Wadi Ka Talluq Aurat Ke Sath Nahin Hota.
Ab Sawal Ye Hai Ke Aurat Ke Sath Wadi Ka Talluq Kyun Nahin Hota?...
🌼 Is Ki Wajah Ye Hai Ke Aurat Mein Peshab Ka Maqam Alag Hota Hai.. Aur Jahan Se Jismani Talluq Qayim Kiya Jaata Hai... Haiz Ka Khoon Nikalta Hai Aur Bachche Ki Wiladat Hoti Hai. Jise English Mein Vagina Kehte Hain.. Woh Ek Alag Hissa (Portion) Hota Hai..
🌻 Yaani Aurat Ke Jism Mein Do Alag Passages Hote Hain.. Isi Wajah Se Mani Ke Sath Peshab Ke Ikhtilaat Ka Muamla Paida Nahin Hota.. Yaani Donon Mix Nahin Hote.. Is Liye Aurat Ke Saath Wadi Ka Muamla Pesh Nahin Aata..
🌼 Lekin Mardon Ka Muamla Mukhtalif Hai.. Mardon Mein Private Part Ek Hi Hota Hai. Jahan Se Peshab Bhi Kharij Hota Hai Aur Mani Bhi Kharij Hoti Hai.. Isi Wajah Se Mardon Ke Saath Wadi Ka Muamla Pesh Aa Jaata Hai..Is Liye Wadi Ka Talluq Mardon Ke Saath Hota Hai.. Aur Aurat Ke Saath Nahin...
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-265)
Mani Kise Kehte Hain?
♦️ Jab Miya-Biwi Ke Darmiyan Jismani Talluq Qayim Hota Hai.Ya Donon Mein Bahut Zyaada Feelings Paida Ho Jaati Hain.. Toh Aakhir Mein Jo Safed Rang Ki Rutubat Kharij Hoti Hai Usay Mani Kehte Hain۔ English Mein Ise Semen Ya Sperm Bhi Kaha Jaata Hai..
Mani Ki Pehchan Kya Hai?
🪷 Mardon Ke Liye Mani Aam Taur Par Safed Rang Ki Hoti Hai Aur Kaafi Gaadhi Hoti Hai.. Aur Jab Mani Khaarij Ho Jaati Hai Toh Jism Mein Jo Bhi Shiddat Wali Feelings Hoti Hain Woh Khatm Ho Jaati Hain Aur Insaan Relax Mehsoos Karta Hai..
♦️ Aurat Ke Liye Mardon Ke Muqable Mein Bhi Mani Hoti Hai.. Lekin Thodi Patli Hoti Hai.. Aksar Iska Rang Whitish Hota Hai Aur Kabhi Kabhi Is Mein Jhag Jaisi Kaifiyat Bhi Hoti Hai...
🪷 Sab Se Badi Pehchan Ye Hai Ke Jab Mani Kharij Ho Jaati Hai To Jism Mein Thahraw (Sukoon) Aa Jaata Hai Aur Miya-Biwi Donon Relax Ho Jaate Hain.. Isi Ko Mani Kaha Jaata Hai..
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-266)
Mazi Kise Kehte Hain?
🌼 Mazi Woh Rutubat Hoti Hai Jo Mani Se Pehle Khaarij Hoti Hai.. Mani Aam Taur Par Aakhir Mein Khaarij Hoti Hai..Jab Ke Mazi Pehle Nikalti Hai. Yeh Mard Aur Aurat Dono Mein Hoti Hai..Aur Donon Ki Mazi Mani Se Pehle Khaarij Hoti Hai...
🌺 Mazi Ki Pehchan Ye Hai Ke Yeh Aam Taur Par Bilkul Berang(Colourless) Hoti Hai.. Yaani Pani Ki Tarah Saaf Hoti Hai...
Mardon Mein Mazi Ki Miqdaar Aam Taur Par Kam Hoti Hai.. Jab Ke Aurton Mein Aksar Thodi Zyaada Hoti Hai..
🌼 Yeh Bilkul Paani Ki Tarah Patli Hoti Hai.. Aur Is Ke Khaarij Hone Se Shahwat (Feelings) Khatm Nahin Hoti.. Balke Kabhi Kabhi Insaan Mein Aur Zyaada Feelings Paida Ho Jaati Hain..
Isi Rutubat Ko Mazi Kaha Jaata Hai.. English Mein Ise Pre-Seminal Fluid Kehte Hain..
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-267)
🔹 Mazi Aur Mani Ki Asal Pehchan Ka Aasaan Tareeqa Main Ne Aap Ko Bata Deti Hoon.. Jo Pehla Discharge Nikalta Hai Usay Mazi Kehte Hain.. Aur Jab Feelings Khatm Ho Jaati Hai To Aakhir Mein Jo Discharge Nikalta Hai Woh Mani Hota Hai...Mazi Aam Taur Par Colourless Hoti Hai.. Chahe Mard Ho Ya Aurat Donon Mein Yeh Be-Rang Hi Hoti Hai...
🔸 Jab Ke Mani Mardon Ke Liye Aam Taur Par Gaadhi Aur Safed Rang Ki Hoti Hai۔ Aurat Ke Liye Bhi Mani Whitish Hoti Hai.. Lekin Mazi Ke Muqable Mein Us Mein Rang Zyada Numaya Hota Hai.. Kabhi Kabhi Aurton Mein Yeh Thodi Patli Bhi Ho Sakti Hai.. Ya Yellowish Rang Ki Bhi Ho Sakti Hai...
Wadi Kya Hai?
🔹 Wadi Ka Talluq Mardon Se Hota Hai.. Jaise Pehle Bataya Gaya Ke Peshab Ke Waqt Kabhi Kabhi Ek Rutubat Nikalti Hai Jo Mani Jaisi Lagti Hai. Lekin Woh Peshab Karte Waqt Khaarij Hoti Hai..
🔸 To Is Tarah Ye Teenon Cheezon (Mani, Mazi Aur Wadi) Ka Ibtidai Ta'aruf Ho Gaya..
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-268)
🔹 Ye Aksar Confusion Hoti Hai Ke Ye Mazi Hai Ya Lekoriya (Normal Discharge)?..Yaad Rakhein Agar Aap Normal Chal Phir Rahi Hain Aur Plain... Colourless Discharge Ho Raha Hai.. Toh Ye Aam Taur Par Lekoriya (Normal Discharge) Hota Hai...Mazi Hamesha Feelings Ke Saath Aati Hai. Bighair Kisi Qism Ki Feelings Ke Mazi Kabhi Kharij Nahin Hoti...
♦️ Ab Kuch Bachhiyan Aisa Bhi Message Karti Hain Ke Shauhar Bahar Mulk Mein Hain.. Lekin Kabhi Unke Baare Mein Sochti Hain Aur Us Waqt Discharge Ho Jaata Hai. To Kya Isko Mazi Samjha Jaaye?..
🔸 Toh Zahir Si Baat Hai Ke Us Waqt Feelings Maujood Hoti Hain.. Is Liye Ye Mazi Shumar Hogi.. Isko Lekoriya Nahin Kaha Jaayega...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-269)
🚿 Ghusl Farz Hone Wale 5 Asbaab
🪷 Yaad Rakhein Ke Ghusl 5 Cheezon Ki Wajah Se Farz Hota Hai... In Ke Ilawa Kisi Bhi Cheez Se Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota. Is Liye Asaani Ke Liye Bas Ye 5 Cheezein Yaad Kar Len. Agar In Ke Ilawa Koi Aur Soorat Ho Toh Ghusl Hargiz Farz Nahin Hota..
🌷 Aur Jab Kisi Mard Ya Aurat Par Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai Toh Hum Kehte Hain Ke Woh Janabat Ki Halat Mein Hai..
① Haiz (Periods):
Periods Khatam Hone Par Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai.
② Nifas:
Bachcha Paida Hone Ke Baad Jo Khoon 40 Din Tak Ya Us Se Pehle Band Ho Jaaye Use Nifas Kehte Hain. Jab Nifas Ka Khoon Khatm Ho Jaaye Toh Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai.
③ Jismani Ta‘alluq Qayim Hona:
Miya Biwi Ke Darmiyan Jab Jismani Ta‘alluq Qayim Ho Jaaye Toh Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai. Is Mein Sirf Ta‘alluq Qayim Hona Hi Kaafi Hai..
🔹 Yaani Mard Ya Aurat Ko Discharge Hona Zaroori Nahin Hai. Agar Mard Ka Private Part Aurat Ke Private Part Mein Thoda Sa Bhi Dakhil Ho Jaaye.. Toh Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai.
🔹 Ab Chahe Us Ke Baad Discharge Ho Ya Na Ho.. Ye Alag Baat Hai.. Lekin Ghusl Bahrhaal Farz Ho Chuka Hota Hai..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-270)
🚿 Ghusl Farz Hone Wale 5 Asbaab
④ Mani Ka Kharij Hona (Jagte Hue):
Agar Kisi Shaks Ko Jagte Hue Mani Feelings (Shahwat) Ke Sath Kharij Ho.. Toh Us Par Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai..Is Point Ko Achhi Tarah Yaad Rakhein Agar Jagte Hue Shahwat Ke Sath Mani Nikle.. Tabhi Ghusl Farz Hoga.. Warna Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota..
♦️ Misal Ke Taur Par Agar Kisi Ko Bimari Ki Wajah Se Mani Nikal Jaaye.. Jaise Mardon Mein Kabhi Umar Badhne Par, Ya Kabhi Bojh Uthane Ya Kisi Aur Jismani Kamzori Ki Wajah Se Mani Kharij Ho Jaati Hai.. To Agar Ye Bimari Ki Soorat Ho.. Toh Yaad Rakhein Ke Is Se Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai...
♦️ Kyunki Qaidah Ye Hai Ke Sharmgah Se Jo Bhi Cheez Nikle Woh Wuzu Ko Tod Deti Hai. Is Liye Wuzu Toot Jayega Aur Mani Napaak Bhi Hoti Hai, Lekin Is Soorat Mein Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota, Kyunki Yahan Feelings Ya Shahwat Shamil Nahin Hoti Hai..
♦️ Lekin Agar Jagte Hue Shahwat Ke Saath Mani Nikli Aur Jism Se Bahar Aa Gayi, Toh Bahar Nikalte Hi Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai. Aur Aurat Ke Liye Bhi Yahi Hukum Hai..Jagte Hue Ye Soorat Mukhtalif Tareeqon Se Ho Sakti Hai.
▪️Miya Biwi Ke Darmiyan Touch Karne Ki Wajah Se..
▪️Ya Gande Khayalat Ki Wajah Se..
▪️Ya Gandi Filmein Dekhne Ki Wajah Se (معاذ الله عزوجل)..
♦️ Agar In Soorton Mein Shahwat Ke Saath Mani Kharij Ho Jaaye, Toh Ghusl Farz Ho Jaayega...Yahan Do Cheezein Zaruri Hain:
▪️Shahwat (Feelings) Ka Hona
▪️Mani Ka Jism Se Bahar Nikalna
♦️ Agar Kisi Ko Feelings Toh Hui.. Lekin Mani Bahar Nahin Nikli.. Toh Phir Ghusl Farz Nahin Hoga..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-271)
Ghusl Farz Hone Wale 5 Asbaab :
⑤ Ehtelam Hona : Yaani Khwab Mein Is Tarah Ke Manazir Dekhna Ke Jiski Wajah Se Discharge Ho Jaaye Aur Galib Gumaan Ho Ke Mani Nikli Hai.. Toh Isay Ehtelam Kehte Hain.
Mardon Mein Ye Muamla Bahut Zyaada Aam (Common) Hota Hai, Aur Aksar Ladke Baligh Bhi Ehtelam Hi Ki Wajah Se Hote Hain...
🔹 Auraton Ke Baare Mein Main Ye Nahin Kahungi Ke Ye Muamla Paaya Hi Nahin Jaata. Aurat Ko Bhi Ehtelam Hota Hai. Aagarche Mardon Ke Muqable Mein Kam Hota Hai.. Lekin Aisa Bilkul Nahin Ke Aurat Ko Ehtelam Hota Hi Nahin.. Hota Hai. Aaj-Kal Bacchiyon Ka Muamla Bhi Mukhtalif Hota Jaa Raha Hai... Environment Aur Social Media Wagairah Ki Wajah Se Sunne Mein Aata Hai Ke Ehtelam Se Muta‘alliq Muamlaat Unmein Bhi Kaafi Had Tak Paaye Jate Hain.
🔸 Bahrhaal, Aurat Ko Bhi Ehtelam Ho Sakta Hai. Jaise Umm-e-Ayman رضی اللہ تعالیٰ عنہا, Digar Sahabiyaat Aur Ummul Momineen Ne Bhi Sarkar ﷺ Se Poocha Tha Ke Kya Aurat Ko Bhi Ehtelam Ho Sakta Hai?.. Chunki Woh Nufus-e-Qudsiyah Theen, Is Liye Unhon Ne Hairat Se Ye Sawal Kiya. To Sarkar ﷺ Ne Irshad Farmaya Ke Haan, Aurat Ko Bhi Ehtelam Hota Hai.
🔹 Baaz Auratein Ye Samajhti Hain Ke Sirf Mardon Ke Saath Hi Ehtelam Ka Muamla Hota Hai.. Is Liye Ehtelam Ke Masail Bhi Sirf Mard Hi Seekhein... Aisa Nahin Hai... Jab Aurat Ke Saath Bhi Ye Mumkin Hai, Toh Usay Bhi Maloom Hona Chahiye Ke Agar Is Qism Ka Koi Khwab Nazar Aaye To Kya Mujh Par Ghusl Farz Hua Ya Nahin?..
🔸 Aksar Woh Ye Samajh Kar Ke Ghusl Farz Nahin Hua Hoga.Apni Namazein Wagairah Jaari Rakhti Hain.. Halanke Is Mein Mukhtalif Sooratein (Conditions) Hoti Hain. Un Sooraton Ko Achhi Tarah Samajh Kar Hi Un Par Amal Karna Chahiye..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-272)
🌷 Ab Main Woh Sooratein Bayan Kar Rahi Hoon Jin Mein Ehtelam Ki Wajah Se Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai... Ye Muamla Chahe Mard Ho Ya Aurat.. Donon Ke Liye Common Hai.. Is Liye Isay Achhi Tarah Samajh Len...
🌻 Agar Kisi Ne Khwaab Dekha Aur Jagne Ke Baad Koi Wetness Nazar Na Aaye.. Toh Ye Alag Baat Hai.. Yaad Rakhein, Agar Khwab Bhi Yaad Ho Lekin Uthne Ke Baad Kapdon Par Koi Nishan Na Ho..Na Mani Ka Nishan, Na Mazi Ka, Balki Kapde Bilkul Saaf-Suthre Hon.. To Phir Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota.. Chahe Mard Ho Ya Aurat..
🌷 Kyunki Pehle Bayan Ho Chuka Hai Ke Shahwat Ke Sath Mani Ka Nikalna Zaroori Hai.. Yahan Agar Kisi Ko Yaad Hai Ke Mujhe Inzal Hua Tha (Yaani Mani Ke Kharij Hone Ka Khayal Hai).. Khwab Bhi Yaad Hai Aur Sab Kuch Zehan Mein Maujood Hai.. Lekin Jagne Ke Baad Mani Ya Mazi Ka Koi Asar Nazar Hi Nahin Aata.. Toh Iska Matlab Hai Ke Haqeeqat Mein Koi Cheez Kharij Nahin Hui..
🌻 Jab Koi Cheez Kharij Hi Nahin Hui To Ghusl Bhi Farz Nahin Hoga..Ye Point Number One Hai...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official..
💦 Taharat Course (Part-273)
Ehtelam Ki Wajah Se In Sooraton Mein Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai :
(2) Yaad Rakhein..! Agar Khwaab Yaad Hai Ke Khwaab Mein Aisa Muamla Hua Tha Aur Ye Bhi Yaad Hai Ke Khwaab Mein Inzal Hua Tha... Ab Uthne Ke Baad Kapdon Par Ya Badan Par Kuch Wetness Ya Nishanaat Nazar Aayein, Aur Dekhne Par Aap Ko Ye Confirm Ho Jaaye Ke Ye Mani Hi .. Toh Phir Is Mein Koi Doubt Ki Baat Nahin...
🔸 Zahir Si Baat Hai Ke Jab Inzal Bhi Yaad Ho Aur Jo Tari.. Nishan Maujood Hai Woh Mani Hona Confirm Ho To Aisi Soorat Mein Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-274)
Ehtelam Ki Wajah Se In Sooraton Mein Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai :
(3) Agar Aap Ko Confirm Ho Ke Ye Mazi Hi Hai, Yani Abhi Mani Nikalna Yaad Nahin, Aur Aap 100% Sure Hain Ke Jo Tari Nazar Aa Rahi Hai Woh Mazi Hai.. Tab Bhi Ghusl Farz Hoga..
🌻 Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ke Mazi Se Waise To Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota.. Lekin Kyunki Ye Muamla Neend (Khwaab) Mein Hua Hai.. Is Liye Ahtiyat Zaroori Hai. Kabhi Kabhaar Hawa Ki Wajah Se Ya Jism Ki Hararat Ki Wajah Se Mani Patli Ho Jati Hai Aur Mazi Ki Tarah Maloom Hoti Hai.
🌹 Agar Insaan Jaag Raha Hota To Use Andaza Hota Ke Mazi Nikli Hai Aur Abhi Mani Nahin Nikli.. Lekin Jab Khwab Mein Muamla Hua Ho.. Inzaal Yaad Ho Aur Uthne Ke Baad Mazi Jaisi Tari Nazar Aaye, To Ahtiyat Ka Taqaza Ye Hai Ke Woh Ghusl Kar Le.. Kyunki Mumkin Hai Ke Mani Patli Ho Kar Mazi Ki Tarah Lag Rahi Ho..
(4) Aur Agar Confusion Ho Ke Ye Mani Hai Ya Mazi.. Yaani Shuba Ho Ke Shayad Mani Ho.. Shayad Mazi Ho.. Tab Bhi Ghusl Farz Hai..
📕 Khulasa :
Agar Khwaab Dekha, Phir Uthne Ke Baad Tari Nazar Aayi....
▪️Confirm Ho Ke Mani Hai..
▪️Ya Confirm Ho Ke Mazi Hai...
▪️Ya Thoda Sa Doubt Bhi Ho Ke Mani Ho Sakti Hai Ya Mazi Ho Sakti Hai..
Toh Har Soorat Mein Ghusl Farz Hoga Aur Ghusl Karna Zaroori Hoga.
(Main Wadi Ke Muamle Ka Zikar Nahi Kar Rahi, Kyunki Woh Zyaada Tar Mardon Se Muta‘alliq Masail Hain. Is Liye Woh Apne Taur Par Seekh Lein, Aur Aap Apne Muta‘alliq Ahkaam Yaad Kar Len.)
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-275)
Ehtelam Ki Wajah Se In Sooraton Mein Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai :
(5) Ab Soorat Ulat Ho Gayi.. Khwaab Bilkul Bhi Yaad Nahin Hai. Uthne Ke Baad Kuch Tari (Wetness) Nazar Aa Rahi Hai. Inzaal Hona Bhi Yaad Nahin.. Lekin Jo Wetness Nazar Aa Rahi Hai Uske Baare Mein Aap Ko Confirm Hai Ke Ye Mani Hi Hai.. Toh Phir Ghusl Farz Ho Jayega...
🌷 Kyunki Jab Mani Ka Khurooj Confirm Ho, To Us Soorat Mein Ghusl Farz Hone Ka Hi Hukum Diya Jaayega...
(6) Aur Agar Aap Ko Confirm Ho Ke Ye Mazi Hai, To Baaz Ulama e Kiram Ne Farmaya Hai Ke Is Soorat Mein Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota. Lekin Bahare Shariat Wagairah Aur Aala Hazrat رحمۃ اللہ علیہ Ki Tahqeeq Ke Mutabiq Yahan Ghusl Farz Hone Ka Hi Hukum Diya Gaya Hai..
🌹 Is Liye Aap Ahtiyatan Ise Ghusl Farz Hi Samajh Kar Ghusl Kar Len, Kyunki Ye Namazon Aur Taharat Ka Muamla Hai..Yaani Agar Uthne Ke Baad Wetness Nazar Aaye Aur ..
▪️Confirm Ho Ke Mani Hai..
▪️Ya Confirm Ho Ke Mazi Hai..
▪️Ya Thoda Sa Doubt Ho Ke Mani Ya Mazi Mein Se Kuch Hai..
Toh Har Surat Mein Ghusl Kar Lena Chahiye.
🌷 Haan, Normal Aurat Ko Jo Discharge Hota Hai, Jaise Likoriya Wagairah, Us Se Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota..Jab Dil Mein Is Tarah Ka Confusion Paida Ho Jaaye Ke Ye Mazi Hai Ya Mani, To Phir Ahtiyat Isi Mein Hai Ke Ghusl Kar Liya Jaaye..
🌹 Yahan Par Ehtelam Ke Muta‘alliq Masail Mukammal Ho Gaye.
Ab Kuch Sawalat Aaye Hain, Pehle Unko Bayan Kar Deti Hoon.
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-276)
🤔 Sawal :
Kabhi Kabhar Doctor Sharmgaah Mein Kuch Tablet Wagairah Rakhne Ke Liye Dete Hain... Uski Wajah Se Safed Jhaag Jaisi Discharge Bahar Aati Hai. To Ismein Aksar Confusion Ho Jaati Hai Ke Yeh Mani Hai Ya Nahin.?
🔹 Jawab :
Jab Mani Khaarij Hoti Hai.. Chahe Mard Ho Ya Aurat... Toh Yeh Baat Note Kar Leni Chahiye Ke Mani Ki Kaifiyat Kaisi Hoti Hai.. Agar Kapdon Par Lag Jaaye To Sookh Kar Jo Nishanaat Reh Jaate Hain, Unhein Bhi Samajhna Aur Pehchanna Zaroori Hai.. Kyunki Yeh Masail Farz Ahkaam Se Ta'alluq Rakhte Hain...
🔸 Is Liye Shadi-Shuda Logon Ki Zimmedari Hoti Hai Ke Woh Mani, Mazi Aur Auraton Ki Normal Discharge (Jaise Likoriya) Ke Darmiyan Farq Ko Samjhein... Kahin Aisa Na Ho Ke Normal Discharge Ko Kisi Aur Cheez Samajh Liya Jaaye... Is Liye Ahtiyat Ke Saath In Cheezon Ko Pehchan Lena Chahiye..
🔹 Doosri Baat Yeh Hai Ke Jab Sharmgaah Mein Medicine Ya Tablet Rakhi Jaati Hai.. Toh Us Waqt Jo Discharge Nikalti Hai Woh Mani Nahin Hoti Aur Na Hi Mazi Ki Soorat Hoti Hai.. Yeh Medicine Ki Wajah Se Hone Wali Discharge Hoti Hai...
🔸 Aur Agar Farz Kar Liya Jaaye Ke Mani Hi Nikli Ho.. Lekin Usmein Shahwat Ya Lutf Ki Feeling Shamil Na Ho.. Toh Bhi Is Soorat Mein Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota.. Haan, Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai...
🔹 Is Liye Agar Kisi Ne Sharmgaah Mein Medicine Wagairah Rakhi Ho Aur Uske Baad Discharge Ho.. Toh Us Par Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota.. Is Se Kayi Masail Samajh Mein Aa Jaate Hain.. Jo Paanch Sooratein Ghusl Farz Hone Ki Bayan Ki Gayi Hain.. Unke Ilawa Kisi Aur Soorat Mein Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota.. Hatta Ke Agar Mani Bila-Shahwat Bhi Nikal Aaye (Jaise Kabhi Mardon Ke Sath Hota Hai) To Bhi Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota..
🔸 Haan, Wuzu Toot Jaayega Aur Jo Mani Nikli Hai Woh Napaak Hoti Hai..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-277)
🌼 Ab Yeh Yaad Rakhein Ke Agar Sharmgaah Mein Koi Medicine Wagairah Rakhi Jaaye Ya Doctors Kisi Qism Ki Internal Testing Karein.. Jaise Pap Smear Test.. Toh In Sooraton Mein Aurat Par Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota.. Kyunki Yeh Un Paanch Asbaab Mein Se Nahin Hain Jin Ki Wajah Se Ghusl Farz Hota Hai..
🌺 Haan, Itni Baat Zaroor Hai Ke Agar Sharmgaah Mein Koi Cheez Dakhil Ki Gayi.. Jaise Medicine Wagairah Toh Aurat Jab Apni Ungli Se Woh Medicine Insert Karegi Aur Phir Ungli Bahar Nikalegi, Toh Wuzu Toot Jayega..
🌼 Kyunke Wuzu Ke Masail Mein Wazeh Taur Par Yeh Qaid Batayi Gayi Hai Ke Agli Ya Pichhli Sharmgaah Se Koi Bhi Cheez Bahar Nikle. Chahe Thodi Si Hi Kyun Na Ho.. Uska Nikalna Hi Wuzu Tootne Ke Liye Kaafi Hota Hai..
🌺 Yahan Ungli Dakhil Karne Se Wuzu Nahin Tootta.. Lekin Jaise Hi Ungli Bahar Nikali Aur Us Ke Saath Koi Rutubat Ya Cheez Bahar Aayi.. Wuzu Toot Jaayega. Yeh Zaroori Nahin Ke Woh Cheez Paak Ho Ya Napaak.. Jo Bhi Cheez Sharmgaah Se Niklegi.. Woh Wuzu Ko Tod Degi..
🌼 Is Liye Agar Medicine Ki Wajah Se Kisi Mukhtalif Qism Ki Discharge Nazar Aaye.. Toh Ahtiyatan Dobarah Wuzu Kar Lena Chahiye.. Aur Agar Kisi Infection Ki Wajah Se Discharge Ho Rahi Ho.. Toh Woh Napaak Hoti Hai Aur Us Se Bhi Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai.. Is Baat Ka Bhi Khayal Rakhein..
🌺 Isi Tarah Doctor Ki Taraf Se Ki Jaane Wali Internal Testing Wagairah Se Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai, Lekin Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official ✨
💦 Taharat Course (Part-278)
🤔 Sawal :
Miya Biwi Ke Darmiyan Jab Jismani Talluq Qayim Ho Jaaye Aur Aurat Ghusl Kar Le Phir Kuch Der Baad Use Yeh Mehsoos Ho Ke Mani Bahar Aa Gayi Hai.. Toh Kya Is Soorat Mein Aurat Par Dobara Ghusl Farz Ho Jayega.?
🌺 Jawab :
Darasal Yeh Aksar Mard Ki Mani Hoti Hai Jo Baad Mein Bahar Aati Hai.. Is Liye Is Soorat Mein Aurat Par Dobara Ghusl Farz Nahin Hota.. Haan, Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai, Lekin Ghusl Lazim Nahin Hota..
🌷 Mard Hazraat Ke Liye Aham Hidayat :
Jab Is Qism Ka Muamla Ho Jaaye. Chahe Ehtilaam Ho Ya Miya Biwi Ke Darmiyan Jismani Talluq Qayim Ho.. Toh Mardon Ko Chahiye Ke Ghusl Se Pehle In Teen Kaamon Mein Se Koi Ek Kaam Zaroor Kar Lein.. Auraton Ke Liye Yeh Pabandi Nahin Hai.. Agar Woh Yeh Teen Kaam Na Bhi Karein To Koi Harj Nahin...
🌺 Woh Teen Kaam Yeh Hain :
① Peshab Kar Lein
② Ya Kuch Der So Jayein
③ Ya Taqreeban 40 Qadam Chal Lein...
Iski Wajah Yeh Hai Ke Jab Mardon Ki Mani Kharij Hoti Hai.. Toh Kabhi Kabhi Us Ke Kuch Qatre Andar Reh Jaate Hain Aur Poori Tarah Bahar Nahin Nikalte.. Jab Woh Peshab Karte Hain To Pressure Ki Wajah Se, Sone Par Jism Ke Relax Hone Ki Wajah Se, Ya Chalne Par Harkat Ki Wajah Se Woh Baaqi Qatre Bhi Bahar Nikal Aate Hain..
🌷 Is Ke Baad Ghusl Karna Behtar Hota Hai... Agar Is Tarah Ghusl Karne Ke Baad Bhi Kuch Mani Ke Qatre Nikal Aayen, Toh Dobara Ghusl Farz Nahin Hoga.. Haan, Wuzu Toot Jayega..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-279)
🔸Ghusl Wajib Hone Ke Baad Nahane Se Pehle Mardon Ko Chahiye Ke In Teen Kaamon Mein Se Koi Ek Kaam Zaroor Kar Lein :
① Peshab Kar Lein
② Ya Kuch Der Ke Liye So Jaayein
③ Ya Taqreeban 40 Qadam Chal Lein..
🔹 Is Ke Baad Ghusl Karein... Agar Koi Shakhs In Teenon Mein Se Koi Bhi Kaam Kiye Bighair Ghusl Kar Leta Hai Aur Baad Mein Jo Mani Ke Qatre Nikalte Hain Woh Pehle Wale Ehtilaam Ya Jismani Talluq Ki Wajah Se Baaqi Reh Gaye The, To Is Soorat Mein Dobara Ghusl Farz Ho Jaayega.. Yeh Mardon Ke Liye Ahtiyati Hukm Hai.
🔸 Auron Ke Muqable Mein Auraton Ke Sath Yeh Muamla Aam Taur Par Nahin Paya Jaata.. Kyunki Aurat Mein Peshab Nikalne Ka Maqam Aur Mani Nikalne Ka Maqam Alag Hota Hai. In Jismani Farqon Ki Wajah Se Aksar Auraton Ke Saath Yeh Muamla Nahin Paaya Jaata Hai...
🔹 Phir Bhi Behtar Yahi Hai Ke Aurat Bhi Itminan Kar Le Ke Agar Koi Mani Wagairah Baaqi Ho Toh Woh Nikal Jaaye.. Safai Wagairah Karne Ke Baad Ghusl Kare.. Zarurat Mehsoos Ho To Thode Qadam Chal Le.. Taake Agar Koi Rutubat Ya Mani Ka Khurooj Ho Toh Pehle Ho Jaaye.. Is Ke Baad Woh Aaraam Se Ghusl Kar Sakti Hai...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-280)
🤔 Phir Ek Sawal Yeh Tha Ke Agar Ghusl Farz Ho Jaaye Toh Kya Fauran Ghusl Karna Lazim Hai.?
🌺 Fauran Ghusl Karna Lazim Nahin Hota.. Misal Ke Taur Par Agar Raat Ke Waqt Miya Biwi Ke Darmiyan Jismani Talluq Qayim Ho Gaya.. Toh Fajr Se Pehle Pehle Ghusl Kar Liya Jaaye Toh Koi Harj Nahin Hai... Haan, Itni Takheer Bilkul Na Ki Jaaye Ke Kisi Namaz Ke Qaza Hone Ki Naubat Aa Jaaye Warna Phir Yeh Takheer Haraam Ho Jayegi..
💖 Behtar Yahi Hai Ke Jitni Jaldi Mumkin Ho Ghusl Kar Liya Jaaye, Lekin Yeh Lazim o Zaroori Nahin Hai.. Ahadees e Mubarakah Mein Sarkar ﷺ Ne Is Baat Ki Ijazat Ata Farmayi Hai Ke Agar Chahe To Banda Wuzu Karke So Jaaye Aur Baad Mein Uth Kar Ghusl Kar Le..
🌺 Jo Hadees Mein Yeh Farmaya Gaya Hai Ke Jis Ghar Mein Junbi Hota Hai Wahan Rahmat Ke Firishte Dakhil Nahin Hote.. Toh Yeh Us Soorat Par Mahmool Hai Jab Banda Janabat Ki Halat Mein Hi Pada Rahe. Ghusl Na Kare Aur Namazein Bhi Qaza Karta Rahe..
💖 Warna Agar Namaz Ke Waqt Mein Kaafi Gap Ho Aur Banda Baad Mein Uth Kar Ghusl Kar Leta Hai To Is Mein Koi Harj Nahin Hai. Fauran Ghusl Karna Har Soorat Mein Lazim Nahin..
🌺 Isi Tarah Haiz o Nifas Se Paak Hone Wali Aurat Ke Liye Bhi Yeh Gunjaish Hoti Hai Ke Woh Namaz Ke Waqt Se Pehle Ghusl Karke Apni Namaz Ada Kar Le. Itni Der Tak Takheer Ki Gunjaish Hoti Hai..
💖 Agar Koi Halat e Janabat Mein Ho Toh Takheer Kar Sakta Hai.. Lekin Behtar Yahi Hai Ke Agar Waqt Mein Gunjaish Ho Aur Koi Rukawat Na Ho To Jald Ghusl Kar Le.. Zyaada Der Tak Janabat Ki Halat Mein Rehna Munasib Nahin.. Bila Wajah Is Mein Der Nahin Karni Chahiye..
🌺 Agar Der Ho Bhi Jaaye To Banda Gunahgaar Nahin Hota.. Lekin Behtari Isi Mein Hai Ke Ghusl Kar Liya Jaaye.. Zyaada Se Zyaada Is Ko Karahat e Tanzeehi Ka Darja Diya Jayega..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official ..
💦 Taharat Course (Part-281)
🤔 Sawal : Infection Ki Wajah Se Jo Discharging Hoti Hai, Kya Is Se Bhi Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai?
Jawab : Ji Haan, Infection Wagairah Ki Wajah Se Jo Pani Kharij Hota Hai.. Chahe Sharmgaah Se Ho Ya Jism Ke Kisi Aur Hissa Se ..Woh Napaak Hota Hai, Toh Us Se Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai..
🔸 Agar Sharmgaah Mein Infection Ho Aur Doctor Ne Bhi Bataya Ho Ke.. Infection Ki Wajah Se Discharge Ho Raha Hai, Toh Woh Napaak Hoga Aur Us Se Wuzu Toot Jayega..
🤔 Sawal : Kya Likoriya (White Discharge) Ki Wajah Se Bhi Wuzu Toot Jaata Hai?
Jawab : Likoriya Se Wuzu Nahin Toot ta.
Aksar Khawateen Ko Yeh Masla Hota Rehta Hai. Agar Yeh Normal White Discharge Ho, Jo Kisi Khaas Infection Ki Wajah Se Na Ho.. Toh Woh Paak Hota Hai Aur Us Se Wuzu Nahin Toot ta Chahe Woh.. Musalsal Hi Kyun Na Aata Ho...
🔹Haan Agar Baqaida Infection Ho, Doctor Ne Dawa Di Ho Aur Bataya Ho Ke Yeh Discharge Infection Ki Wajah Se Hai, To Phir Woh Napaak Hoga Aur Us Se Wuzu Toot Jayega..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-282)
🌺 Jaise Ke Pehle Arz Kiya Jaa Chuka Hai Ke Ghusl Ke Faraiz 3 Hain :
▪️Kulli Karna..
▪️Naak Ki Narm Haddi Tak Kam Se Kam Paani Chadhana..
▪️Poore Jism Par Paani Baha Lena..
Yeh Gusul Ke Buniyadi Faraiz Hain.
🪷 Ab Is Mein Kahin Yeh Nahin Kaha Gaya Ke Niyyat Karna Bhi Farz Hai. Niyyat Ghusl Ke Faraiz Mein Shamil Nahin Hai. Lihaza Agar Koi Shakhs Ghusl Ki Niyyat Kiye Baghair Sirf Paani Baha Le.. Toh Bhi Ghusl Ho Jaata Hai..
🌺 Yeh Baat Aap Shuru Ke Dars Se Padhti Aa Rahi Hain Ke Paani Paak Karne Wala Hai, Is Liye Agar Bighair Niyyat Ke Bhi Wuzu Ya Ghusl Ke Taur Par Paani Baha Liya Jaaye, Toh Taharat Hasil Ho Jaati Hai.. Albatta Niyyat Na Karne Ki Soorat Mein Sawab Hasil Nahin Hoga...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-283)
🤔 Ghusl Ke Baad Kya Dobara Wuzu Karne Ki Zarurat Hoti Hai?
🌻 Agar Ghusl Karne Ke Baad Wuzu Todne Wala Koi Amal Sarzad Na Ho, To Dobara Wuzu Karne Ki Zarurat Nahin Hoti. Isi Ghusl Ke Sath Namaz Padhi Jaa Sakti Hai. Kyun Ke Ghusl Mein Jab Poora Jism Dhoya Jaata Hai, Toh Wuzu Ke Aaza (Body Parts) Bhi Usi Mein Shamil Ho Jaate Hain. Is Liye Alag Se Wuzu Karna Lazim Nahin Rehta..
🌼 Is Silsile Mein Hadees-e-Mubaraka Bhi Maujood Hai... Mafhoom Hai Ki Sayyeda Aisha Siddiqua رضی اللہ عنہا Farmati Hain Ke Sarkar ﷺ Ghusl Ke Baad Dobara Wuzu Nahin Kiya Karte The.. Yaani Aap ﷺ Ghusl Ke Baad Bighair Naya Wuzu Kiye Bhi Namaz Ada Farma Liya Karte The..
🌻 Lihaza Ghusl Ke Baad Dobara Wuzu Karna Us Waqt Tak Zaruri Nahin Hota, Jab Tak Ghusl Aur Namaz Ke Darmiyan Wuzu Todne Wala Koi Amal Na Ho. Agar Aisa Koi Amal Ho Jaaye.. Toh Phir Wuzu Toot Jayega Aur Namaz Se Pehle Dobara Wuzu Karna Padega..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-284)
🤔 Ghusl Karte Waqt Agar Koi Body Part Dhone Se Reh Jaaye To Kya Karein? Kya Dobara Poora Ghusl Karna Hoga?..
🌼 Agar Ghusl Ke Dauran Jism Ka Koi Hissa Dhone Se Reh Gaya, Aur Baad Mein Yaad Aa Gaya, Toh Sirf Utna Hissa Dobara Dho Lena Kaafi Hai.. Poore Jism Ka Dobara Ghusl Karna Zaruri Nahin Hota...
🌹 Is Ki Wajah Yeh Hai Ke Ghusl Mein Najasat e Hukmiyyah Poore Jism Par Hoti Hai. Jitne Hisse Par Paani Baha Diya Jaata Hai.. Utne Hisse Ki Najasat e Hukmiyyah Door Ho Jaati Hai...
🌼 Misal Ke Taur Par :
Agar Kisi Ka Ek Haath Dhone Se Reh Gaya Tha.. Toh Baaqi Jism Par Ghusl Mukammal Ho Chuka Tha Aur Sirf Us Haath Par Najasat e Hukmiyyah Baaqi Thi.. Jab Baad Mein Us Haath Par Paani Baha Liya Gaya.. Toh Ghusl Mukammal Ho Gaya..
🌹 Is Liye Aisi Soorat Mein Poora Ghusl Dobara Karne Ki Zarurat Nahin Hoti..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-285)
🤔 Nahate Waqt Qibla Rukh Khade Hona Kaisa Hai?
💖 Yaad Rakhein, Jab Sitr Khula Ho.. Toh Qibla Ki Taraf Rukh Karke Khade Hona Makrooh-e-Tanzeehi Aur Khilaf-e-Adab Hai. Is Mein Gunah To Nahi Hota.. Lekin Adab Ka Taqaza Yeh Hai Ke Sitr Khula Ho To Qibla Ki Taraf Rukh Karne Se Bachna Chahiye..
💚 Baaqi Masail Wuzu Ki Tarah Hi Hain. Jaise Tel Laga Ho, Make-Up Ho, Ya Coloring Wagairah Ho .. Toh In Tamam Baton Ki Tafseel Hum Wuzu Ke Topic Mein Padh Chuke Hain.. Is Liye Yahan Unhein Dobara Repeat Nahin Kiya Jaa Raha...
💖 Isi Tarah Jis Tarah Wuzu Mein Contact Lens Nikalna Lazim Nahin, Usi Tarah Ghusl Mein Bhi Lens Nikalna Zaruri Nahin Hota..
💚 Aur Agar Naqli Daanth (False Teeth) Lage Hon.. Toh Agar Aasani Se Nikaale Jaa Sakte Hon.. Toh Ghusl Mein Nikaal Kar Kulli Karna Farz Hoga.. Lekin Agar Nikaalna Mushkil Ho.. To Unhein Laga Rehne De Kar Bhi Kulli Kar Li Jaaye, Ghusl Ada Ho Jayega...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-286)
🤔 Kya Ek Gusul Kaafi Hai?
🌻 Kabhi Aisa Hota Hai Ke 2–3 Aise Asbaab Jama Ho Jaate Hain Jin Ki Wajah Se Ghusl Farz Ho Jaata Hai. Misal Ke Taur Par, Ek Aurat Haiz Ke 10 Din Mukammal Hone Ke Baad Paak Ho Gayi, Aur Phir Miya-Biwi Ke Darmiyan Jismani Talluq Qayim Ho Gaya..
🌹 Ab Sawal Ye Paida Hota Hai Ke Kya Aurat Par 2 Ghusl Farz Honge? Ek Haiz Se Paaki Ka Aur Doosra Jismani Talluq Ki Wajah Se?
🌻 Toh Iska Jawab Ye Hai Ke Aisa Nahin Hai. Balke Ek Hi Ghusl Se Jitni Bhi Janabatein (Napakiyan) Jama Ho Chuki Hain, Sab Door Ho Jaati Hain... Do Ya Teen Martaba Alag Alag Ghusl Karne Ka Koi Tasawwur Nahin Hai...
Continue..
Ubaid-e-Raza Official..
💦 Taharat Course (Part-287)
🤔 Halat-e-Janabat Mein Kya Kaam Kar Sakte Hain Aur Kya Nahin?
🌷Halat-e-Janabat Mein Khaana Khaa Sakte Hain Aur Paani Bhi Pee Sakte Hain, Is Mein Koi Haraj Nahin Hai... Isi Tarah Zikr o Azkaar Karna Bhi Jaiz Hai...
♦️ Lekin Behtar Yeh Hai Ke Khane Peene Se Pehle Kulli Wagairah Kar Li Jaaye Phir Khana Peena Kiya Jaaye.. Aur Agar Zikr o Azkaar Karna Ho To Bhi Pehle Kulli Kar Len.. Ya Kam Se Kam Wuzu Jaisa Kar Ke Mooh Wagairah Saaf Kar Len, Phir Zikr o Azkaar Karein..
🌷 Kabhi Aisa Hota Hai Ke Paani Dastiyab Nahin Hota Aur Insaan Ghusl Ka Intezar Kar Raha Hota Hai.. Agar Thoda Bahut Paani Maujood Ho To Us Se Kulli Kar Le, Halka Sa Wuzu Jaisa Kar Ke Apna Mooh Wagairah Saaf Kar Le, Phir Zikr o Azkaar Kare... Baad Mein Jab Mumkin Ho, To Ghusl Kar Le..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-288)
🤔 Halat-e-Janabat Mein Kaun Se Kaam Nahin Kar Sakte?
🌹 Ab Main Aap Se Arz Karti Hoon Ke Halat-e-Janabat Mein Kaun Se Kaam Nahin Kiye Jaa Sakte.. Is Ke Ilawa Baqi Tamam Kaam Aap Kar Sakte Hain..
🔹 Halat-r-Janabat Mein 5 Aise Kaam Hain Jo Nahin Kiye Jaa Sakte, Jin Mein Se Kuch Ahkaam Wuzu Se Milte-Julte Hain:
① Namaz Nahin Padh Sakte Aur Na Hi Koi Sajda Kar Sakte Hain.. Na Sajda-e-Tilawat Aur Na Sajda-e-Shukar...
② Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Tilawat Nahin Kar Sakte ...
③ Qur’an-e-Majeed Ko Touch Nahin Kar Sakte .
🌹Yahan Ek Farq Samajh Lijiye:
Halat-e-Wuzu Ke Bighair Bhi Agar Qur’an Yaad Ho To Uski Tilawat Ki Jaa Sakti Hai (Agarche Behtar Hai Ke Ba-Wuzu Ho Kar Ki Jaaye)... Lekin Halat e Janabat Mein Tilawat Karna Jaiz Nahin Hai..
🔹 Isi Tarah Qur’an Ka Tarjuma Bhi Touch Nahin Kar Sakte. Aur Jo Kitaabon Ke Ahkaam Wuzu Ke Silsile Mein Bayan Kiye Gaye The, Wahi Yahan Bhi Laagu Hote Hain...
🌹 Kapde Se Chhoone Ke Masail Bhi Wahi Hain... Jo Kapda Pehna Hua Ho Us Se Chhoona Jaiz Hai Ya Nahin, Yeh Tamam Baatein Unhi Pehle Bayan Kiye Gaye Usoolon Ke Mutabiq Hain, In Mein Koi Farq Nahin...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-289)
Halat-e-Janabat Mein 5 Aise Kaam Hain Jo Nahin Kar Sakte:
④ Tawaf Nahin Kar Sakte:
Halat-e-Janabat Mein Tawaf Karna Haraam Hai. Agar Koi Shakhs Is Halat Mein Tawaf Kar Leta Hai To Us Par Kaffara Lazim Aata Hai..Yeh Is Baat Par Depend Karta Hai Ke Kaunsa Tawaf Tha.
Jaise Be-Wuzu Halat Mein Bhi Tawaf Ke Liye Wuzu Karna Wajib Tha, Isi Tarah Yahan Bhi Tawaf Ke Liye Janabat Se Paak Hona Zaroori Hai..
⑤ Masjid Mein Dakhil Hona:
Halat-e-Janabat Mein Masjid Mein Dakhil Hona Bhi Najaiz Hai..
🌼 Yeh Woh 5 Cheezen Hain Jo Halat e-Janabat (Aur Halat e Haiz o Nifas) Mein Mana Hain. In Ke Ilawa Baaqi Tamam Kaam Kiye Jaa Sakte Hain...
Jaise:
▪️Khana Kha Sakte Hain Aur Paka Bhi Sakte Hain..
▪️Aksar Yeh Sawal Hota Hai Ke Kya Aurat Janabat Ki Halat Mein Niyaz Ka Khana Paka Sakti Hai? To Bilkul Paka Sakti Hai..
▪️Khud Bhi Kha Sakti Hai, Doosron Ko Khila Sakti Hai Aur Paros Bhi Sakti Hai.. Is Mein Koi Haraj Nahi, Balke Karahat Tak Bhi Nahin Hai..
Isi Tarah:
▪️Bachchon Ko Doodh Pila Sakti Hai, Chahe Ghusl Ka Waqt Hi Kyun Na Ho..
▪️Kisi Ko Touch Kar Sakti Hai...
▪️Sona Chahe To So Bhi Sakti Hai..
Yaani In Chand Mamnu‘ Cheezon Ke Siwa, Baaqi Tamam Kaam Karna Jaiz Hai..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-290)
🤔 Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain Aur Kya Nahin?
🪷 Yeh Sawal Aksar Baar-Baar Poocha Jata Hai, Halanke Yeh Buniyadi Farz Uloom Mein Se Hai... Is Liye Sawal Karne Walon Ko Chahiye Ke Apne Upar Gaur o Fikr Karein Ke Jo Ilm Seekhna Farz Tha, Us Mein Kitni Mehnat Ki Hai..
🌼 Toh Samajh Lijiye:
Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Tilawat Nahin Kar Sakti Aur Na Hi Qur’an e Majeed Ka Tarjuma Padh Sakti Hain.Is Ke Ilawa Baaqi Tamam Cheezen Halat e Janabat, Halat-e-Haiz Aur Halat-e-Nifas Mein Padhna Jaiz Hai..
Ab Is Mein Kya Kya Shamil Hai?
① Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Tafseer.. Ise Padh Bhi Sakti Hain Aur Touch Bhi Kar Sakti Hain..
② Ahadees e Mubaraka ..Inhein Bhi Padh Sakti Hain Aur Touch Kar Sakti Hain..
③ Zikr o Azkaar..
Allah Ta‘ala Ke Naam, Durood-e-Paak, Wagairah Sab Padh Sakti Hain, Lekin Shart Yeh Hai Ke Un Mein Qur’an Ki Aayat Shamil Na Ho..
🪷 Baaz Zikr o Azkaar Aise Hote Hain Jin Mein Darmiyan Mein Aayaat-e-Mubaraka Aati Hain.. Toh Aise Azkaar Na Padhein, Kyun Ke Un Mein Qur’an Ki Aayat Hoti Hai...
Is Ke Ilawa:
▪️Tasbeeh-E-Fatima (سبحان الله، الحمد لله، الله اكبر)
▪️Aur Doosri Tamam Tasbeehaat..Yeh Sab Padhna Jaiz Hai..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-291)
🤔 Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain, Kya Nahin?
♦️Isi Silsile Mein “Nad-e-Ali” Ke Baare Mein Bhi Sawal Aata Hai Ke Kya Ise Padh Sakte Hain Ya Nahin? To Bilkul, Aap Padh Sakti Hain — Is Mein Koi Harj Nahin..
🌹 Iske Ilawa Jitni Bhi Cheezein Aap Sochein.. Sab Padh Sakti Hain .. Bas Shart Ye Hai Ke Woh Qur’an e Majeed Ki Aayaat Mubarakah Na Hon, Aur Na Hi Unka Tarjuma Ho.. Iske Siwa Tamam Azkaar, Duaein Aur Wazaif Aap Padh Bhi Sakti Hain Aur Chhu Bhi Sakti Hain..
♦️ Balke Aurat Ko Haiz o Nifas Ki Halat Mein Zikr-o-Azkar Jaari Rakhna Chahiye.Kyun Ki Agar Aadat Toot Jaaye, Toh Phir Dobara Us Par Qayam Rehna Mushkil Ho Jaata Hai. Jaise Kisi Ko “Nad e Ali” Ya Kisi Aur Zikr Ki Aadat Ho, Aur 7 Ya 10 Din Ke Liye Woh Chhor De.. Toh Baad Mein Aksar Susti Aa Jaati Hai.. “Kal Padhenge, Parson Padhenge” .. Aur Aadat Dheere Dheere Chhoot Jaati Hai...
🌹 Is Liye Behtar Ye Hai Ke Aurat Apni Aadat Ko Barqarar Rakhe. Jab Namaz Ka Waqt Aaye, Ya Kisi Bhi Munasib Waqt Par Thoda Waqt Nikaal Kar Baith Jaaye Aur Apne Mamool Ke Zikr o Azkar Karti Rahe.Yeh Tamaam Aamaal Aap Ke Liye Jaiz Hain..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-292)
Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain, Kya Nahin?
🤔 Sawal : Kya
حَسْبُنَا اللّٰهُ وَ نِعْمَ الْوَكِیْلُ ، نِعْمَ الْمَوْلٰى وَ نِعْمَ النَّصِیْرُ
Padh Sakte Hain?
🌷 Jawab : Ji Haan, Ye Padh Sakti Hain.. Is Mein Koi Harj Nahin..
🤔 Sawal : Kya Durood Wali Aayat Padh Sakte Hain?
اِنَّ اللّٰهَ وَ مَلٰٓىٕكَتَهٗ یُصَلُّوْنَ عَلَى النَّبِیِّؕ...
🌷 Jawab : Durood Wali Aayat Nahin Padh Sakte. Kyunki Is Mein Na To Allah Ta’ala Ki Hamd o Sana Hai Aur Na Hi Ye Duaiya Taur Par Hai. Balke Ye Sarkar ﷺ Ki Naat Par Mushtamil Aayat Hai, Is Liye Is Se Bachna Chahiye..Iski Jagah Aap Seedha Durood e-Paak Padh Lein Ya “صَلُّوا عَلَى الْحَبِيب” Keh Lein..
♦️ Yeh Masla Haiz o Nifas Ke Topic Mein Tafseel Ke Saath Aayega.. Yahan Par Mukhtasran Zikr Kar Diya Gaya Hai..
🌹 Ab Ek Aham Qaida Samajh Lein:
Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Woh Aayaat Jin Mein Allah Ta’ala Ki Hamd o Sana (Tareef) Ho Ya Jin Mein Dua Ka Ma'na Paaya Jaata Ho Unhein Aap Haiz o Nifas Ya Janabat Ki Halat Mein Dua Ya Hamd Ki Niyat Se Padh Sakti Hain..
Lekin :
❌ Tilawat Ki Niyat Se Nahin Padh Sakti..
❌ Wazaif Ki Niyat Se Nahin Padh Sakti..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-293)
🤔 Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain, Kya Nahin?
🌷 Do Cheezein Aap Ko Pehle Bata Di Gayi Hain:
▪️Woh Aayaat Jin Mein Allah Ta’ala Ki Hamd o Sana (Tareef) Bayan Ki Gayi Ho.
▪️Woh Aayaat Jin Mein Dua Ka Ma’na Paaya Jaata Ho.
🌹in Dono Qisam Ki Aayaat Ko Aap Dua Ya Hamd o Sana Ki Niyat Se Padh Sakti Hain.
Lekin:
❌ Aayaat Ko Tilawat Ki Niyat Se Nahin Padh Sakti..
❌ Aayaat Ko Wazaif (Routine Wazifa) Ke Taur Par Bhi Nahin Padh Sakti..
🤔 Ab Sawal Ye Hai: Kaise Pata Chale Ke Kis Aayat Mein Hamd o Sana Hai Ya Dua Ka Ma’na Hai? Kyunki Har Kisi Ke Liye Yeh Samajhna Aasaan Nahin Hota...
🌷iska Hal Yeh Hai Ke Is Soorat Mein Ulama e Kiraam Se Rehnumai Hasil Karein... Un Se Maloom Kar Lein Ke Us Aayat Mein Kya Bayan Kiya Gaya Hai... Is Se Aap Ko Sahih Rehnumai Mil Jayegi..
🌹Agar Aap Tarjuma Dekhte Hain To Aksar Andaza Ho Jaata Hai, Lekin Phir Bhi Sirf Andaze Par Faisla Na Karein... Kyunki Ye Halaal o Haraam Ka Masla Hai.. Is Liye Ahtiyat Zaroori Hai..
Is Liye Behtar Ye Hai Ke Kisi Masle Ko Bayan Karne Ya Amal Karne Se Pehle Ulama Se Tasdeeq Zaroor Kar Li Jaaye..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-294)
Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain, Kya Nahin?
🤔 Ab Sawal Ye Hai Ke Hamd o Sana Wali Aayat Kaun Si Hoti Hai?
🪷 Iski Ek Wazeh Misaal Surah Fatiha Hai... Is Mein Allah Ta’ala Ki Hamd o Sana Bhi Hai Aur Aage Chal Kar Dua Bhi Hai. Is Liye Ise Hamd o Sana Aur Dua Ki Niyat Se Padhna Jaiz Hai...
Jaise :
اَلْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ الْعٰلَمِیْنَ
(Tamaam Tareefein Allah Ta’ala Ke Liye Hain, Jo Tamam Jahanon Ka Rab Hai)..
➡️ Yahan Allah Ta’ala Ki Tareef Bayan Ho Rahi Hai...
الرَّحْمٰنِ الرَّحِیْمِ
(Jo Nihayat Meherban, Rehmat Wala Hai)
➡️ Ye Bhi Allah Ta’ala Ki Sifat Aur Tareef Hai.
مٰلِكِ یَوْمِ الدِّیْنِ
(Jo Roz-e-Jaza Ka Malik Hai)
➡️ Yahan Bhi Allah Ta’ala Ki Tareef Bayan Ho Rahi Hai.
👉 To Yahan Tak Tamam Hissa Hamd o Sana Par Mushtamil Hai..
Phir Aage:
اِیَّاكَ نَعْبُدُ وَ اِیَّاكَ نَسْتَعِیْنُ
اِهْدِنَا الصِّرَاطَ الْمُسْتَقِیْمَ
➡️ Yahan Se Dua Shuru Hoti Hai... Banda Allah Ta’ala Se Madad Aur Hidayat Talab Kar Raha Hota Hai...Is Liye Agar In Aayaat Ko Dua Ki Niyat Se Padha Jaaye.. Ke “Ya Allah! Humein Seedha Rasta Dikha” ... Toh Yeh Padhna Jaiz Hai...
📌 Khulasa:
▪️Surah Fatiha Mein Hamd o Sana Bhi Hai Aur Dua Bhi..
▪️Is Liye Ise Haiz o Nifas Ki Halat Mein Dua Aur Hamd Ki Niyat Se Padh Sakte Hain..
▪️Lekin Tilawat Ki Niyat Se Nahin Padh Sakte Hain..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-295)
Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain, Kya Nahin?
🤔 Sawal : Kya Aayat-Ul-Kursi Padh Sakte Hain?
🔹 Jawab : Agar Aayat-ul-Kursi Ko Dua Ki Niyat Se Padha Jaaye.. Toh Theek Hai.. Iski Gunjaish Hai...
🔸 Isi Tarah Surah Hashr Ki Aakhiri Aayaat Mein Allah Ta’ala Ke Asma e Husna (Naam) Ka Zikr Aata Hai.. Toh Unhein Bhi Aap Padh Sakti Hain...Aur Isi Tarah:
▪️Surah Ikhlas
▪️Surah Falaq
▪️Surah Naas
Yeh Teenon Sooratein Bhi Aap Dua Ki Niyat Se Padh Sakti Hain..
📌 Lekin Ek Zaroori Baat:
In Sooraton Mein Jo “قُلْ” Ka Lafz Aata Hai, Use Chhod Diya Jaayega...
Jaise:
❌ قُلْ هُوَ اللّٰهُ اَحَدٌ
✅ ہُوَ اللّٰهُ اَحَدٌ
اَللّٰهُ الصَّمَدُ
لَمْ یَلِدْ وَلَمْ یُوْلَدْ
وَلَمْ یَكُنْ لَّهٗ كُفُوًا اَحَدٌ
Isi Tarah:
اَعُوْذُ بِرَبِّ الْفَلَقِ مِنْ شَرِّ مَا خَلَقَ
➡️ Ye Sab Duaein Hain, Is Liye Inhein Is Tarz Par Padhna Jaiz Hai...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-296)
Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain, Kya Nahin?
🤔 Sawal : Jo Muqarrira (Bayan Karne Wali) Hain, Agar Un Ayyam Mein Unhein Bayan Karna Ho Aur Kisi Khaas Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Aayat Unka Mouzu Ho, Toh Kya Woh Aayat Aur Uska Tarjuma Padh Sakti Hain Ya Nahin?
🔹 Jawab :
Muqarrira Ke Liye Yeh Gunjaish Hai Ke Woh Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Aayat Ka Sirf Reference De Dein.... Jaise: “Yeh Baat Falan Surah Ki Falan Aayat Mein Aayi Hai.”..Lekin Aayat Ko Lafzon Ke Saath Padhna Ya Uska Tarjuma Padhna, Yeh Ijazat Nahin...
🔸 Haan, Agar Koi Muqarrira Aisi Ho Jis Ne Dars-e-Nizami Mukammal Kiya Ho, Toh Woh Apne Alfaaz Mein Us Aayat Ka Mazmoon (Matlab) Bayan Kar Sakti Hai... Yaani Samjha Sakti Hai Ke Us Mein Kya Kaha Gaya Hai...
📌 Lekin Agar Koi Muballigha Ne Dars-e-Nizami Mukammal Nahin Kiya:
▪️To Woh Sirf Reference De Kar Aage Badh Jaaye..
▪️Ya Agar Us Ke Paas Tafseer Likhi Hui Hai, Toh Usay Dekh Kar Samjha Sakti Hai..
🔹 Kyunki Jo Aalim Nahin Hota.. Usay Bighair Dekhe Tafseer Bayan Karne Ki Ijazat Nahin Hoti...
👉 Asal Mein Aayat Ke Mazameen Ko Sahih Taur Par Bayan Karna, Uski Tafseer Samjhana... Yeh Ahl-e-Ilm (Ulama) Ka Kaam Hai...
📌 Aur Ek Aham Baat:
❌ Is Halat Mein Tarjuma Bhi Nahin Padh Sakti..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-297)
Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain, Kya Nahin?
🤔 Sawal : Kya Ye Aayaat Padh Sakte Hain?
سُبْحٰنَ رَبِّكَ رَبِّ الْعِزَّةِ عَمَّا یَصِفُوْنَۚ
وَ سَلٰمٌ عَلَى الْمُرْسَلِیْنَۚ
وَ الْحَمْدُ لِلّٰهِ رَبِّ الْعٰلَمِیْنَ
🌷 Jawab : Ji Haan, In Aayaat Ko Padh Sakte Hain. Kyunki In Mein Allah Ta’ala Ki Hamd o Sana (Tareef) Bayan Ho Rahi Hai, Is Liye Inhein Hamd o Sana Ki Niyat Se Padhna Jaiz Hai..
🤔 Sawal : Kya Shifa Ki Niyat Se Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Aayaat Padh Sakte Hain?
🌷 Jawab : Dekhiye, Jab Qur’an Ki Aayaat Ko Shifa Ke Liye Padha Jaata Hai, To Asal Mein Woh Tilawat Ki Niyat Ke Zariye Hi Hota Hai... Aksar Jo Wazaif Diye Jaate Hain, Un Mein Qur’ani Aayaat Is Liye Shamil Hoti Hain Ke Unki Tilawat Ki Barkat Se Shifa Hasil Ho..
👉 Is Liye Yahan Par Tilawat Ki Niyat Shamil Ho Jaati Hai, Jo Haiz o Nifas Ki Halat Mein Jaiz Nahin...
📌 Is Wajah Se:
❌ Qur’ani Aayaat Ko Shifa Ya Wazaif Ki Niyat Se Nahin Padhna Chahiye..Isi Liye Pehle Bhi Bataya Gaya Tha Ke Agar Kisi Wazifa Mein Qur’an-e-Majeed Ki Aayaat Shamil Hon, Toh Haiz o Nifas Ki Halat Mein Unhein Padhna Avoid Karein..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-299)
Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain Aur Kya Nahin :
🤔 Kya Khatme Qadriyah.. Khatme Khwajgaan Padh Sakti Hain? (#02)
🌹 Toh Baharhaal, Aurton Ko Mahfilon Mein Aane Se Rok Dena.. Ya Yeh Kehna Ke Woh Milad Ki Mehfil Mein Nahin Aa Sakti.. Bilkul Galat Hai.. Baaz Auratein To (معاذ الله) Isay Haram Tak Keh Deti Hain Ke “Yahan Sarkar ﷺ Ki Tashreef Aawri Hoti Hai.. Is Liye Aap Nahin Aa Sakti.”
🌻 Yeh Baat Aksar Un Logon Ki Taraf Se Aati Hai Jo Apne Aap Ko Badi Aalima Ya Muballigha Zahir Karti Hain... Sab Se Pehli Baat To Yeh Hai Ke Milad Ki Mehfil Mein Sarkar ﷺ Ki Lazmi Tashreef Aawri Hoti Hai... Yeh Kahan Se Sabit Hai? Yeh Baat Daleel Se Sabit Nahin..
🌹 Haan, Yeh Zaroor Hai Ke Hum Yeh Ummeed Rakhte Hain Ke Agar Hamara Ishq Sachcha Ho Aur Dil Mein Sachchi Tadap Ho.. Toh Sarkar ﷺ Apne Karam Se Ghulamon Par Nazar Farmayein Aur Mehfil Mein Tashreef Le Aayein... Lekin Yeh Kehna Ke “Humne Mehfil Sajayi Hai Toh (معاذ الله) Sarkar ﷺ Ko Aana Hi Padega”.. Yeh Intehai Ghair-Munasib Aur Jahalat Bhari Baat Hai...
🌻 Doosri Baat Yeh Ke Agar Koi Aurat Haiz Ki Halat Mein Hai To Usay Mehfil Mein Aane Se Rok Diya Jaaye.. Jab Ke Khud Sarkar ﷺ Ke Amal Se Wazeh Hai Ke Haiza Ke Sath Is Tarah Ka Rawayya Nahi Hona Chahiye. Islam Ne Aise Ghair-Sharayi Tasawwur Ko Khatam Kar Diya Hai To Hamein Bhi Inhein Dobara Zinda Nahin Karna Chahiye...
🌹 Is Liye Haiz o Nifas Wali Aurat Milad Ki Mehfil Mein Bhi Jaa Sakti Hai.. Khatm e Qadriyah Ki Mehfil Mein Bhi Shirkat Kar Sakti Hai... Khatm e Khwajgaan Mein Bhi Aa Sakti Hai, Aur Digar Mahfilon.. Jaise Nade Ali Wagairah Mein Bhi Shirkat Kar Sakti Hai..
🌻 Haan, Ek Baat Ka Lihaz Rakha Jaaye..Jo Khaas Tadaad (Jaise 111 Wagairah) Mukarrar Ki Jaati Hai, Uski Counting Mein Haiza Aurat Ko Shamil Na Kiya Jaaye.. Lekin Woh Mehfil Mein Aaye.. Barkatein Hasil Kare, Durood Shareef Padhe, Duaaiyah Ash’aar Padhe.. Qaseede Padhe .. Is Mein Koi Harj Nahin..
🌹 Toh Yeh Koi Masla Nahin Hai.. Woh Aa Kar Baith Sakti Hai.. Albattah Counting Ke Liye Paak Aurton Ko Shamil Kar Liya Jaaye..
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-300)
Haiz o Nifas Wali Behne Kya Padh Sakti Hain Aur Kya Nahin
🤔 Kya Aayate Kareema Ka Wazifa Kar Sakti Hain?
🔹 Aayat-e-Kareema Ka Wazifa Nahin Kar Sakti.. Jaisa Ke Pehle Arz Kiya Gaya... Agar Kisi Cheez Ko “Wazifa” Ke Taur Par Mukarrar Tareeke Se Padha Jaaye, Toh Haiz o Nifas Ki Halat Mein Uski Ijazat Nahin Hoti..
🔸 Albatta, Wazifa Ke Ilawa Agar Koi Aayate Kareema Padhe.. Toh Padh Sakti Hai. Kyun Ke Is Mein Duaa Aur Hamd o Sana Ka Pehlu Paaya Jaata Hai..Yaani Allah Ta’ala Ki Tareef Aur Us Se Dua Ki Soorat Hoti Hai.. Is Liye Is Niyat Se Padhna Jaiz Hai...
🔹 Lekin Isay Wazifa Bana Kar, Khaas Tadaad Aur Nizam Ke Saath Padhna Se Parhez Karein..
🤔 Sawal:
Agar Koi Aazmaish Ya Pareshani Aa Jaaye.. Toh Kya Is Soorat Mein Bhi Aayat-e-Kareema Ka Wird Nahin Kar Sakti?..
🔸 Jawab:
Aisi Soorat Mein Yeh Niyat Rakhein Ke Aap Allah Ta’ala Ki Hamd o Sana Aur Dua Ke Taur Par Padh Rahi Hain, Na Ke Wazifa Ke Taur Par. Is Niyat Ke Saath Padh Sakti Hain...
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-301)
🤔 Sawal:
Aayate Kareema Ki Mehfil Ya Khatme Qadriyah Sharif Ki Mehfil Mein Jo Padha Gaya Ho, Kya Haiz o Nifas Wali Aurat Uska Isaal-e-Sawab Kar Sakti Hai?
🌷 Jawab:
Ji Haan, Isaale Sawab Karne Mein Koi Harj Nahin Hai... Agar Mehfil Ko Conduct Karne Wali Khud Nahin Padh Rahi, Lekin Dusron Ne Padh Liya Hai Aur Woh Unki Taraf Se Isaal-e-Sawab Kar Rahi Hai, To Yeh Bilkul Jaiz Hai..Isaale Sawab Asal Mein Dua Hi Hoti Hai..Yaani Allah Ta’ala Se Yeh Arz Karna Ke Iska Sawab Falan Buzurg Ko Nazr Kiya Jaaye..Aur Dua Karne Mein Koi Rukawat Nahin...
🤔 Sawal:
Haiz o Nifas Wali Aurat Ne Jo Duroode Paak, Kalma Sharif Wagairah Padhe Hon, Kya Unka Bhi Isaale Sawab Kar Sakti Hai?
🌷 Jawab:
Ji Haan, Bilkul Kar Sakti Hai. Haiz o Nifas Ke Dauran Padhe Gaye Durood-e-Paak, Nad-e-Ali Aur Doosre Wazaif Ka Bhi Isaale Sawab Kiya Jaa Sakta Hai, Ismein Koi Problem Nahin...
🌷 Yeh Baat Yaad Rahe Ke Haiz o Nifas Ke Dauran Ki Gayi Ibadat Ka Sawab Kam Nahin Hota. Banda Jo Bhi Neki Ikhlaas Aur Niyyat Ke Saath Karta Hai, Usay Uska Sawab Zaroor Milta Hai.
Albatta Qur’ane Majeed Ki Tilawat Ke Ilawa Jo Bhi Wazaif Padhe Gaye Hon, Un Sab Ka Sawab Milta Hai Aur Unko Isaal Bhi Kiya Jaa Sakta Hai.
🤔 Sawal:
Haiz o Nifas Ke Dauran Jo Padha Ho, Agar Koi Sawab Maange Toh Kya Woh De Sakti Hai?
🌷 Jawab:
Ji Haan, Un Ayyam Mein Padhe Huye Durood-e-Paak Wagairah Ka Sawab Doosron Ko Bhi Diya Jaa Sakta Hai...
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-302)
🤔 Sawal:
Kya Auratein Halat-e-Haiz Mein Muye-Mubarak Wagairah Ki Ziyarat Ke Liye Jaa Sakti Hain Ya Nahin?
🪷 Jawab:
Ab Jo 5 Cheezein Maine Zikr Ki Thi... Unmein Kahin Par Bhi Yeh Nahin Tha Ke Aap Muye-Mubarak Ya Tabarrukaat Ki Ziyarat Ke Liye Nahin Jaa Sakte... Is Liye Halate Haiz Mein Bhi Aurat In Tabarrukaat Ki Ziyarat Ke Liye Jaa Sakti Hai..
🌻 Haan, Adab Ka Taqaza Yeh Hai Ke Thoda Door Se Khade Ho Kar Ziyarat Kare... Yeh Hamara Adab Hai, Kyun Ke Halat-e-Haiz Ek Najasat-e-Hukmiya Wali Soorat Hai...
🪷 Aap Samjhein Ke Hazrat Abu Huraira رضی اللہ تعالیٰ عنہ Se Sarkar ﷺ Ne Musafaha Karna Chaha To Aap Ne Musafaha Nahin Kiya. Jab Sarkar ﷺ Musafaha Ke Liye Haath Badha Den, Phir Kaun Hoga Jo Woh Haath Pichhe Kare? Lekin Hazrat Abu Huraira رضی اللہ تعالیٰ عنہ Ne Us Waqt Musafaha Nahin Kiya, Phir Aap Gaye, Aap Ne Ghusl Farmaya, Wapas Aaye Aur Sarkar ﷺ Se Arz Kiya: Ya Rasulullah ﷺ! Main Us Waqt Ba-Wuzu Nahi Tha, Is Liye Maine Aap Se Musafaha Nahin Kiya..
🌻 To Sarkar ﷺ Ne Us Waqt Yeh Masla Bayan Farmaya Ke Jo Halat-e-Janabat Mein Ho Ya Be-Wuzu Ho, Woh Musafaha Kar Sakta Hai, Koi Problem Nahin Touch Karne Se Janabat Aage Nahin Jaati...
🪷 Lekin Yeh Sahaba Ka Adab Tha Ke Jab Bhi Sarkar ﷺ Se Mulaqat Farmate, Toh Hamesha Ba-Wuzu, Ba-Ghusl Ho Kar Farmate. Hatta Ke Sahaba Ka Adab Yeh Tha Ke Jis Sawari Par Sarkar ﷺ Sawar Hote Ya Sarkar ﷺ Se Muta‘alliq Koi Cheez Hoti, Toh Usay Bhi Bighair Wuzu Haath Nahin Lagate The... Yaani Jin Sahaba Ki Khidmat Ki Zimmedari Hoti Ke Sarkar ﷺ Ki Sawari Par Jo Saddle Rakhna Hota, Usay Bhi Bighair Wuzu Haath Nahin Lagate The. Toh Yeh Cheez Humne Sahaba Se Seekhi Hai.
🌻 To Hum Jab Wahan Par Jayein, Toh Aurat Majboor Hai Halate Haiz o Nifas Mein, Toh Thoda Door Reh Kar Ziyarat Kare. Yeh Na Kaha Jaaye Ke Woh Ziyarat Ke Liye Na Jaaye..
🪷 Sab Se Behtar Soorat Yeh Hoti Hai Ke Aap Ba-Wuzu, Ba-Ghusl Ho Kar Jaayein. Agar Muye Mubarak Ki Ziyarat Aaj Yahan Par Nahin Ho Rahi, Lekin Baad Mein Kahin Aur Mauqa Mil Sakta Hai, Toh Intezar Karein Aur Poore Adab Ke Saath Sarkar ﷺ Ki Bargah Mein Hazir Hon..
🌻 Lekin Kabhi Kabhaar Aisa Hota Hai Ke Kisi Gaon Mein Sirf Ek Hi Baar Chand Ghanton Ke Liye Ziyarat Hoti Hai, Uske Baad Phir Mauqa Nahin Milta. Toh Aisi Soorat Mein Aurat Jaaye Aur Thoda Door Reh Kar Ziyarat Kar Le..
🌻 Aur Agar Koi Qareeb Jaa Kar Bhi Ziyarat Karti Hai, Toh Koi Gunah Nahin Hai. Haan, Adab Yahi Hai Ke Door Se Kare... Hamare Muashre Mein Chunke Adab Ka Ek Tareeqa Bana Diya Gaya Hai, Is Liye Uska Lihaz Karte Hue Thoda Door Reh Kar Ziyarat Kar Le..
🪷 Warna Agar Kisi Ne Qareeb Jaa Kar Ziyarat Kar Li, Toh Na Gunah Hai, Na Karahat; Yahan Tak Ke Makroohe Tanzeehi Bhi Nahin Hai. Isay Sirf Khilafe Adab Kaha Gaya Hai..
🌻 Toh Muye Mubarak Ka Masla Bhi Maine Aap Ko Bata Diya. Iske Ilawa Digar Tabarrukaat Ki Ziyarat Ke Liye Bhi Ba-Wuzu, Ba-Ghusl Hona Behtar Hai. Lekin Agar Aisa Na Ho Aur Baad Mein Mauqa Na Mile, Toh Phir Thoda Door Reh Kar Ziyarat Kar Le..
🪷 Aur Agar Koi Karti Hai, Toh Usay Roka Bhi Na Jaaye. Narmi Se Samjha Sakte Hain Ke Thoda Door Se Kar Lein, To Theek Hai. Warna Kabhi Kabhaar Ishq Ghalib Hota Hai Aur Banda Qareeb Chala Jaata Hai.. Toh Usay Roka Na Jaaye, Kyun Ke Yeh Najaiz Ya Gunah Nahin Hai..
🌻 Toh Har Baar Tabarrukaat Aur Awrad o Wazaif Ke Sawalat Aate Rehte Hain Ke Yeh Padh Sakte Hain Ya Nahin. Toh الحمدللہ Iski Wazahat Ho Gayi..
Continue…
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-303)
🤔 Kya Bathroom Mein Barhana Naha Sakte Hain.?
🪷 Jee, Naha Sakte Hain.. Mana To Nahin Hai. Lekin Agar Banda Sitr-Poshi Ke Saath Naha Le, Toh Yeh Zyaada Behtar Aur Achhi Baat Hai..
🤔 2 Ghusl Ek Saath Ho Jayein.. Jaise Ek Hi Raat Mein 2 Baar Jismani Talluq Qayim Ho Jaaye.. Toh Kya Ek Ghusl Kaafi Hai.?
🪷 Jee Haan, Agar 2 Ghusl Ek Saath Ho Jayein, Toh Ek Hi Ghusl Kaafi Hota Hai. Yaani Agar Ek Hi Raat Mein 2 Baar Jismani Talluq Qayim Ho Gaya Ho, Toh Donon Ke Liye Ek Hi Ghusl Kar Lena Kafi Hai. Alag Alag 2 Ghusl Karna Zaroori Nahin Hai...
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
💦 Taharat Course (Part-304)
🤔 Kya Haiz o Nifas Ki Halat Mein Aayate Mubarakah Likh Sakte Hain.?
💞 Bila Wajah Toh Nahin Likhna Chahiye. Lekin Jaise Exams Wagairah Hote Hain Aur Aurat Ko Likhna Hi Zaroori Ho, Toh Kya Kare...Agar Notes Wagairah Incomplete Hon, To Baad Mein... Haiz o Nifas Ke Baad.. Unhe Complete Kar Le, Kyunki Aksar Yeh Option Hota Hai Ke Baad Mein Likha Jaa Sakta Hai..
♦️ Lekin Agar Aisi Soorat Ho Ke Exam Ho Aur Fauran Likhna Zaroori Ho, Toh Phir Kya Kare? Is Soorat Mein Pen Ko Thoda Ooncha Rakh Kar Likhe, Taake Haath Paper Par Directly Touch Na Ho. Saath Hi Is Baat Ka Khayal Rakhe Ke Jahan Aayat Likhi Ho, Us Jagah Par Haath Na Lage, Aur Back Side Par Bhi Haath Na Lage. Yaani Ahtiyat Ke Saath Ba-Amr-e-Mazboori Likh Sakte Hain. Warna Bila Zarurat Na Likhen..
🤔 Sawal: Copy Mein Aayate Mubarakah Likhte Waqt Hatheli Ke Neeche Koi Aur Copy Ya Paper Rakh Liya Jaye, Taake Direct Touch Na Ho — Kya Aisa Karna Durust Hai?
💞 Jee Haan, Aayate Mubarakah Likhte Waqt Hatheli Ke Neeche Koi Paper Ya Copy Rakh Lena Aala Ahtiyat Hai. Yeh Achha Tareeqa Hai Taake Neeche Likhe Hue Hisson Par Direct Touch Na Ho. Is Tarah Likhte Waqt Haath Lifted Rahega Aur Aayat Par Seedha Touch Nahin Hoga..
♦️ Aur Yahi Masla Tarjume Ka Bhi Hai... Tarjuma Likhte Waqt Bhi Ahtiyat Karni Chahiye..Yahan Par Aap Ke Ghusl Ke Masaail Khatam Ho Jaate Hain..
Ab Next: Sharayi Ma’zoor Ka Masla…
Continue...
Ubaid-e-Raza Official
